OMEGA WORLDWIDE INC
S-1/A, 1998-03-02
OPERATORS OF NONRESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
Previous: EQUITY INVESTOR FUND SEL TEN PORT 1998 SER 1 DEF ASSET FUND, 487, 1998-03-02
Next: WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL INC, S-1/A, 1998-03-02



<PAGE>   1
 
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 2, 1998
    
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-43417
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           -------------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
   
                                       TO
    
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           -------------------------
 
                             OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                              <C>
          MARYLAND                           6512                            PENDING
(State or Other Jurisdiction
              of
      Incorporation or           (Primary Standard Industrial             (IRS Employer
         Organization)            Classification Code Number)          Identification No.)
                                                                 SUSAN A. KOVACH
         905 WEST EISENHOWER CIRCLE                        VICE PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY
                 SUITE 101                                  905 WEST EISENHOWER CIRCLE
         ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN 48103                                  SUITE 101
         TELEPHONE: (734) 747-9791                          ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN 48103
      (ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF                      TELEPHONE: (734) 747-9791
                 REGISTRANT'S                          (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER
        PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                          OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
</TABLE>
    
 
                           -------------------------
                                   Copies to:
                            RICHARD W. SHEPRO, ESQ.
                              MAYER, BROWN & PLATT
                            190 SOUTH LASALLE STREET
                            CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60603
                                 (312) 782-0600
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
possible after the effective date of this registration statement.
 
   
     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box.  [X]
    
 
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  [ ]
 
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]
 
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  [ ]
                           -------------------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=====================================================================================================================
                                                        PROPOSED MAXIMUM      PROPOSED MAXIMUM
       TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF          AMOUNT TO BE    OFFERING PRICE PER    AGGREGATE OFFERING        AMOUNT OF
    SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED         REGISTERED            UNIT                 PRICE          REGISTRATION FEE(1)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>              <C>                  <C>                    <C>
Common Stock, $0.10 par value per
  per share.........................                                                 $                  $13,386
=====================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) $9,545 has previously been paid.
    
                           -------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
 
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED MARCH 2, 1998
    
 
PROSPECTUS
 
                             OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
   
    Of the 2,800,000 shares of common stock, par value $.10 per share (the
"Omega Worldwide Common Stock"), of Omega Worldwide, Inc., a Maryland
corporation (the "Company"), offered hereby, 500,000 shares are being offered by
the Company (the "Primary Offering") and 2,300,000 shares (the "Secondary
Offering") are being sold by Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc., a Maryland
corporation and a shareholder of the Company ("Omega"). The Company will not
receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the Omega Worldwide Common Stock in
the Secondary Offering. See "Use of Proceeds." This Prospectus is also being
furnished in connection with the distribution by the Company of rights (the
"Rights") to subscribe for and purchase Omega Worldwide Common Stock at $
per share (the "Subscription Price") and the 2,250,000 shares of Omega Worldwide
Common Stock that are issuable by the Company upon exercise of the Rights (the
"Rights Offering"). Prior to the Primary Offering, the Secondary Offering and
the Rights Offering (the "Offerings"), there has not been a public market for
the Omega Worldwide Common Stock. It is presently estimated that the initial
public offering price will be approximately $      per share. To the extent
shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock trade in excess of $      per share
during the first 36 days after the date hereof, the Company will issue to Omega
a specified number of shares of preferred stock. See "The Distribution --
Background of and Reasons for Distribution."
    
 
   
     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 14 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR A DISCUSSION
OF CERTAIN FACTORS RELEVANT TO THE OWNERSHIP OF OMEGA WORLDWIDE COMMON STOCK.
    
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
    The Secondary Offering will be accompanied by a distribution (the
"Distribution") by Omega of 5,200,000 shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock to
its shareholders. It is expected that the Distribution will be made on March   ,
1998. The Distribution will be made on the basis of one share of Omega Worldwide
Common Stock for every 3.77 common shares, $.10 par value, of Omega (the "Omega
Common Shares") held on February 1, 1998 (the "Record Date"). No certificates
representing fractional shares of Omega will be issued in connection with the
Distribution. In lieu of fractional shares, the Distribution Agent (as
hereinafter defined) will pay to any holder who would be entitled to a
fractional share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock an amount of cash (without
interest) equal to his pro rata share of the sales proceeds obtained by the
Distribution Agent from aggregating and selling the fractional shares.
    
 
   
    The Rights will be distributed by the Company on the basis of one Right for
every 4.00 shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock held on March   , 1998 (the
"Rights Record Date"). Each Right entitles the holder thereof to purchase one
share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock at the price of $      per share. The
Subscription Price is based on a valuation of the Company and will be equal to
the price at which shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock are sold pursuant to
the Primary Offering and Secondary Offering. Rights will be evidenced by
nontransferable Rights certificates and will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern
Standard Time, on March   , 1998, or such later date as the Company may
determine in its sole discretion (the "Expiration Date"). EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED
UNDER "THE RIGHTS OFFERING -- LATE DELIVERY OF PAYMENT AND RIGHTS CERTIFICATES,"
TO BE ACCEPTED, THE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED RIGHTS CERTIFICATE AND
THE PAYMENT MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE SUBSCRIPTION AGENT (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED)
PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. RIGHTS
CERTIFICATES RECEIVED AFTER SUCH TIME WILL NOT BE HONORED. A holder of shares of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock on the Rights Record Date who validly exercises all
of such shareholder's Rights may also oversubscribe (the "Oversubscription
Privilege"), at the Subscription Price, for additional shares of Omega Worldwide
Common Stock covered by this Prospectus that have not been purchased through the
exercise of Rights ("Unsubscribed Shares"). Only holders of Omega Worldwide
Common Stock on the Rights Record Date will be entitled to the Oversubscription
Privilege.
    
 
   
    Certain directors and officers of Omega and their affiliates (the "Rights
Investors") have agreed to purchase all of the Unsubscribed Shares at the
Subscription Price and the Company has authorized an additional 1,000,000 shares
of Omega Worldwide Common Stock (the "Additional Shares") to ensure that the
Rights Investors will have the right to purchase an aggregate of 1,000,000
Unsubscribed Shares. Shareholders of the Company who do not exercise all of
their Rights will own a smaller relative equity ownership and voting interest in
the Company after the Rights Offering and the Distribution. There is no minimum
number of shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock required to be sold as a
condition to the consummation of the Rights Offering.
    
 
   
    The Company is a newly-formed subsidiary of Omega that will provide
investment advisory services and hold equity and debt interests in companies
engaged in providing sale/leaseback and other capital financing to healthcare
service providers throughout the world. The Company will seek to leverage its
management expertise in financing healthcare providers globally by providing
seed equity and debt capital and investment advisory services to newly-formed or
existing finance companies principally in countries other than the United
States. In addition, the Company will maintain an ongoing relationship with
Omega and anticipates conducting certain activities in the United States to the
extent Omega is unable to do so because of certain real estate investment trust
("REIT") tax provisions or for other reasons.
    
 
   
    No payment need be made by, or will be accepted from, Omega shareholders for
the Omega Worldwide Common Stock to be received by them in the Distribution.
Omega shareholders will not be required to surrender or exchange Omega Common
Shares (as hereinafter defined) in order to receive Omega Worldwide Common
Stock. Each share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock sold in the Secondary Offering
or issued in the Distribution or pursuant to an exercise of the Rights will be
accompanied by one preferred share purchase right (a "Preferred Share Purchase
Right").
    
   
    There is currently no public market for Omega Worldwide Common Stock. Shares
of Omega Worldwide Common Stock have not been approved for listing on any
national securities exchange although application has been made to report the
Omega Worldwide Common Stock on the NASDAQ National Market System ("NASDAQ")
under the symbol "OWWI".
    
    WE ARE NOT ASKING YOU FOR A PROXY AND YOU ARE REQUESTED NOT TO SEND US A
PROXY.
 
              The date of this Prospectus is              , 1998.
<PAGE>   3
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
   
     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration
Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
with respect to Omega Worldwide Common Stock, Rights and Preferred Share
Purchase Rights described herein. This Prospectus does not contain all of the
information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto. For further information, reference is made hereby to the
Registration Statement, exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained
herein concerning any documents are not necessarily complete and, in each
instance, reference is made to the copies of such documents filed as exhibits to
the Registration Statement. Each such statement is qualified by such reference.
Copies of these documents may be inspected without charge at the principal
office of the Commission at 450 5th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at
the Regional Offices of the Commission at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048, at Citicorp Center, Suite 1400, 500 West Madison Street,
Chicago, Illinois 60661, and at 5670 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1100, Los
Angeles, California 90036, and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained
from the Commission upon payment of the charges prescribed by the Commission.
Copies of such material may also be obtained from the Commission's Web Site
(http://www.sec.gov).
    
 
   
     Following the Distribution, the Company will be required to comply with the
reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), and will file annual, quarterly and other reports with the
Commission. The Company will also be subject to the proxy solicitation
requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, will furnish audited
financial statements to its stockholders in connection with its annual meetings
of stockholders. The Company will also file with NASDAQ copies of such reports,
proxy statements and other information which subsequently can be inspected at
the offices of NASDAQ.
    
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
                                    SUMMARY
 
   
     This summary is qualified by the more detailed information set forth
elsewhere in this Prospectus, which should be read in its entirety, including
the discussion of certain factors set forth under "Risk Factors." Unless the
context requires otherwise, each reference to "Omega" and "the Company" herein
includes its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
    
 
   
                                    OVERVIEW
    
 
   
     The Company is a newly-formed corporation that was incorporated in Maryland
on November 13, 1997 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Omega. Omega created the
Company to engage in the investment advisory and management services currently
being provided by Omega in order to distinguish between the lines of business
Omega conducts. The Distribution allows the current holders of Omega Common
Shares to continue to participate in the business operations being conducted by
the Company (through ownership of Omega Worldwide Common Stock) as well as the
real estate operations being conducted by Omega (through ownership of Omega
Common Shares). The sale of shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock pursuant to
the Secondary Offering allows Omega to replenish its capital base following the
contribution of the Assets (as defined below) to the Company. The Rights
Offering and Primary Offering allow the Company to raise capital to pursue
further business opportunities. After the consummation of the Distribution and
the Offerings, Omega will continue to own 1,000,000 shares of Omega Worldwide
Common Stock (approximately 9% of the issued and outstanding shares of Omega
Worldwide Common Stock assuming no Additional Shares are issued).
    
 
   
                                  THE COMPANY
    
 
   
The Company...................   The Company will provide investment advisory
                                 and management services and hold equity and
                                 debt interests in companies engaged in
                                 providing sale/leaseback and other capital
                                 financing to healthcare service providers
                                 throughout the world. The Company will seek to
                                 leverage its management expertise in financing
                                 healthcare providers by providing seed equity
                                 and debt capital and investment advisory
                                 services to newly-formed or existing real
                                 estate and finance companies principally in
                                 countries other than the United States. Private
                                 healthcare and its finance, particularly for
                                 the aging population in developed countries,
                                 represents a growing priority in which capital
                                 is a major consideration. Based upon
                                 management's experience in establishing
                                 Principal Healthcare Finance Limited, a private
                                 company incorporated with limited liability in
                                 the Isle of Jersey ("Principal"), the Company
                                 will seek to extend its investments in
                                 healthcare finance on a global basis. The
                                 Company may also consider investment in other
                                 actively managed real estate opportunities
                                 which it develops. Principal was formed on June
                                 28, 1995 and was a wholly-owned subsidiary of
                                 Omega until October, 1996. Principal provides
                                 capital and medium-term financing to the
                                 private-sector healthcare industry in the
                                 United Kingdom by acquiring and leasing back to
                                 experienced operators, existing and newly-built
                                 nursing homes or residential care facilities.
                                 At December 31, 1997 Principal owned and leased
                                 to eight operators a total of 154 facilities
                                 (approximately 7,200 beds) in the United
                                 Kingdom.
    
 
                                 The Company will use its and Omega's extensive
                                 resources to identify, develop and structure
                                 attractive opportunities to invest in
                                 healthcare real estate ownership and finance on
                                 a global basis.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
   
                                 The Company intends to invest its capital in
                                 two principal ways: first, to increase its
                                 existing investment in Principal, as needed to
                                 establish its dominant position in private
                                 healthcare finance in the United Kingdom; and
                                 second, to establish similar relationships with
                                 existing or newly-formed entities in other
                                 suitable developed countries. The Company also
                                 will coordinate and integrate its investment
                                 activity with Omega so as to take advantage of
                                 investment opportunities which would not be
                                 suitable for Omega due to its REIT status. The
                                 Company does not intend to operate property or
                                 businesses in the healthcare or any other
                                 industry but may perform advisory services and
                                 invest in less than majority positions in
                                 healthcare operating firms, healthcare services
                                 or otherwise.
    
 
   
                                 The Company anticipates that a substantial
                                 portion of the firms it will develop and to
                                 which it will provide seed capital will consist
                                 of companies which have the potential for
                                 public trading in the markets in which they
                                 operate.
    
 
   
                                 In connection with the formation and
                                 capitalization of the Company, Omega will
                                 contribute to the Company prior to the
                                 consummation of the Offerings and the
                                 Distribution, the following significant assets
                                 (collectively, the "Assets") pursuant to a
                                 Contribution Agreement with the Company (the
                                 "Contribution Agreement"):
    
 
   
                                 -- 3,337,500 Class A voting ordinary shares of
                                    Principal. The Company will also receive
                                    warrants to purchase 10,000,000 Class B
                                    non-voting ordinary shares of Principal
                                    expiring June 30, 2001 at an exercise price
                                    of L1.50 (approximately $2.40) per share and
                                    554,583 Class A ordinary shares of Principal
                                    expiring December 31, 2000 at an exercise
                                    price of L1.00 (approximately $1.60) per
                                    share. Principal's shareholders have
                                    approved a recapitalization to only Class A
                                    voting shares, and the Company's investment
                                    now represents 33.375% of the outstanding
                                    shares prior to exercising any warrants. The
                                    exercise of all issued and outstanding
                                    warrants absent the issuance of additional
                                    shares by Principal, would increase the
                                    Company's ownership interest in Principal to
                                    approximately 54%.
    
 
   
                                 -- The Company will replace Omega as holder
                                    with respect to L15,000,000 (approximately
                                    $24,000,000) of escalating fixed rate
                                    subordinated debt provided by Omega to
                                    Principal and maturing on December 31, 2000.
                                    Omega will also transfer to the Company the
                                    benefit of a ten-year British pound currency
                                    swap contract under which the Company will
                                    have the right to exchange L20,000,000
                                    (approximately $32,000,000) for $31,740,000
                                    on October 15, 2007. Pursuant to this
                                    contract, the risk to the Company of
                                    exchange rate changes during the term of the
                                    swap agreement will be mitigated. These
                                    assets are collectively referred to herein
                                    as the "Principal Assets."
    
 
   
                                 -- Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement with
                                    Principal (the "Management Agreement")
                                    pursuant to which the Company will provide
                                    the following services for Principal:
                                    marketing of its services; identification
                                    and evaluation of potential
    
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   6
 
   
investments; administration of the business and day-to-day affairs of Principal;
monitoring and evaluating the financial and operational performance of the
healthcare operating organizations financed by Principal; and developing new
                                    products and services. The Company will also
                                    provide advice upon and facilitate capital
                                    markets transactions and arrangements of
                                    credit facilities and permanent financing
                                    for Principal. Pursuant to the Management
                                    Agreement, the Company will receive an
                                    annual fee equal to 0.9% of Principal's
                                    assets (as defined in the Management
                                    Agreement) and may earn an additional
                                    incentive fee. See "Business -- The
                                    Principal Assets."
    
 
   
                                 In exchange for the contribution of the Assets,
                                 Omega will receive 6,399,000 shares of Omega
                                 Worldwide Common Stock and up to 5,000,000
                                 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, par value
                                 $1.00 per share, of the Company (the "Series B
                                 Preferred"). Pursuant to the Contribution
                                 Agreement, the Company will automatically issue
                                 65,000 shares of Series B Preferred to Omega
                                 for each $0.0625 above $8.625 per share of
                                 Omega Worldwide Common Stock that more than
                                 12,000 shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock
                                 are traded on any single date prior to April
                                   , 1998. The Series B Preferred will receive a
                                 cumulative 8% per annum dividend which is
                                 payable annually based on a liquidation value
                                 of $10.00 per share. The Series B Preferred has
                                 no voting rights. Each share of Series B
                                 Preferred will convert into one share of Omega
                                 Worldwide Common Stock in the event Omega ever
                                 distributes the Series B Preferred to its
                                 shareholders or otherwise transfers the Series
                                 B Preferred to any unaffiliated third party.
    
 
   
                                 Prior to the consummation of the Offerings and
                                 the Distribution, the Company will enter into
                                 an agreement with Omega (the "Opportunity
                                 Agreement"), pursuant to which the Company and
                                 Omega will agree to provide each other with
                                 rights to participate in certain transactions
                                 and to make certain investments in parallel or
                                 jointly. The Company and Omega will also enter
                                 into a Services Agreement pursuant to which
                                 Omega will provide management and other
                                 employees, office space and administrative
                                 services to the Company. See "Business -- The
                                 Opportunity Agreement" and "Certain
                                 Transactions."
    
 
   
Business Strategy.............   The Company intends to perform the Management
                                 Agreement with Principal, to enter into
                                 additional contracts to provide advisory
                                 services and to pursue additional opportunities
                                 for global investments in healthcare real
                                 estate and finance. The Company believes that
                                 it has, or will have access to, sufficient
                                 liquidity and management expertise to invest in
                                 and manage the healthcare real estate assets
                                 successfully.
    
 
   
                                 The Company's investment and operating
                                 strategies reflect the experience of its
                                 management in the establishment of Principal as
                                 a means of extending, principally outside the
                                 United States, real estate based healthcare
                                 financing like that which Omega now conducts in
                                 the United States. The Company intends to
                                 expand its investments in real estate and
                                 healthcare finance and to enter into agreements
                                 similar to the Management Agreement with other
    
                                        5
<PAGE>   7
 
   
                                 entities engaged in activities similar to
                                 Principal and Omega, including entities
                                 established by the Company. The Company will
                                 also invest in other entities like Principal
                                 conducting financing activities in the
                                 healthcare industry in other areas of the
                                 world. To pursue additional opportunities, the
                                 Company plans to capitalize on its relationship
                                 with Omega and Omega's ability to structure
                                 transactions creatively and to take advantage
                                 of investment opportunities presented to Omega
                                 in which it cannot or chooses not to invest.
    
 
   
Management....................   Essel W. Bailey, Jr., James P. Flaherty, Susan
                                 A. Kovach and David A. Stover are President and
                                 Chief Executive Officer, Vice
                                 President-International, Vice President and
                                 Secretary, and Vice President and Chief
                                 Financial Officer, respectively, of the
                                 Company. Each currently serves in the same
                                 capacity at Omega. F. Scott Kellman is
                                 Executive Vice President of Omega and a Vice
                                 President of the Company. See "Management."
    
 
   
Preferred Share Purchase
Rights........................   The Company expects to authorize Preferred
                                 Share Purchase Rights prior to the consummation
                                 of the Offerings and the Distribution. If so
                                 adopted, shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock
                                 sold pursuant to the Primary Offering and
                                 Secondary Offering and issued in the
                                 Distribution and upon exercise of the Rights
                                 will also initially represent an equivalent
                                 number of associated Preferred Share Purchase
                                 Rights of the Company. See "Certain
                                 Antitakeover Provisions -- Rights Agreement."
    
 
   
Certain Antitakeover
Provisions....................   Certain provisions of the Company's charter
                                 (the "Charter") and Bylaws (the "Bylaws"), as
                                 each will be in effect as of the consummation
                                 of the Offerings and the Distribution, and of
                                 the Maryland General Corporation Law (the
                                 "MGCL"), may make more difficult an acquisition
                                 of control of the Company in a transaction not
                                 approved by the Omega Worldwide Board of
                                 Directors (the "Omega Worldwide Board"). See
                                 "Description of Omega Worldwide Capital Stock"
                                 and "Certain Antitakeover Provisions." The
                                 Rights Plan will also make more difficult an
                                 acquisition of control of the Company in a
                                 transaction not approved by the Omega Worldwide
                                 Board. The Rights Plan and certain provisions
                                 of the Charter will not apply to Omega and its
                                 affiliates. See "Certain Antitakeover
                                 Provisions -- Rights Plan."
    
 
   
Post-Distribution Dividend
Policy........................   The primary objective of the Company is to
                                 achieve long-term growth. The Company intends
                                 to use its available funds to pursue business
                                 opportunities and, so long as such
                                 opportunities exist, does not anticipate the
                                 payment of any cash dividends on Omega
                                 Worldwide Common Stock in the foreseeable
                                 future. The authorization of dividends will be
                                 subject to the discretion of the Omega
                                 Worldwide Board. See "Dividend Policy."
    
 
   
Interests of Executive
Officers......................   Essel W. Bailey, Jr., James P. Flaherty, F.
                                 Scott Kellman, Susan A. Kovach and David A.
                                 Stover are President and Chief Executive
                                 Officer, Vice President-International,
                                 Executive Vice President, Vice President and
                                 Secretary, and Vice President and Chief
                                 Financial Officer, respectively, of Omega and
                                 serve in similar executive officer capacities
                                 for the Company. Mr. Bailey is also a
    
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   8
 
   
                                 director of the Company and Omega. These
                                 officers have a significant interest in Omega
                                 and as such will receive shares of the Company.
                                 They will also receive options to acquire
                                 shares of the Company and they intend to
                                 purchase shares of the Company. See "Risk
                                 Factors -- Potential Conflicts of Interest" and
                                 "Certain Transactions."
    
 
   
Transfer Agent and
Registrar.....................   First Chicago Trust Company of New York will be
                                 the Transfer Agent and Registrar for the
                                 Company after the Distribution and the
                                 Offerings.
    
 
   
                              THE PRIMARY OFFERING
    
 
   
Securities Offered............   500,000 shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock.
    
 
   
Omega Worldwide Common Stock
  outstanding after Primary
  Offering....................   11,250,000 shares (assuming consummation of the
                                 Secondary Offering, Rights Offering and
                                 Distribution).
    
 
   
Use of Proceeds...............   The Primary Offering is intended to provide
                                 funds to the Company for working capital and
                                 acquisitions and investments. See "Use of
                                 Proceeds."
    
 
                             THE SECONDARY OFFERING
 
   
Securities Offered............   2,300,000 shares of Omega Worldwide Common
                                 Stock.
    
 
   
Omega Worldwide Common Stock
  outstanding after Secondary
  Offering....................   11,250,000 shares (assuming consummation of the
                                 Primary Offering, Rights Offering and
                                 Distribution).
    
 
   
Trading Market................   There is currently no public market for Omega
                                 Worldwide Common Stock. The Omega Worldwide
                                 Common Stock has not been approved for listing
                                 on any national securities exchange, although
                                 application has been made to report the Omega
                                 Worldwide Common Stock on NASDAQ under the
                                 symbol "OWWI". See "Risk Factors -- Absence of
                                 a Public Market for Omega Worldwide Common
                                 Stock" and "The Distribution -- Listing and
                                 Trading of Omega Worldwide Common Stock."
    
 
Use of Proceeds...............   The Company will not receive any of the
                                 proceeds from the sale of the Omega Worldwide
                                 Common Stock in the Secondary Offering.
 
   
Rights Offering Obligation....   Shareholders of Omega as of the Record Date who
                                 purchase shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock
                                 pursuant to the Secondary Offering will agree
                                 to exercise all Rights they may receive
                                 pursuant to the Rights Offering.
    
 
   
                              THE RIGHTS OFFERING
    
 
   
Securities Offered............   2,250,000 Rights, exercisable for an aggregate
                                 of 2,250,000 shares of Omega Worldwide Common
                                 Stock, with 1,000,000 Additional Shares
                                 authorized for issuance to ensure that the
                                 Rights Investors
    
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   9
 
   
                                 will have the right to purchase an aggregate of
                                 1,000,000 Unsubscribed Shares.
    
 
   
Rights Record Date............   March   , 1998.
    
 
   
Subscription Right............   One Right, per every 4.0 shares of Omega
                                 Worldwide Common Stock, issued by the Company
                                 to each holder of Omega Worldwide Common Stock
                                 on the Rights Record Date. Each Right entitles
                                 the holder to purchase one share of Omega
                                 Worldwide Common Stock at the Subscription
                                 Price. See "The Rights Offering."
    
 
   
Oversubscription Privilege....   A holder of Omega Worldwide Common Stock on the
                                 Rights Record Date who validly exercises all of
                                 such shareholder's Rights may also
                                 oversubscribe, at the Subscription Price, for
                                 additional shares of Omega Worldwide Common
                                 Stock. Only holders of Omega Worldwide Common
                                 Stock on the Rights Record Date will be
                                 entitled to the Oversubscription Privilege. See
                                 "The Rights Offering -- Oversubscription
                                 Privilege."
    
 
   
Unsubscribed Shares...........   Certain directors and officers of Omega and
                                 their affiliates have agreed to acquire the
                                 Unsubscribed Shares at the Subscription Price
                                 and will be guaranteed the right to purchase an
                                 aggregate of 1,000,000 Unsubscribed Shares by
                                 the issuance of Additional Shares. See "The
                                 Rights Offering -- Unsubscribed Shares."
    
 
Expiration Date...............   March   , 1998 at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard
                                 Time, or such later date as the Company may
                                 determine in its sole discretion. After such
                                 time, the Rights will become void and have no
                                 value.
 
Subscription Price............   $       per share.
 
   
Method of Exercising
  Rights and Oversubscription
  Privilege...................   Holders of Omega Worldwide Common Stock must
                                 properly complete the Rights Certificate
                                 accompanying this Prospectus indicating the
                                 number of Rights being exercised and whether
                                 the Oversubscription Privilege is being
                                 exercised. Prior to the Expiration Date, the
                                 subscriber must mail or deliver the Rights
                                 Certificate and the full Subscription Price for
                                 the shares subscribed for pursuant to the
                                 exercise of the Rights to the Subscription
                                 Agent. If the subscriber has exercised the
                                 Oversubscription Privilege, the Company will
                                 send the subscriber a written confirmation of
                                 the number of shares of Omega Worldwide Common
                                 Stock allocated to the subscriber under the
                                 Oversubscription Privilege. Within four
                                 business days of receipt of the notice, the
                                 subscriber must deliver payment to the
                                 Subscription Agent for the shares of Omega
                                 Worldwide Common Stock subscribed for pursuant
                                 to the Oversubscription Privilege. See "The
                                 Rights Offering -- Method of Exercising Rights"
                                 and "The Rights Offering -- Oversubscription
                                 Privilege."
    
 
Transferability of Rights.....   The Rights are not transferable.
 
   
Subscription Agent............   First Chicago Trust Company of New York
    
 
Use of Proceeds...............   The Rights Offering is intended to provide
                                 funds to the Company for working capital and
                                 acquisitions and investments. See "Use of
                                 Proceeds."
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   10
 
   
Federal Income Tax
  Consequences................   A shareholder of the Company generally should
                                 not recognize any gain or loss upon the receipt
                                 of a Right, the exercise of a Right or the
                                 lapse of a Right. See "The Rights Offering --
                                 Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Rights
                                 Offering."
    
 
                                THE DISTRIBUTION
 
Distributing Company..........   Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc.
 
   
Shares to be Distributed......   Approximately 5,200,000 shares of Omega
                                 Worldwide Common Stock, all of which are held
                                 by Omega.
    
 
   
Distribution Ratio............   One share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock for
                                 every 3.77 Omega Common Shares. No certificates
                                 representing fractional shares of the Company
                                 will be issued in connection with the
                                 Distribution. In lieu of fractional shares, the
                                 Distribution Agent (as defined below) will
                                 aggregate and sell the fractional shares and
                                 distribute the cash proceeds on a pro rata
                                 basis to those holders otherwise entitled to a
                                 fractional interest. No payment need be made
                                 by, or will be accepted from, Omega
                                 shareholders for Omega Worldwide Common Stock
                                 to be received by them in the Distribution, nor
                                 will Omega shareholders be required to
                                 surrender or exchange Omega Common Shares, in
                                 order to receive Omega Worldwide Common Stock.
                                 See "The Distribution -- Manner of Effecting
                                 the Distribution."
    
 
   
Risk Factors..................   Shareholders should consider certain factors
                                 discussed under "Risk Factors," including risks
                                 associated with the assets that the Company
                                 will acquire and own, the Company's lack of
                                 operating history, potential conflicts of
                                 interest and the Company's dependence on Omega.
    
 
   
Background of and Reasons
  for the Distribution........   The Company will provide investment advisory
                                 and management services and hold equity and
                                 debt interests in companies engaged in
                                 providing sale/leaseback and other capital
                                 financing to healthcare service providers
                                 throughout the world.
    
 
   
                                 In connection with its management and other
                                 activities, the Company will operate under the
                                 Opportunity Agreement pursuant to which the
                                 Company and Omega will agree to provide each
                                 other with rights to participate in certain
                                 transactions and to make certain investments in
                                 parallel or jointly. In particular, the Company
                                 will have the right to pursue certain
                                 opportunities that Omega may determine it is
                                 unable to pursue (whether due to its status as
                                 a REIT or for other reasons) or that Omega may
                                 elect not to pursue. See "Business -- The
                                 Opportunity Agreement."
    
 
   
                                 The Distribution of Omega Worldwide Common
                                 Stock will provide Omega shareholders as of the
                                 Record Date with the ability to benefit from
                                 both the real estate operations of Omega and
                                 the business operations of the Company.
    
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   11
 
   
Federal Income Tax
  Consequences................   An Omega shareholder will be treated as
                                 receiving a distribution from Omega in an
                                 amount equal to the fair market value of the
                                 Omega Worldwide Common Stock received by such
                                 shareholder plus any cash received in lieu of
                                 fractional shares. Depending on an Omega
                                 shareholder's adjusted tax basis and the amount
                                 of Omega's current and accumulated earnings and
                                 profits, the Distribution will result in
                                 ordinary income, a tax-free return of capital,
                                 capital gain or a combination thereof.
                                 Management anticipates that for a typical Omega
                                 shareholder the Distribution likely will result
                                 in an increase in the shareholder's tax-free
                                 return of capital and capital gain, but this
                                 result cannot be assured. See "The Distribution
                                 -- Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
                                 Distribution."
    
 
Distribution Agent............   First Chicago Trust Company of New York
 
   
Record Date...................   February 1, 1998 (the "Record Date").
    
 
Distribution Date.............   March   , 1998 (the "Distribution Date").
                                 Commencing on or about the Distribution Date,
                                 the Distribution Agent will begin mailing
                                 account statements reflecting ownership of
                                 Omega Worldwide Common Stock to holders of
                                 Omega Common Shares on the Record Date. Omega
                                 shareholders will not be required to make any
                                 payment or to take any other action to receive
                                 the Omega Worldwide Common Stock to which they
                                 are entitled in the Distribution. See "The
                                 Distribution -- Manner of Effecting the
                                 Distribution."
 
   
Trading Market................   There is currently no public market for Omega
                                 Worldwide Common Stock. The Omega Worldwide
                                 Common Stock has not been approved for listing
                                 on any national securities exchange although
                                 application has been made to report the Omega
                                 Worldwide Common Stock on NASDAQ under the
                                 symbol "OWWI". See "Risk Factors -- Absence of
                                 a Public Market for Omega Worldwide Common
                                 Stock" and "The Distribution -- Listing and
                                 Trading of Omega Worldwide Common Stock."
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   12
 
   
                BENEFITS OF THE OFFERINGS TO SELLING SHAREHOLDER
    
 
   
     As a result of the sale of 2,300,000 shares of the Company by Omega in the
Secondary Offering, Omega will receive gross proceeds of $            (based on
an initial public offering price of $       per share). The Company will not
receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by Omega. Furthermore, Omega will
realize a gain of $            in connection with the sale of such shares. Omega
will, after the Offerings, own 1,000,000 shares of the Company valued at
$       (based on the initial public offering price of $       per share) and
would have an unrealized gain of $       . Omega may at any time after the
Offerings sell or distribute to its shareholders its remaining equity interests
in the Company.
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   13
 
                        SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following table sets forth certain unaudited summary financial
information for the Company on a combined pro forma basis. This summary
information is qualified by, and should be read in conjunction with, the
financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
   
     The pro forma information for the year ended November 30, 1997, assumes
completion, in each case as of December 1, 1996 in determining operating data,
and, in each case as of November 30, 1997, in determining balance sheet data, of
the formation and capitalization of the Company, the related contribution of the
Assets by Omega, and receipt of the proceeds of the Rights Offering.
    
 
     The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what
the Company's financial position or results of operations would have been
assuming the above events actually occurred as of the dates indicated, nor do
they purport to project the Company's financial position or results of
operations at any future date or for any future period.
 
                             OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.
                       CONDENSED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
                               NOVEMBER 30, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             PRO FORMA         AS ADJUSTED
                                            HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS(A)     FOR PROCEEDS(B)      PRO FORMA
                                            ----------    --------------     ---------------      ---------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>                <C>                 <C>
ASSETS
  Cash..................................    $   1,000       $   210,000        $16,125,000       $16,336,000
  Investment in Principal Healthcare
     Finance Limited....................
       Subordinated loan................                     23,805,000                           23,805,000
       Common stock.....................                      5,296,612                            5,296,612
  Omega (UK) Limited and other assets...                        150,000                              150,000
                                            ---------       -----------        -----------       -----------
TOTAL ASSETS............................    $   1,000       $29,461,612        $16,125,000       $45,587,612
                                            =========       ===========        ===========       ===========
SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
  Common stock..........................    $ 210,100       $   639,900        $   225,000       $ 1,075,000
  Paid-in Capital.......................          900        28,611,712         15,900,000        44,512,612
  Common stock subscription
     receivable.........................     (210,000)          210,000
                                            ---------       -----------        -----------       -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY..............    $   1,000       $29,461,612        $16,125,000       $45,587,612
                                            =========       ===========        ===========       ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
   
 (A) Payment of subscription receivable balance and contribution by Omega of
     investment in Principal, recorded at Omega's carrying value, in exchange
     for 8,499,000 fully paid shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock. The
     Subordinated Loan earns interest at the rate of 11.83% with annual
     increases of 3%, and is due in December 2000. The common stock investment
     represents 33.375% of the outstanding voting stock of Principal. These
     investments are stated at Omega's original cost basis in pounds sterling as
     adjusted for translation to dollars. Omega has not previously recognized
     any writedowns or other adjustments to these investments. Based on
     circumstances at the date of the respective transactions, no values were
     ascribed to the warrants issued by Principal or the currency swap
     arrangement.
    
   
 (B) Proceeds of issuance of 2,250,000 shares of the company to its shareholders
     pursuant to the Rights Offering at $7.50 per share (less estimated offering
     and registration costs of $750,000).
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   14
 
                             OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.
                    CONDENSED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF INCOME
                          YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                HISTORICAL        PRO FORMA
                                                                ----------        ---------
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>         <C>
Revenue
  Advisory fees.............................................        $            $ 1,764,000 (A
  Interest -- Subordinated Loan.............................                       2,843,000
                                                                                 -----------
     Total Revenues.........................................         0             4,607,000
Expenses
  Costs of Services Provided................................                       1,174,000 (B
  General and Administrative................................                         507,000 (C
                                                                    --           -----------
     Total Expenses.........................................         0             1,681,000
                                                                    --           -----------
                                                                     0             2,926,000
Equity in loss of Principal Healthcare
  Finance Limited...........................................                        (235,000)(D)
                                                                    --           -----------
Income before income taxes..................................         0             2,691,000
Provision for income taxes..................................         0              (915,000)
                                                                    --           -----------
Net income..................................................        $0           $ 1,776,000
                                                                    ==           ===========
Shares Outstanding..........................................                      11,250,000
Net income per share........................................                           $0.16
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
   
(A) Fees pursuant to management agreement at .9% of Principal's average net
    assets. Management believes that the assignment of the existing management
    contract by Omega to the Company will not materially affect the revenue
    producing activity or cost structure for services provided to Principal.
    
 
   
(B) Costs of services provided by Omega (UK) Limited.
    
 
   
(C) Comprises allocated share of costs of Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc.
    pursuant to the provisions of Service Agreement. The Company's general and
    administrative costs which are estimated to be approximately $650,000 to
    $700,000, are not factually supportable and therefore have been omitted.
    
 
   
(D) Represents the Company's share (33.375%) of loss of Principal for fiscal
    year ended August 31, 1997. The Company will account for its investment in
    Principal using the equity method of accounting, and at no time does the
    Company expect its ownership will be more than 50%.
    
   
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   15
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
   
     Shareholders should carefully consider and evaluate all of the information
set forth in this Prospectus, including the risk factors listed below. The
Company also cautions readers that, in addition to the historical information
included herein, this Prospectus includes certain forward-looking statements and
information that are based on management's beliefs as well as on assumptions
made by and information currently available to management. When used in this
Prospectus, the words "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "plan," "believe,"
"seek," "estimate" and similar expressions are intended to identify such
forward-looking statements. Such statements are not guarantees of future
performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including
but not limited to the following factors, which could cause the Company's future
results and stockholder values to differ materially from those expressed in any
forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company. Many of such
factors are beyond the Company's ability to control or predict. Readers are
cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The Company
disclaims any intent or obligation to update publicly any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
    
 
NO HISTORY OF OPERATIONS
 
   
     The Company is newly formed and has no operating history except as part of
Omega. The financial information relating to the Principal Assets that is
presented elsewhere in this Prospectus is not necessarily indicative of future
operations of the Company.
    
 
HEALTHCARE INDUSTRY
 
     The Company will invest in entities which will own healthcare facilities
principally outside of the United States. Accordingly, the Company will not
diversify its investments to reduce the risks associated with investment in the
healthcare industry. Future investments by the Company may be on terms or
conditions less favorable than the terms applicable to the Company's initial
investments. The operation of healthcare facilities is subject to substantial
regulation. In addition to other laws and regulations with which the Company
will be required to comply, the Company will be subject to laws that govern
financial arrangements between healthcare providers. Any failure to comply with
these laws or regulations could have an adverse effect on the operations of the
Company.
 
     Healthcare is an area of extensive governmental regulation and frequent
regulatory change. The lessees and mortgagors of Principal or similar companies
in which the Company invests are and will continue to be subject to extensive
regulation. Changes in laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing
laws or regulations can have a dramatic effect on the healthcare industry with
respect to methods of doing business, costs of doing business and revenues.
Principal is attempting to develop and market a method of financing for
healthcare properties which is not, at present, widely accepted in the United
Kingdom or elsewhere, and the business of the Company may not develop and grow
as the Company anticipates.
 
     The operating results of the healthcare facilities underlying the
investments of Principal or similar companies in which the Company invests will
depend on various factors over which the Company will have no control and which
may affect the present or future cash flows of the Company. Those factors
include, without limitation, general economic conditions, changes in supply of,
or demand for, competing long-term healthcare facilities, changes in occupancy
levels, the ability of the lessees and mortgagors of Principal or similar
companies in which the Company invests through rate increases or otherwise to
absorb increases in operating expenses, changes in governmental regulations and
changes in planning (zoning) regulations.
 
     A significant portion of the revenues of the lessees and mortgagors of
Principal or similar companies in which the Company invests will be dependent
upon payments from third party payors, including private insurers and local and
national governments. The levels of revenues and profitability of such lessees
and mortgagors may be affected by the continuing efforts of third party payors
to contain or reduce the cost of healthcare. Medical advances and changes in the
method of providing long-term healthcare services may significantly change the
healthcare needs of the elderly and thereby reduce the demand for long-term
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   16
 
healthcare facilities. Likewise, such advances and changes may make obsolete the
healthcare properties owned or financed by Principal or similar companies in
which the Company invests.
 
     Although Principal plans to increase rapidly the number of healthcare
operators it finances, currently all of Principal's income is derived from rent
payments received from eight operators and over 50% of its revenues come from
two operators, Tamaris plc and Ashbourne Healthcare plc. Thus, the results of
operations and financial condition of Principal will be principally dependent
upon the ability of Tamaris plc and Ashbourne Healthcare plc to meet their
obligations under their agreements with Principal and, thus, upon the operating
results of the facilities financed by Principal.
 
   
     Healthcare services, particularly those for the elderly outside the United
States, often have been provided by government or by not-for-profit
organizations, and the ability of the Company to extend its financing and
investment activities is premised upon additional changes in the way in which
healthcare services for the elderly will be provided in such countries as the
Company may invest. While the United Kingdom has been advanced in permitting and
encouraging the private for-profit sector to develop healthcare services, there
is no assurance that such encouragement and permission will be available in
other countries in which the Company may desire to invest.
    
 
     No assurance can be given that a lessee will exercise any option to renew
its lease upon the expiration of its term. In such an instance, the Company may
not be able to locate a qualified purchaser or qualified replacement tenant for
the healthcare properties in question, and as a result it would lose a source of
revenue while remaining responsible for payment of its obligations incurred in
financing such properties.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The Company and Principal will be competing for additional healthcare
facility investments with other healthcare investors, including commercial banks
and other financial institutions. Many of the Company's and Principal's
competitors have been established for a longer period of time and have financial
resources far in excess of the Company.
 
INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS AND EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATIONS
 
   
     The Company anticipates that international financing will account for a
significant portion of its business. As a result, the Company will be subject to
risks associated with international operations, including trade restrictions,
overlapping or differing tax structures and legal systems, governmental fiscal
policies and difficulties in staffing and managing international operations.
    
 
   
     The Company will experience foreign currency exchange gains and losses due
to exchange rate fluctuations among a variety of currencies. Significant
portions of the Company's revenues and expenses will be denominated in
currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including the British pound, as Principal
records its transactions and prepares its financial statements in pounds.
Fluctuations in the values of foreign currencies may cause reported amounts to
change from period to period, and may produce significant changes in the
Company's financial condition and results of operations that do not necessarily
reflect the Company's operating activities. While the Company plans to engage in
foreign currency hedging transactions from time to time to moderate the overall
effect of these currency movements, the Company expects that such fluctuations
will occur, and there can be no assurance that exchange rate fluctuations will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or
results of operations, or cause significant fluctuations in quarterly results of
operations.
    
 
LEVERAGE
 
     The Company intends to implement its international investment strategy by
investing in entities utilizing a high degree of borrowing to fund its
investments. For example, Principal was organized with a capital plan
contemplating 60-70% senior debt, 10-20% subordinated unsecured debt and 10-20%
equity.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   17
 
RESTRICTIONS ON OMEGA WORLDWIDE'S OPPORTUNITIES
 
   
     Under the Opportunity Agreement, the Company has agreed not to acquire or
make investments in real estate (which, for purposes of the Opportunity
Agreement, includes the provision of services related to real estate) unless it
has notified Omega of the acquisition or investment opportunity, and Omega has
determined not to pursue such acquisition or investment. If approved by the
Company's independent directors, the Company may make investments in certain
transactions in order to assist Omega in structuring acquisitions or investments
which Omega elects to pursue.
    
 
   
     While Omega must notify the Company of domestic investments which may be of
interest to the Company, Omega is not required to offer the Company the
opportunity to participate in domestic transactions, or make domestic
investments, where Omega is able to pursue the entire transaction or investment.
To the extent that Omega is obligated by the Opportunity Agreement to offer
certain domestic transactions or investments to the Company, it is required to
do so only if it has determined, in its sole discretion, that it is unable to
pursue the entire transaction or investment. Because of the provisions of the
Opportunity Agreement, the nature of the Company's business and the
opportunities it may pursue are restricted.
    
 
GROWTH THROUGH NEW OPPORTUNITIES
 
   
     There is no assurance that any opportunities that Omega or the Company
identifies will be within the Company's financial, operational or management
parameters. In addition, there is no assurance that the Company will have
sufficient capital resources or capabilities to pursue additional opportunities,
or that opportunities it pursues will be integrated, perform as expected or
contribute significant revenues or profits to the Company.
    
 
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
   
     Essel W. Bailey, Jr. is President and Chief Executive Officer of Omega and
the Company, James P. Flaherty is Vice President -- International of Omega and
the Company, F. Scott Kellman is Executive Vice President of Omega and Vice
President of the Company, Susan A. Kovach is Vice President and Secretary of
Omega and the Company and David A. Stover is Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of Omega and the Company. Although each of them is committed to the
success of the Company, they are also committed to the success of Omega. None of
Mr. Bailey, Mr. Flaherty, Mr. Kellman, Ms. Kovach or Mr. Stover is committed to
spending a particular amount of time on the Company's affairs, nor will any of
them devote his or her full time to the Company. It is anticipated that, except
for Mr. Flaherty who will spend a substantial majority of his time on the
Company's affairs, the officers will spend the majority of their time on Omega.
The major factors affecting the time split between the two entities will be the
pace of acquisition opportunities for the Company and the methods of financing.
A majority (seven) of the members of the Omega Worldwide Board will initially be
members of the Omega Board. In addition, the Omega Worldwide Board will be
expanded after the consummation of the transactions set forth herein to include
two members who are unaffiliated with Omega. Management and directors as a group
presently own 1.8% of the outstanding Omega Common Shares but intend to acquire
a greater percentage of shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock and certain of
them have committed to purchase all of the Unsubscribed Shares and have the
right to acquire the Additional Shares.
    
 
   
     There is a risk that the common membership of management and members of the
Boards of the Company and Omega will lead to conflicts of interest in connection
with transactions between the two companies and opportunities presented to each
of the companies. Although each of Omega and the Company will initially have at
least 2 directors on its Board of Directors who are independent of the other
company, no assurance can be made that this structure will continue in the
future.
    
 
FUTURE CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
 
   
     The Company has not received any commitment with respect to any additional
borrowing. There is no assurance that the Company will have sufficient working
capital to finance future investments. The Company expects to be able to access
capital markets or to seek other financing, including financing from Omega or
with
    
                                       16
<PAGE>   18
 
   
Omega's assistance, but there is no assurance that it will be able to do so at
all or in amounts or on terms acceptable to the Company. Omega currently is not
obligated to provide any funds to the Company or to assist it in obtaining
financing.
    
 
ABSENCE OF A PUBLIC MARKET FOR OMEGA WORLDWIDE COMMON STOCK
 
   
     There is currently no public market for Omega Worldwide Common Stock.
Although the Company has applied to report the Omega Worldwide Common Stock on
NASDAQ, it has not yet been approved and there can be no assurance as to the
prices at which trading in Omega Worldwide Common Stock will occur after the
Distribution. Until the Omega Worldwide Common Stock is fully distributed and an
orderly trading market develops, the prices at which trading in such stock
occurs may fluctuate significantly. There can be no assurance that an active
trading market in Omega Worldwide Common Stock will develop or be sustained in
the future or as to the price at which the Omega Worldwide Common Stock may
trade. Volatility in the market and other factors may materially adversely
affect the market price of Omega Worldwide Common Stock.
    
 
CERTAIN ANTITAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
   
     The MGCL, the Charter and Bylaws and the Rights Agreement contain several
provisions that may make more difficult the acquisition of control of the
Company without the approval of the Omega Worldwide Board or may make more
difficult a change of control of the Company or other transaction that may
involve a premium price for the Omega Worldwide Common Stock. Subtitle 6 of
Title 3 of the MGCL (the "Business Combination Statute") restricts business
combinations between the Company and any holder of 10% or more of the Omega
Worldwide Common Stock, and Subtitle 7 of Title 3 of the MGCL (the "Control
Shares Acquisition Statute") imposes certain restrictions on the voting rights
of control shares acquired in a control share acquisition. Certain provisions of
the Charter and the Bylaws, among other things: (i) classify the Omega Worldwide
Board into three classes of directors who serve for staggered three-year terms;
(ii) provide that a director of the Company may be removed by the stockholders
only for cause; (iii) provide that only the Chairman, the President, the Omega
Worldwide Board or holders of 50% of the Omega Worldwide Common Stock may call
special meetings of the stockholders; (iv) provide that the stockholders may
take action only at a meeting of the Company stockholders, not by written
consent; (v) provide that stockholders must comply with certain advance notice
procedures in order to nominate candidates for election to the Omega Worldwide
Board or to place stockholders' proposals on the agenda for consideration at
meetings of the stockholders; (vi) provide that, under certain circumstances,
the affirmative vote of the holders of 80% of the outstanding shares of stock of
the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is required
to approve any merger or similar business combination involving the Company (the
"business combination provision"); and (vii) provide that the stockholders may
amend or repeal any of the foregoing provisions of the Charter only by a vote of
80% of the stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. The
Rights Plan would cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts
to acquire the Company on terms not approved in advance by the Omega Worldwide
Board. The Charter provides that the business combination provision, the Rights
Plan, the Business Combination Statute and the Control Shares Acquisition
Statute do not apply to Omega and its affiliates. Accordingly, Omega and its
affiliates will be in a position to effect a business combination or other
transaction with the Company in situations where others would be restricted from
effecting a similar transaction. See "Description of Omega Worldwide Capital
Stock" and "Certain Antitakeover Provisions."
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   19
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     The Company was incorporated in Maryland in November 1997. The Company will
own the Assets contributed by Omega and will receive cash from the Rights
Offering. Prior to the contribution of the Assets, the Company has had no
operations. See "Business."
    
 
     The Company's executive offices are located at 905 West Eisenhower Circle,
Suite 101, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48103 and its telephone number is (734) 747-9791.
The Company will also have an office at 145 Cannon Street, London, England EC
4N5 BP, telephone number (171) 929-3444.
 
                              THE RIGHTS OFFERING
 
RIGHTS
 
   
     The Company is distributing, at no cost, to each holder of Omega Worldwide
Common Stock of record as of the close of business on the Rights Record Date,
one Right for every 4.0 shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock held by such
holder on such Record Date. Each Right entitles the holder thereof to purchase
one share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock at the Subscription Price. The Rights
are evidenced by nontransferable Rights certificates, which shareholders will
receive with the delivery of this Prospectus. A holder of Rights may (i)
subscribe for shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock through the exercise of all
of his or her Rights, thereby preserving approximately the same percentage
ownership in the Company as he or she currently enjoys relative to the other
shareholders of the Company, or (ii) allow part or all of his or her Rights to
expire unexercised. In the latter case, after the Rights Offering and the
Distribution the shareholder would own a smaller relative equity ownership and
voting interest in the Company as he or she currently enjoys relative to the
other shareholders of the Company. All shareholders of Omega as of the Record
Date who purchase shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock pursuant to the
Secondary Offering will agree to exercise all Rights they may receive pursuant
to the Rights Offering.
    
 
SUBSCRIPTION PRICE
 
     The Subscription Price for one share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock, which
may be purchased upon the exercise of one Right, is $     .
 
EXPIRATION DATE
 
   
     The Rights will expire and become void at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time,
on March   , 1998 or such later date as the Company may determine in its sole
discretion. The Rights will thereafter have no value. Notice will be given to
shareholders of record on the Rights Record Date, by mail or by publication in a
newspaper of national circulation, of a new Expiration Date in the event the
Company extends the period for the exercise of the Rights.
    
 
   
OVERSUBSCRIPTION PRIVILEGE
    
 
   
     A holder of Omega Worldwide Common Stock on the Rights Record Date who
validly exercises all of the Rights initially issued to such holder to the
extent possible will have the further right to exercise the Oversubscription
Privilege for Unsubscribed Shares at the Subscription Price. Only holders of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock on the Rights Record Date will be entitled to the
Oversubscription Privilege. Holders of Omega Worldwide Common Stock so entitled
to exercise the Oversubscription Privilege may oversubscribe for as many
additional shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock as desired (subject to the
maximum number of shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock offered in the Rights
Offering (not including the Additional Shares) and certain other restrictions).
If the demand for shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock pursuant to the
Oversubscription Privilege exceeds the number of shares of Omega Worldwide
Common Stock available (not including the Additional Shares), holders of Omega
Worldwide Common Stock on the Rights Record Date shall participate in the
Oversubscription Privilege (up to, but not exceeding, the number of shares of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock oversubscribed for by each such holder) pro rata
based upon the number of Rights exercised by each such person (without regard to
the
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   20
 
   
number of shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock oversubscribed for by each such
person pursuant to the Oversubscription Privilege), with fractional shares of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock adjusted in any manner the Company deems
appropriate. Promptly after the Expiration Date, the Company will send each
subscriber exercising the Oversubscription Privilege a written confirmation (the
"Oversubscription Notice") of the number of shares of Omega Worldwide Common
Stock allocated to such subscriber under the Oversubscription Privilege.
    
 
UNSUBSCRIBED SHARES AND THIRD PARTY SALES
 
   
     The Rights Investors have committed to purchase any Unsubscribed Shares and
the Company has authorized the Additional Shares to ensure that the Rights
Investors will have the right to purchase an aggregate of 1,000,000 Unsubscribed
Shares. On or promptly after March   , 1998, the business day after the
Expiration Date, the Subscription Agent will send each Rights Investor a written
confirmation of the number of shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock allocated
to such Rights Investor. On or prior to April   , 1998, the fourth business day
after the Expiration Date, the Rights Investors must deliver payment for the
shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock subscribed for to the Subscription Agent
by wire transfer of immediately available funds, based upon such Rights
Investor's prorated allocation of shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock as
notified by the Subscription Agent.
    
 
   
SUBSCRIPTION AGENT
    
 
     The Subscription Agent and escrow agent for the Rights Offering is First
Chicago Trust Company of New York (the "Subscription Agent"). The address to
which Rights Certificates, Notices of Guaranteed Delivery and payments should be
mailed or delivered is:
                    FIRST CHICAGO TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                                    By Mail:
                          First Chicago Trust Company
                                  of New York
                         Attention: Tenders & Exchanges
                           P.O. Box 2565, Suite 4660
                           Jersey City, NJ 07303-2565
                           By Facsimile Transmission:
                                 (201) 222-4720
                                       or
                                 (201) 222-4721
                                    By Hand:
                          First Chicago Trust Company
                                  of New York
                         Attention: Tenders & Exchanges
                               c/o THE DEPOSITORY
                                 TRUST COMPANY
                            55 Water Street, DTC TAD
                        Vietnam Veterans Memorial Plaza
                               New York, NY 10041
 
                             By Overnight Courier:
                          First Chicago Trust Company
                                  of New York
                         Attention: Tenders & Exchanges
                                 Suite 4680-EEG
                           14 Wall Street, 8th Floor
                               New York, NY 10005
                             Confirm By Telephone:
                                 (201) 222-4707
 
     Delivery of Rights Certificates, Notices of Guaranteed Delivery and
payments (other than wire transfers) other than as set forth above will not
constitute a valid delivery.
 
     ANY QUESTIONS OR REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE CONCERNING THE METHOD OF
SUBSCRIBING FOR SHARES OF OMEGA WORLDWIDE COMMON STOCK OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES
OF THIS PROSPECTUS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO                AT                .
 
FRACTIONAL SHARES
 
   
     No fractional shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock will be issued and the
Company may adjust for fractional shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock
resulting from the exercise of the Oversubscription Privilege in any manner it
deems appropriate. Rights Certificates may not be divided in such a manner as to
create fractional Rights or permit holders to subscribe for a greater number of
shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock. Banks, trust companies, securities
dealers and brokers that hold shares of Omega Worldwide
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   21
 
   
Common Stock as nominees for more than one beneficial owner may have a Rights
Certificate divided by the Subscription Agent (see "-- Method of Transferring
Rights"), or may, upon proper showing to the Subscription Agent, exercise their
Rights Certificates on the same basis as if the beneficial owners were record
holders on the Rights Record Date. The Company reserves the right to deny any
division of Rights Certificates if in its opinion the result would be
inconsistent with the intent of this privilege.
    
 
METHOD OF EXERCISING RIGHTS
 
   
     Shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock may be subscribed for pursuant to
the exercise of the Rights by properly completing and duly executing the Rights
Certificate accompanying this Prospectus and mailing or delivering the Rights
Certificate, together with payment of the full Subscription Price for each share
of Omega Worldwide Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of
Rights to the Subscription Agent at the appropriate address set forth above.
Upon receipt of the Oversubscription Notice, each subscriber exercising the
Oversubscription Privilege must deliver payment to the Subscription Agent for
the shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the
Oversubscription Privilege on or prior to the fourth business day after receipt
of the Oversubscription Notice. Banks, trust companies, securities dealers and
brokers that hold shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock as nominee for more
than one beneficial owner may, upon proper showing to the Subscription Agent,
exercise their Rights and the Oversubscription Privilege on the same basis as if
the beneficial owners were record holders on the Rights Record Date. Payments
must be made in United States currency by personal check, cashier's check, bank
draft or money order payable to the order of "Omega Worldwide Rights Offering".
In the case of holders of Rights that are held of record through The Depository
Trust Company ("DTC"), such Rights may be exercised by instructing DTC to
transfer Rights from such holder's DTC account to the Subscription Agent's DTC
account, together with payment of the full Subscription Price. EXCEPT AS
DESCRIBED UNDER "-- LATE DELIVERY OF PAYMENT AND RIGHTS CERTIFICATES", TO BE
ACCEPTED, THE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED RIGHTS CERTIFICATE AND THE
PAYMENT MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE SUBSCRIPTION AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., EASTERN
STANDARD TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. RIGHTS CERTIFICATES RECEIVED AFTER SUCH
TIME WILL NOT BE HONORED.
    
 
   
     A holder of Rights who exercises fewer than all of the Rights represented
by his or her Rights Certificate will receive from the Subscription Agent a new
Rights Certificate representing such unexercised Rights. No new Rights
Certificates will be issued after                , 1998. Neither the Company nor
the Subscription Agent shall incur any liability if a Rights Certificate,
furnished by the Subscription Agent or otherwise, is not received in time to be
exercised, transferred or sold.
    
 
   
     The instruction letter accompanying the Rights Certificate should be read
carefully and strictly followed. DO NOT SEND RIGHTS CERTIFICATES OR PAYMENTS TO
THE COMPANY. Except as described under the captions "-- Unsubscribed Shares and
Third Party Sales" and "-- Late Delivery of Payments and Rights Certificates,"
no subscription will be deemed to have been received until the Subscription
Agent has received delivery of a properly completed and duly executed Rights
Certificate and payment of the full Subscription Price. The risk of delivery of
all documents and payments is on subscribers, not the Company or the
Subscription Agent. If the mail is used, it is recommended that insured,
registered mail, return receipt requested, be used and that a sufficient number
of days be allowed to ensure delivery to the Subscription Agent before the
Expiration Date.
    
 
LATE DELIVERY OF PAYMENTS AND RIGHTS CERTIFICATES
 
     If, prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the Expiration Date, the
Subscription Agent has received a properly completed and duly executed Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery substantially in the form accompanying this Prospectus
(either by hand, mail, telegram or facsimile transmission) specifying the name
of the holder of Rights and the number of shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock
subscribed for (stating separately the number of shares of Omega Worldwide
Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of the Rights and the
Oversubscription Privilege) and guaranteeing that the properly completed and
duly executed Rights Certificate and payment of the full Subscription Price for
all shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock subscribed for will be delivered to
the Subscription Agent within three business days after the Expiration Date,
such subscription may be accepted, subject to the Subscription Agent's
withholding the
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   22
 
certificates for the shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock until receipt of the
properly completed and duly executed Rights Certificate and payment of such
amount within such time period. In the case of holders of Rights that are held
of record through DTC, such Rights may be exercised by instructing DTC to
transfer Rights from such holder's DTC account to the Subscription Agent's DTC
account, together with payment of the full Subscription Price. The Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery must be guaranteed by a commercial bank, trust company or
credit union having an office, branch or agency in the United States or by a
member of a Stock Transfer Association approved medallion program such as STAMP,
SEMP or MSP. Notices of Guaranteed Delivery and Payments should be mailed or
delivered to the appropriate addresses set forth under "-- Subscription Agent".
 
VALIDITY OF SUBSCRIPTIONS
 
   
     All questions with respect to the validity and form of the exercise of any
Rights or the Oversubscription Privilege, or third-party subscriptions for
Unsubscribed Shares (including time of receipt and eligibility to participate in
the Rights Offering) will be determined solely by the Company, which
determination shall be final and binding. Once made, subscriptions and
directions are irrevocable, and no alternative, conditional or contingent
subscriptions or directions will be accepted. The Company reserves the absolute
right to reject any subscriptions or directions not properly submitted or the
acceptance of which, in the opinion of the Company's counsel, would be unlawful.
Any irregularities in connection with subscriptions must be cured prior to the
Expiration Date unless waived by the Company in its sole discretion. Neither the
Company nor the Subscription Agent shall be under any duty to give notification
of defects in such subscriptions or incur any liability for failure to give such
notification. A subscription will be deemed to have been accepted (subject to
the Company's right to withdraw or terminate the Rights Offering) only when a
properly completed and duly executed Rights Certificate, any other required
documents and payment of the full Subscription Price with respect to such
subscription have been received by the Subscription Agent. The Company's
interpretations of the terms and conditions of the Rights Offering shall be
final and binding.
    
 
RIGHTS OF SUBSCRIBERS
 
   
     Subscribers will have no rights as shareholders of the Company with respect
to shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock subscribed for until certificates
representing such shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock are issued to them.
Subscribers will have no right to revoke their subscriptions after delivery to
the Subscription Agent of a completed Rights Certificate and any other required
documents.
    
 
DELIVERY OF SHARES
 
     Certificates for shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock purchased pursuant
to the exercise of Rights will be mailed as soon as practicable after the
receipt of all required documents and payment in full of the Subscription Price
due for such shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock. Certificates for shares of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock purchased pursuant to the Oversubscription
Privilege or third-party subscriptions for Unsubscribed Shares will be mailed as
soon as practicable after the Expiration Date and the receipt of all required
documents and payment in full of the Subscription Price due for such shares of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock. In the case of shareholders whose shares of Omega
Worldwide Common Stock are held through DTC and Rights Investors who arrange for
delivery and payment through DTC, the appropriate participant account will be
credited.
 
   
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING
    
 
   
     The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax
consequences of the Rights Offering. To the extent this summary discusses
matters of law, it is based on the opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt. This summary
is based upon the current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"), its legislative history, Treasury regulations,
administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions, all of which are subject
to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not purport to be
a complete discussion of all U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to
the Rights Offering. This summary does not address the tax consequences of the
Rights Offering under state, local or non-U.S. tax laws.
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   23
 
   
In addition, this summary may not apply, in whole or in part, to particular
categories of shareholders of the Company, such as financial institutions,
broker-dealers, life insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, investment
companies, foreign taxpayers, individuals who acquired Rights pursuant to stock
options, restricted stock programs or in other compensatory transactions, and
other special status taxpayers. Finally, a tax ruling from the Internal Revenue
Service has not been requested. THIS SUMMARY IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION
ONLY. ALL SHAREHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS TO
DETERMINE THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING, INCLUDING ANY
STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES.
    
 
   
     The Rights Offering should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes
as a distribution, subsequent to the Distribution and the Secondary Offering, of
the Rights by the Company to its shareholders. As such, the U.S. federal income
tax consequences of the Rights Offering should be as follows.
    
 
   
     Taxation of Shareholder of the Company upon Receipt of Right. A Company
shareholder will not recognize any gain or loss upon receipt of a Right.
    
 
   
     Taxation of Shareholder of the Company upon Exercise of Right. A
shareholder of the Company generally will not recognize any gain or loss upon
the purchase of a share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock pursuant to the exercise
of a Right. The tax basis of shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock purchased
pursuant to the exercise of Rights will be equal to the sum of (a) the
shareholder's tax basis in the Rights exercised and (b) the Subscription Price
paid for such Omega Worldwide Common Stock. If a shareholder exercises a Right,
the tax basis of such Right in the hands of the shareholder will be determined
by allocating the shareholder's existing tax basis in his or her Omega Worldwide
Common Stock with respect to which the Right was distributed ("Old Shares")
between his or her Old Shares and the Right, in proportion to their relative
fair market values on the date of distribution of the Rights. If, however, the
fair market value of the Rights distributed to the shareholder (on the date of
distribution) is less than 15% of the fair market value of his or her Old
Shares, the tax basis of each Right will be deemed to be zero unless the
shareholder affirmatively elects, by attaching an election statement to his or
her federal income tax return for the year in which he or she receives his or
her Rights, to compute the tax basis of his or her Rights in accordance with the
preceding sentence. Once made, such an election is irrevocable. The Company
expects that the fair market value of the Rights distributed to each shareholder
will be less than 15% of the fair market value of his or her Old Shares. The
holding period of the shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock purchased pursuant
to the exercise of Rights will commence on the date of exercise.
    
 
   
     Taxation of Shareholder of the Company upon Lapse of Right. A shareholder
of the Company will not recognize any gain or loss upon the expiration of his or
her Right since a Right will not be treated as having any tax basis if it
lapses.
    
 
   
     Taxation of the Company on the Rights Offering. The Company will generally
not recognize any gain or loss upon the issuance of Rights, the receipt of cash
for Omega Worldwide Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of Rights or the lapse
of Rights.
    
 
   
     Other Possible Characterizations. Although the Rights Offering should be
treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a distribution (and both Omega
and the Company intend to report the transaction on this basis), subsequent to
the Distribution and the Secondary Offering, of the Rights by the Company to its
shareholders, alternative characterizations of the Rights Offering are possible.
For example, Omega could be treated as receiving Rights (as well as Omega
Worldwide Common Stock) in exchange for the Assets, as distributing Rights (as
well as Omega Worldwide Common Stock) to its shareholders in the Distribution,
and as selling Rights (as well as Omega Worldwide Common Stock) to the
purchasers in the Secondary Offering. Recipients of Rights are urged to consult
their tax advisors with regard to possible alternative characterizations and the
U.S. federal income tax consequences thereof.
    
 
LISTING AND TRADING OF OMEGA WORLDWIDE COMMON STOCK
 
   
     There is currently no public market for Omega Worldwide Common Stock.
Although the Company has applied to report the Omega Worldwide Common Stock on
NASDAQ, it has not yet been approved for listing, and there can be no assurance
as to the prices at which trading in Omega Worldwide Common Stock
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   24
 
will occur after the Distribution. Until Omega Worldwide Common Stock is fully
distributed and an orderly trading market develops, the prices at which trading
in such stock occurs may fluctuate significantly. There can be no assurance that
an active trading market in Omega Worldwide Common Stock will develop or be
sustained in the future.
 
   
     The prices at which Omega Worldwide Common Stock trades will be determined
by the marketplace and may be influenced by many factors, including, among
others, the Company's performance and prospects, the depth and liquidity of the
market for Omega Worldwide Common Stock, investor perception of the Company and
of the industries in which the Company operates and economic conditions in
general, the Company's dividend policy, and general financial and other market
conditions. In addition, financial markets have experienced extreme price and
volume fluctuations that have affected the market price of many stocks and that,
at times, could be viewed as unrelated or disproportionate to the operating
performance of such companies. Such fluctuations have also affected the share
prices of many newly public issuers. Such volatility and other factors may
materially adversely affect the market price of Omega Worldwide Common Stock.
    
 
   
     The Company will have approximately 3,000 stockholders of record and
approximately 30,000 beneficial shareholders, based on the number of record
holders of Omega Common Shares on the Record Date. The Transfer Agent and
Registrar for the Omega Worldwide Common Stock will be First Chicago Trust
Company of New York. For certain information regarding options and other
equity-based employee benefit awards involving Omega Worldwide Common Stock that
may become outstanding after the Distribution, see "Management."
    
 
                                THE DISTRIBUTION
 
BACKGROUND OF AND REASONS FOR THE DISTRIBUTION
 
   
     The Company will provide investment advisory and management services and
hold equity and debt interests in companies engaged in providing sale/leaseback
and other capital financing to healthcare service providers throughout the
world. The Company will seek to leverage its management expertise in financing
healthcare providers globally by providing seed equity and debt capital and
investment advisory services to newly-formed or existing real estate and finance
companies principally in countries other than the United States. Under the
Opportunity Agreement, the Company and Omega will agree to provide each other
with rights to participate in certain transactions and to make certain
investments. In particular, the Company will have the right to pursue certain
opportunities that Omega may determine it is unable to pursue (whether due to
its status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes or for other reasons) or
that Omega may elect not to pursue. See "Business -- The Opportunity Agreement."
In addition, the Company intends to pursue additional opportunities with others
in the future. The Distribution of Omega Worldwide Common Stock will provide
Omega shareholders as of the Record Date with the opportunity to benefit from
activities Omega elects not to pursue due to its REIT status or for other
reasons. Concurrent with the effectiveness of the Company's Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, Omega will contribute the Assets
in exchange for 6,399,000 shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock, of which
2,300,000 shares are being sold in the Secondary Offering and 5,200,000 shares
are being distributed by Omega to its shareholders in connection with the
Distribution. Omega will retain 1,000,000 shares of Omega Worldwide Common
Stock.
    
 
   
     In connection with the Distribution, and to allow Omega to properly realize
the value of its net contribution to the Company, the Company has agreed to
issue up to 5,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred in connection with the
contribution of the Assets. Pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, the Company
will automatically issue 65,000 shares of Series B Preferred to Omega for each
$0.0625 above $8.625 per share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock that more than
12,000 shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock are traded on any single date
prior to April   , 1998. The Series B Preferred will receive a cumulative 8% per
annum dividend which is payable annually based on a liquidation value of $10.00
per share. The Series B Preferred has no voting rights. Each share of Series B
Preferred will convert into one share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock in the
event Omega ever distributes the Series B Preferred to its shareholders or
otherwise transfers the Series B Preferred to any unaffiliated third party.
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   25
 
MANNER OF EFFECTING THE DISTRIBUTION
 
   
     It is expected that the Distribution Date will be March   , 1998. At the
time of the Distribution, share certificates for Omega Worldwide Common Stock
will be delivered to the Distribution Agent. Commencing on or about the date of
the Distribution, the Distribution Agent will begin mailing account statements
reflecting ownership of Omega Worldwide Common Stock to holders of Omega Common
Shares as of the close of business on the Record Date. The Distribution will be
made on the basis of one share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock for every 3.77
Omega Common Shares held on the Record Date. No certificates representing
fractional shares of Omega will be issued in connection with the Distribution.
In lieu of fractional shares, the Distribution Agent will aggregate and sell the
fractional shares and distribute the cash proceeds to those holders otherwise
entitled to a fractional interest in the amount of their pro rata share of the
total sale proceeds. Proceeds from sales of fractional shares will be paid by
the Distribution Agent based upon the average gross selling price per share of
the Omega Worldwide Common Stock of all such sales. Omega will bear the cost of
commissions incurred in connection with such sales. Such sales are expected to
be made as soon as practicable after the Distribution Date. None of Omega, the
Company or the Distribution Agent will guarantee any minimum sale price for the
fractional shares of the Omega Worldwide Common Stock and no interest will be
paid on the proceeds of such sales. All shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock
will be fully paid and nonassessable. See "Description of Omega Worldwide
Capital Stock."
    
 
     Prior to the Distribution Date, inquiries relating to the Distribution
should be directed to the Distribution Agent at        ; or by telephone at
       ; Monday through Friday, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. (Eastern time), toll-free at
       . After the Distribution Date, inquiries may be directed to the
Distribution Agent or Omega Worldwide Investor Relations, at           ; or by
telephone at             , Monday through Friday, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. (Eastern
time).
 
     NO HOLDER OF OMEGA COMMON SHARES WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE ANY PAYMENT FOR
THE SHARES OF OMEGA WORLDWIDE COMMON STOCK TO BE RECEIVED IN THE DISTRIBUTION OR
TO SURRENDER OR EXCHANGE OMEGA COMMON SHARES OR TO TAKE ANY OTHER ACTION IN
ORDER TO RECEIVE OMEGA WORLDWIDE COMMON STOCK TO WHICH THE HOLDER IS ENTITLED IN
THE DISTRIBUTION.
 
EFFECT ON OMEGA
 
   
     The Board of Directors of Omega intends not to reduce the Omega dividend or
alter Omega's dividend policy as a consequence of the Distribution of shares of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock or the contribution of Assets of Omega to the
Company.
    
 
   
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION
    
 
   
     The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax
consequences of the Distribution. To the extent this summary discusses matters
of law, it is based upon the opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt. This summary is
based upon the current provisions of the Code, its legislative history, Treasury
regulations, administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions, all of which
are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not
purport to be a complete discussion of all U.S. federal income tax consequences
relating to the Distribution. This summary does not address the tax consequences
of the Distribution under state, local or non-U.S. tax laws. In addition, this
summary may not apply, in whole or in part, to particular categories of Omega
shareholders, such as financial institutions, broker-dealers, life insurance
companies, tax-exempt organizations, investment companies, foreign taxpayers,
individuals who received Omega Worldwide Common Stock pursuant to stock options,
restricted stock programs or in other compensatory transactions, and other
special status taxpayers. Finally, a tax ruling from the Internal Revenue
Service has not been requested. THIS SUMMARY IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION
ONLY. ALL OMEGA SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS TO
DETERMINE THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION, INCLUDING ANY
STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES.
    
 
   
     Taxation of Omega on the Distribution. Omega will recognize gain on the
Distribution to the extent the fair market value of the Omega Worldwide Common
Stock distributed to the Omega shareholders exceeds Omega's adjusted tax basis
in the Omega Worldwide Common Stock, which basis will depend on Omega's
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   26
 
   
adjusted tax basis in the Assets. Furthermore, Omega will recognize gain on the
sale of the Omega Worldwide Common Stock to the purchasers in the Secondary
Offering to the extent the fair market value of the Omega Worldwide Common Stock
sold to the purchasers in the Secondary Offering exceeds Omega's adjusted tax
basis in the Omega Worldwide Common Stock, which basis will depend on Omega's
adjusted tax basis in the Assets. Such gains will increase Omega's current
earnings and profits.
    
 
   
     Taxation of Omega Shareholders on the Distribution. As a result of the
Distribution, an Omega shareholder will be treated as receiving a distribution
from Omega in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Omega Worldwide
Common Stock received by such shareholder plus any cash received in lieu of
fractional shares. Omega's distributions (including the Distribution) will be
ordinary income to the extent of Omega's current and accumulated earnings and
profits (unless designated as capital gain dividends), which will be increased
by the amount of gain recognized by Omega as described above. Distributions of
net capital gain designated by Omega as capital gain dividends will be taxed to
such shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent they do not exceed
Omega's actual net capital gain for the fiscal year) without regard to the
period for which the shareholder has held its shares of Omega. However,
corporate shareholders may be required to treat up to 20% of capital gain
dividends as ordinary income. (If an Omega shareholder receives a capital gain
dividend and holds his or her Omega Common Share for six months or less, any
loss on the sale or exchange of such shareholder's Omega Common Share will be
treated as a long-term capital loss.) To the extent that distributions
(including the Distribution) will be in excess of current and accumulated
earnings and profits, such distributions will be treated as a tax-free return of
capital, reducing the tax basis in the shareholder's Omega Common Shares by the
amount of the distribution (but not below zero). To the extent that
distributions (including the Distribution) will be in excess of a shareholder's
adjusted tax basis in Omega, such distributions will be capital gain (if the
Omega Common Shares are held as a capital asset). An Omega shareholder will have
a tax basis in the Omega Worldwide Common Stock equal to the fair market value
of the Omega Worldwide Common Stock received on the Distribution Date. An Omega
shareholder's holding period for the Omega Worldwide Common Stock received in
the Distribution will begin on the Distribution Date.
    
 
     Based upon the above, management anticipates that, for a typical Omega
shareholder, the Distribution likely will result in an increase in the
shareholder's tax-free return of capital and capital gain, but this result
cannot be assured.
 
   
     The following example illustrates the application of the above rules to a
hypothetical Omega shareholder. (All of the facts in this paragraph are
hypothetical and are assumed for purposes of illustration.) An Omega shareholder
has a $20 adjusted tax basis in an Omega Common Share. Omega will make a
distribution equal to or in excess of its 1998 earnings and profits from
operations. In addition to Omega's earnings and profits from operations, the
consummation of the transaction contemplated herein generates additional
earnings and profits equal to $1.50 for each outstanding Omega Common Share. The
fair market value of a share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock at the Distribution
Date is $7.50 (the equivalent of $1.99 per Omega Common Share) which will be the
tax basis of the share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock to the shareholder. Omega
will designate the Distribution as a capital gain dividend. Based upon the above
hypothetical facts, such shareholder would be treated as receiving a capital
gain dividend equal to $1.42 and would have a tax-free return of capital equal
to $0.57, which would reduce such shareholder's adjusted tax basis in its Omega
Common Share from $20 to $19.43.
    
 
   
     Taxation of Non-U.S. Omega Shareholders on the Distribution. For purposes
of this discussion a "non-U.S. holder" means any Omega shareholder who, for
United States income tax purposes, is a foreign corporation, a nonresident
alien, a nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust, or a foreign
partnership which has at least one member that is, for United States federal
income tax purposes, a foreign corporation, a nonresident alien individual or a
nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust. Non-U.S. holders will
be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%, or if applicable, a lower
treaty rate, on the portion of the Distribution not attributable to capital
gains unless the Distribution is effectively connected with the conduct of a
trade or business in the United States by such non-U.S. holder. In addition,
under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, any distribution made by
Omega to a non-U.S. holder, to the extent attributable to USRPI Capital Gains,
will be considered effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   27
 
business of the non-U.S. holder and subject to U.S. income tax at the rates
applicable to U.S. individuals or corporations. Omega will be required to
withhold tax equal to 35% of the amount of the Distribution applicable to a
non-U.S. holder to the extent it constitutes USRPI Capital Gains, without regard
to the portion of the Distribution which Omega designates as a capital gain
dividend. The portion of the Distribution which constitutes USRPI Capital Gains
may also be subject to the 30% branch profits tax (unless reduced by treaty) in
the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation.
 
   
     Any portion of the Distribution that exceeds both current and accumulated
earnings and profits of Omega will not be taxed as either an ordinary dividend
or a capital gain dividend. However, because Omega will not be able to determine
at the time the Distribution is made whether or not the Distribution will be in
excess of Omega's current and accumulated earnings and profits, the Distribution
will be subject to full withholding. The non-U.S. holder may seek a refund of
over-withholding from the Internal Revenue Service if it is subsequently
determined that the Distribution was, in fact, in excess of Omega's current and
accumulated earnings and profits. Under current Treasury Regulations,
distributions paid to an address in a foreign country are presumed to be paid to
a resident of that country (unless the payor has knowledge to the contrary) for
foreign withholding purposes and, under the current interpretation of the
Treasury Regulations, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax
treaty rate. In any case where a distribution is payable in any medium other
than money, the withholding agent cannot release the property so distributed
until the property has been converted into funds sufficient to enable the
withholding agent to pay over in money the tax required to be withheld. For a
discussion of the manner in which this withholding obligation will be satisfied
by Omega in connection with the Distribution, see "Foreign Shareholders."
    
 
     Backup Withholding. Under the backup withholding rules of the Code (which
generally impose a 31% withholding tax on certain persons who fail to furnish
the information required under the U.S. federal tax reporting requirements), an
Omega shareholder may be subject to backup withholding with respect to the
receipt of Omega Worldwide Common Stock unless such shareholder (i) is a
corporation or comes within certain other exempt categories and, when required,
demonstrates this fact or (ii) provides a correct taxpayer identification number
and certifies under penalties of perjury that the taxpayer identification number
is correct and that the holder is not currently subject to backup withholding
because of a failure to report all dividend and interest income. The taxpayer
identification number of an individual is his or her Social Security number. Any
amount withheld under these rules will be credited against the shareholder's
U.S. federal income tax liability.
 
     Information Reporting. Omega is required to report to its shareholders the
value of the Omega Worldwide Common Stock issued in the Distribution on Form
1099-DIV for 1998.
 
SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
     Omega Worldwide Common Stock distributed in the Distribution and acquired
pursuant to the Offerings (approximately 11,250,000 shares) will be freely
transferable, except for securities received by persons who may be deemed to be
"affiliates" of the Company under the Securities Act. Persons who may be deemed
to be affiliates of the Company after the Distribution and the Offerings
generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by, or
are under common control with, the Company and may include certain officers and
directors of the Company as well as principal stockholders of the Company, if
any. Persons who are affiliates of the Company will be permitted to sell their
shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock only pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption afforded
by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (relating to private sales) or by Rule 144
under the Securities Act. Neither Omega nor the Company is able to predict
whether substantial amounts of Omega Worldwide Common Stock will be sold in the
open market following the Distribution and the Offerings. Sales of substantial
amounts of Omega Worldwide Common Stock in the public market, or the perception
that such sales might occur, could adversely affect the market price of Omega
Worldwide Common Stock.
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   28
 
FOREIGN SHAREHOLDERS
 
   
     In the Distribution, shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock will not be
mailed immediately to Foreign Shareholders but instead will be held by the
Distribution Agent for such shareholders' accounts. As described under the
heading "-- Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution -- Taxation of
Non-U.S. Omega Shareholders on the Distribution," Omega is subject to a United
States federal tax withholding obligation with respect to the shares of Omega
Worldwide Common Stock to be distributed to Foreign Shareholders. On the Record
Date, the Distribution Agent will mail a notice to each Foreign Shareholder
announcing the Distribution as well as seeking instructions from the Foreign
Shareholder electing between the following options: (i) providing a check to the
Distribution Agent in the amount to be withheld and receiving the full amount of
shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock or (ii) having the Distribution Agent
sell the number of shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock necessary to satisfy
the withholding obligations and receiving his or her remaining shares of Omega
Worldwide Common Stock. Within ten business days after the Record Date, the
Distribution Agent will mail an additional notice to each Foreign Shareholder
setting forth the amount of the withholding obligation. A Foreign Shareholder
must deliver to the Distribution Agent his or her instructions and, if option
(i) is elected, a check in the proper amount of the withholding must be received
by the Distribution Agent within 20 business days of the Record Date. If no
instructions are received from a Foreign Shareholder by the end of such period,
the Distribution Agent will take the actions specified in option (ii) in
satisfying the withholding obligations with respect to such shareholder.
    
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 2,750,000 shares of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock pursuant to the Rights Offering and Primary
Offering will be $19,875,000, after deducting the expenses. The Company intends
to use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including additional
investments in Principal, working capital requirements and possible
acquisitions. Pending the above uses, the Company intends to invest the net
proceeds to the Company in short-term, investment grade, interest bearing
securities. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Secondary
Offering or the Distribution.
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   29
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
     The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of
November 30, 1997 on a historical basis, as adjusted for the contribution of the
Assets by Omega, and assumed completion as of November 30, 1997 of the formation
and capitalization of the Company.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NOVEMBER 30, 1997
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                              AS
                                                            HISTORICAL    ADJUSTED(A)    PRO FORMA(B)
                                                            ----------    -----------    ------------
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>            <C>
Shareholders' Equity
  Preferred stock, $1.00 par value per share; 10,000,000
     shares authorized..................................
  Common stock, $0.10 par value per share; 50,000,000
     shares authorized; 2,101,000 issued and outstanding
     (historical); 8,500,000 issued and outstanding (as
     adjusted); 11,250,000 issued and outstanding (pro
     forma).............................................    $ 210,100     $   850,000    $ 1,125,000
  Additional paid-in capital............................          900      28,612,712     48,212,612
  Common stock subscription receivable..................     (210,000)              0              0
                                                            ---------     -----------    -----------
     Total shareholders' equity.........................        1,000      29,462,712     49,337,612
                                                            ---------     -----------    -----------
     Total capitalization...............................    $   1,000     $29,462,712    $49,337,612
                                                            =========     ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
   
(a) Reflects contribution by Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc of the net carrying
    amount of its investment in Principal, the issuance of an additional
    6,399,000 shares of the Company's common stock in exchange for the assets
    contributed, and the collection of the balance of the subscription
    receivable related to the 2,100,000 shares, resulting in a total of
    8,500,000 shares issued to Omega following the contribution.
    
 
   
(b) Reflects net proceeds of issuance of 2,250,000 shares and 500,000 shares of
    the Company to its shareholders pursuant to this Rights Offering and Primary
    Offering, respectively, at $[   ] per share (less estimated offering and
    registration costs of $750,000).
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
   
     The primary objective of the Company is to achieve long-term growth. The
Company intends to use its available funds to pursue investment and business
opportunities and, so long as such opportunities exist, does not anticipate the
payment of any cash dividends on Omega Worldwide Common Stock in the foreseeable
future. Payment of dividends on Omega Worldwide Common Stock also may be subject
to limitations under the proposed credit facility from a financial institution
and will also be subject to such limitations as may be imposed by any other
credit facilities that the Company may obtain from time to time. The
authorization of dividends will be subject to the discretion of the Omega
Worldwide Board.
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   30
 
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     Omega Worldwide's Assets may not be readily marketable and their values may
be affected by general market conditions in the United States and the United
Kingdom. Nevertheless, the Company believes that its capital and revenues will
be sufficient to fund the Company's anticipated investments and proposed
operations.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
     Subsequent to the formation and capitalization of the Company, the Company
may obtain a line of credit from a financial institution. The Company
anticipates that the line of credit if entered into would have a three-year
term, would be in the approximate amount of $25,000,000 and would be guaranteed
by Omega on commercially reasonable terms. The proceeds of the line of credit,
if obtained, are expected to be used to pursue investment and financing
opportunities.
    
 
   
     As a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company will
receive approximately $19,875,000 of net proceeds which will be sufficient to
fund operations of the Company for the foreseeable future as the Company
currently has no obligations to fund additional investments other than those
related to Principal. To the extent funds are not available from retained
earnings, the Company from time to time intends to raise additional capital from
the public markets to fund operations.
    
 
   
     Pursuant to a ten-year British pound currency swap agreement, the Company
will have the right to exchange L20,000,000 (approximately $32,000,000) for
$31,740,000 on October 15, 2007. On that date, the Company will either receive
the proceeds from the sale of its interests in any United Kingdom ventures or
will extend the swap arrangement. The swap contract is solely to reduce the
effect on the Company of fluctuations in currency exchange rates and the Company
may enter into additional hedge transactions with respect to revenues from
operations received in pounds Sterling. Management believes that given the
long-term stability of the pound (See "Business -- Exchange Rate History"),
fluctuations in exchange rates will not materially affect results of operation
or liquidity.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
     Principal is highly leveraged and has incurred losses since its inception.
Notwithstanding these losses, revenues from operations totaled $10,370,000 for
the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 1997. Principal's investments are
concentrated in two operators -- Tamaris Plc (approximately 35%) and, Ashbourne
plc (24%). Each of these operators is a public reporting company in the United
Kingdom. See Note 4 to Principal's Consolidated Financial Statements. Principal
has never experienced or declared a payment default from any of its tenants.
    
 
   
     The Company has no external sources of financing except as described above
in "Liquidity and Capital Resources." The Company is not aware of any known
trends or uncertainties which have had or which may reasonably be expected to
have a material impact, favorable or unfavorable, on revenues or income from the
acquisition of the Assets and operations of its business, other than those
referred to in this Prospectus.
    
 
CAPITAL RESOURCES -- LONG-TERM CASH GENERATION
 
   
     As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company has no commitments to
purchase any assets except as may be made to maintain its current ownership
interest in Principal. The purchase of additional assets will be contingent upon
securing adequate funding on terms acceptable to the Company. The Company is not
aware of any material unfavorable trends in either capital resources or the
outlook for long-term cash generation, nor does it expect any material changes
in the availability and relative cost of such capital resources.
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   31
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
     The Company will provide investment advisory services to and hold equity
and debt interests in companies engaged in providing sale/leaseback and other
capital financing to healthcare service providers throughout the world. The
Company will seek to leverage its management expertise in financing healthcare
providers by providing seed equity and debt capital and investment advisory
services to newly-formed or existing real estate and finance companies
principally in countries other than the United States. Private healthcare and
its finance, particularly for the aging population in developed countries,
represents a growing priority in which capital is a major consideration. Based
upon management's experience in establishing Principal, the Company will seek to
extend its investments in healthcare finance on a global basis. The Company may
also consider investment in other actively managed real estate opportunities.
The Company will use its and Omega's extensive resources to identify, develop
and structure attractive opportunities to invest in healthcare real estate
ownership and finance. The Company intends to invest its capital in two
principal ways: first, to increase its existing investment in Principal, as
needed to establish its dominant position in private healthcare finance in the
United Kingdom; and second, to establish similar relationships with existing or
newly-formed entities in other suitable developed countries. The Company also
will coordinate and integrate its investment activity with Omega so as to take
advantage of investment opportunities which would not be suitable for Omega due
to its REIT status. The Company does not intend to operate property or
businesses in the healthcare or any other industry but may perform advisory
services and invest in less than majority positions in healthcare operating
firms, healthcare services or otherwise.
    
 
   
     A substantial portion of the firms the Company develops and to which it
provides seed capital will ultimately consist of companies which have the
potential for public trading in the markets in which they operate. The Company
will own the Assets contributed by Omega and will receive cash from the Rights
Offering and the Primary Offering. Prior to the contribution of Assets by Omega,
the Company will have had no operations. The Company will enter into the
Opportunity Agreement with Omega, pursuant to which the Company and Omega have
agreed to provide each other with rights to participate in certain transactions
and to make certain investments.
    
 
   
     The Company has assessed its current computer software for proper
functionality with respect to dates in the Year 2000 and thereafter. The Year
2000 and related costs are not expected to have a material impact on the
Company's operations.
    
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
   
     The Company intends to provide investment advisory services to Principal
pursuant to the Management Agreement and to develop additional opportunities in
healthcare finance. The Company believes that it has, or will have access to,
sufficient management expertise to identify investment opportunities, evaluate
risks and possible returns, fund investments and thus manage the Assets
successfully. The Company intends to enter into agreements similar to the
Management Agreement with other entities engaged in activities similar to
Principal. The Company will also establish and invest in other entities like
Principal conducting real estate investment and financing activities for the
healthcare industry in European and Pacific Rim countries. Furthermore, to
pursue additional opportunities, the Company plans to capitalize on its
relationship with Omega and Omega's ability to structure investment transactions
creatively.
    
 
     The Distribution of Omega Worldwide Common Stock and the Rights Offering
will provide Omega shareholders as of the Record Date with the opportunity to
benefit from activities Omega elects not to pursue due to its REIT status, or
for other reasons.
 
   
     The Company intends to invest in entities that are organized outside the
United States and that acquire or establish portfolios of income-producing
healthcare facilities or participating mortgages, with a primary focus on
nursing home facilities or other facilities that provide institutional services
to the elderly. The Company will also enter into management agreements with
those entities. In deciding in which entities and countries to invest, the
Company will consider such factors as the demand and opportunity to provide
private
    
                                       30
<PAGE>   32
 
sector financing to healthcare facilities for the elderly; the healthcare
reimbursement/payment system; the ability to have enforceable legal rights; and
the ability to repatriate earnings. In advising and making recommendations
concerning potential investments by such entities, the Company will consider
such factors as: the quality and experience of management and the
creditworthiness of the operator of the facility; the facility's historical,
current and forecast cash flow and its adequacy to meet operational needs,
capital expenditures and lease or debt service obligations, while providing a
competitive return on investment to the Company; the construction quality,
condition and design of the facility; the geographic area and type of facility;
the growth and regulatory environment of the community in which the facility is
located; the occupancy and demand for similar healthcare facilities in the same
or nearby communities; and the mix of private and publicly-funded patients.
 
     In pursuing investments, the Company intends to focus on established and
creditworthy healthcare operators who meet the Company's standards for quality
and experience of management. Each of the entities in which the Company invests
will seek to diversify its investments in terms of geographic location and
operators. Additionally, one of their fundamental investment strategies will be
to obtain contractual rent escalations under long-term, non-cancelable net
leases or to obtain revenue participations through participating mortgage loans.
 
   
     Each of the entities in which the Company invests will seek to require that
a healthcare operator enter into a master lease or a series of
cross-collateralized, cross-defaulted, cross-guaranteed leases covering
properties leased by the Company to that operator, with careful attention to
financial and operational covenants from the operator. Each of the entities in
which the Company invests will seek to develop and use effective security
devices to protect its position which, depending on local law and business
custom, may include cash deposits, corporate guarantees, letters of credit,
financial performance covenants and security interests in accounts receivable
and property.
    
 
   
THE OPPORTUNITY AGREEMENT
    
 
   
     The Company and Omega have entered into the Opportunity Agreement to
provide each other with rights to participate in certain transactions and make
certain investments. The Opportunity Agreement provides, subject to certain
terms, that Omega will provide the Company with a right of first refusal (i) to
become the manager with respect to any real property assets identified by Omega
in markets outside of the United States and (ii) to participate in transactions
or make investments in markets where Omega is unable to pursue the entire
transaction or investment. Omega may, but will not be required to, offer the
Company the opportunity to participate in transactions, or make investments,
where Omega is able to pursue the entire transaction or investment. Under the
Opportunity Agreement, the Company has agreed not to acquire or make investments
in real estate (which, for purposes of the Opportunity Agreement, includes the
provision of services related to real estate) in the United States unless it has
notified Omega of the acquisition or investment opportunity, and Omega has
determined not to pursue such acquisitions or investments. If approved by the
Company's independent directors, the Company may make investments in certain
transactions in order to assist Omega in structuring acquisitions or investments
which Omega elects to pursue. Omega, in its sole discretion through its
independent directors and after consultation with independent advisors as
appropriate, will make all decisions as to its ability or inability to pursue
transactions or investments. In addition, Omega and the Company each agree to
notify the other of, and make available to the other, investment opportunities
developed by such party or of which such party becomes aware but is unable or
unwilling to pursue. The Opportunity Agreement has a term of ten years and
automatically renews for successive five-year terms unless terminated.
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   33
 
   
EXCHANGE RATE HISTORY
    
 
   
     As Principal's revenues are denominated in pounds sterling, the following
table sets forth the average exchange rate of dollars to pounds sterling by
calendar quarter for the five most recent years.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 AVERAGE EXCHANGE RATE ($/POUND STERLING)
                         THREE MONTHS ENDING    THREE MONTHS ENDING    THREE MONTHS ENDING    THREE MONTHS ENDING
                              MARCH 31,              JUNE 30,             SEPTEMBER 30,          DECEMBER 31,
                         -------------------    -------------------    -------------------    -------------------
<S>                      <C>                    <C>                    <C>                    <C>
1993.................          $1.4774                $1.5344                $1.5045                $1.4925
1994.................          $1.4886                $1.5049                $1.5513                $1.5836
1995.................          $1.5830                $1.5962                $1.5734                $1.5606
1996.................          $1.5318                $1.5314                $1.5544                $1.6369
1997.................          $1.6327                $1.6355                $1.6262                $1.6597
</TABLE>
    
 
THE PRINCIPAL ASSETS
 
   
     Principal's shareholders recently approved a recapitalization to convert
the outstanding Class B ordinary shares which are currently non-voting into
Class A ordinary shares which are voting shares. As a consequence of the
recapitalization, the Company will own 3,337,500 shares of Class A voting
ordinary shares of Principal (representing 33.375% of the outstanding shares)
and warrants with respect to a total of 10,554,583 shares of Class A voting
ordinary shares.
    
 
   
     Principal was established in 1995 to provide capital and medium-term
finance on a stable, continuing basis to the private-sector healthcare industry
in the United Kingdom. Principal does not build or operate nursing homes or
other long-term care facilities itself; the role of Principal is to acquire and
lease back to experienced operators or to finance through medium-term or
long-term participating mortgage loans existing and newly-built nursing homes
or residential care facilities for the elderly, disabled, elderly mentally
infirm and subacute medical patients. Principal currently owns and leases 155
facilities (7,200 beds) in the United Kingdom. Principal has grown rapidly
since inception with gross real estate assets increasing from approximately
L40,000,000 at August 31, 1995 to (Pound) 70,000,000 at August 31, 1996,
(Pound) 173,000,000 at August 31, 1997 and (Pound) 215,000,000 at November 30,
1997.
    
 
   
     Pursuant to the existing Management Agreement, the Company (in such
capacity, the "Manager") will provide various services to Principal and will
receive an annual fee equal to 0.9% of the book value of Principal's invested
assets (as defined therein). The Manager will be able to earn an additional
incentive fee if it is able to achieve at least a 20% earnings growth from one
year to the next. The term of the Management Agreement expires December 31,
2001, but automatically extends for 1 year periods unless terminated. The
Management Agreement may be terminated by Principal in the event of a change of
control of Manager.
    
 
   
     The long-term healthcare industry in the United Kingdom encompasses a broad
range of nursing and residential care home services provided to elderly people
and to other client groups, including younger, physically-handicapped people,
those with a chronic mental illness and people with learning disabilities, who
do not need the level of medical supervision provided in an acute care hospital.
Both nursing homes and residential homes provide 24-hour support and the
majority of residents are over 80 years of age in each type of home. The main
difference between the two types of care homes is that nursing homes provide
nursing care, with qualified nurses on site at all times, whereas residential
homes offer personal care only, i.e., help with dressing, eating, hygiene and
mobility; residential homes do not need to employ qualified nurses. Nursing
homes are typically larger than residential homes, their residents are typically
more dependent and their revenue per bed is greater. Most major providers who
have invested in the long-term healthcare sector in the United Kingdom have
concentrated their investment in nursing homes.
    
 
     The long-term healthcare industry in the United Kingdom is undergoing
significant change at present. The Company believes that demand for private
sector long-term care facilities will increase substantially during the next
decade. Demographies will continue to be the principal driving force for the
dominant elderly client group. The other major factor, which applies to all
client groups, is the substantial cost advantage of
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   34
 
private care homes over public sector provision, whether by local authorities or
the National Health Service ("NHS"). This cost advantage is likely to ensure
that the decline in public sector provision over the last 20 years will not be
reversed, though it may slow under the new Labor government.
 
   
     In the United States, where the private nursing home industry has expanded
dramatically over the past 20 years, there is a recognition among investment
managers and advisors that the nursing home industry is primarily a service
business. The break with the concept of nursing homes as residential property
investments occurred 20 years ago; today, the growing focus on operations and,
in particular, operating revenues and profits, has led the financial markets to
dissociate the "bricks and mortar" element from the operating activity.
Accordingly, management believes that approximately 50% of all nursing homes in
the United States are not owned by the entity which holds the licence and
operates them. This has attracted to the nursing home industry significant
capital and has enabled the United States nursing home industry to grow and
prosper by focusing on an expanded range of care and medical activities, with a
corresponding growth in revenues and profits, rather than focusing on the
necessity to raise equity capital for investment in bricks and mortar.
    
 
   
     This same trend has now become evident in the United Kingdom nursing home
industry where several companies, some of which are subsidiaries of or
affiliated with North American public companies, have focused on new
purpose-built facilities to replace the existing stock of converted properties
and have begun to offer an expanded range of care services. The opportunity
afforded to operators with access to capital will be to consolidate small
operators who do not have the capital to sustain the overhead associated with
increasingly complex medical conditions and who do not have the management
skills and abilities to take advantage of the economies of scale offered by such
growth and concentration. As United Kingdom healthcare operators grow and
consolidate, economies of scale will be derived from reduced overheads, allowing
profitability to be increased in line with operating margins.
    
 
   
     Principal is committed to acquiring a diversified group of investment
assets, subject to long-term master leases. Because of its recent formation, it
currently has a relatively high concentration of investments which are managed
by Ashbourne plc (25%), Tamaris plc (38%), and Baneberry Healthcare Ltd. (18%).
Ashbourne is a wholly owned subsidiary of Sun Healthcare Group, Inc., a NYSE
listed, US healthcare firm with annualized revenues of approximately $3 billion
and a market capitalization in excess of $1 billion. Tamaris is a publicly
quoted company on the London Stock Exchange with a market capitalization of L25
million. Tamaris operates 86 homes containing 4,633 registered beds in 86
communities across England, Scotland and Northern Ireland. Its revenues for its
most recent fiscal year ending March 31, 1997, were L19.124 million and its
profits before tax were L2.652 million. Baneberry is a private company, whose
management had previously been employed at Ashbourne. Baneberry operates 40
nursing homes in Northern Ireland and one in Wales. On an interim basis,
Principal has taken a majority stock interest in Baneberry.
    
 
     Principal's leases are typically thirty-year, non-cancelable operating
leases that permit breaks by tenants at the tenth and twentieth years. The
leases generally include security interests in accounts and personal property,
and require liquidity deposits and cross-default and cross-collateralization of
assets operated by a single operating firm. Its assets are located in England
(75%), Northern Ireland (20%) and Scotland (5%).
 
     Acting on behalf of Principal, Omega arranged an initial fixed five-year
syndicated senior debt facility of L40,000,000 with one of the leading providers
of debt financing to the healthcare industry in the United Kingdom. As of this
date, the outstanding principal under this facility is L5,000,000. All advances
are repayable on August 25, 2000. The financial institution holds a first
mortgage on certain real property of Principal and a fixed and/or floating
charge over certain other assets of Principal.
 
   
     In addition to this senior debt, Omega has provided L15,000,000 and an
institutional investor in the United Kingdom has provided L5,000,000 of
subordinated debt due December 31, 2000. The Company will assume the rights and
obligations of Omega with respect to the subordinated debt. In consideration for
providing the subordinated debt, Principal issued to Omega warrants to purchase
10,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of Principal (or Class A voting shares if the
warrant is exercised by an entity other than Omega) at L1.50 per share and to
the financial institutional investor warrants to purchase 3,333,333 Class A
ordinary shares at L1.50 per share. Omega will transfer the warrants to purchase
10,000,000 Class B ordinary shares to
    
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   35
 
   
the Company in connection with the transfer of the subordinated debt. The
Company will be allowed Class A shares upon exercise of the warrant. The
warrants will expire on June 30, 2001.
    
 
     On December 12, 1997, Principal completed a securitization of a significant
portion of its assets through the issuance of L150,000,000 of first mortgage
bonds which are listed for trading on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. This
transaction enabled Principal to fix its cost of these borrowings for a 28-year
period at a coupon interest rate of approximately 7.52%. Principal may use
securitization, mortgage debt and unsecured debt along with other similar
techniques in the financing of its long term care facilities. In connection with
the securitization, Omega (UK) executed an Asset Management Agreement pursuant
to which, for a fee of L105,000 annually, Omega (UK) will monitor and administer
the assets committed to the transaction for the benefit of the bondholders and a
subsidiary of Principal as residual owner.
 
   
     In connection with the securitization, a financial institution has agreed
to provide Principal with a three-year revolving credit facility of up to
L150,000,000 (the "Credit Facility") to permit the accumulation of investments
with the objective of repaying sums borrowed under the line pursuant to
subsequent securitization transactions. The Credit Facility matures October 2,
2000 and bears interest at 2.0% per annum above LIBOR for 1 month advances. The
financial institution will receive a first mortgage on the real property of
Principal financed by the Credit Facility.
    
 
OPERATIONS
 
   
     Omega has established detailed and comprehensive underwriting standards as
well as monitoring procedures for reviewing on a monthly basis the performance
of nursing home and long-term care facility operators to which Principal leases
properties or for which Principal provides participating mortgage lending.
Pursuant to the existing Management Agreement, Omega provides the following
services to Principal: marketing of its services; identification and evaluation
of potential investments; administration of the business and day-to-day affairs
of Principal; monitoring and evaluation of the financial and operational
performance of the healthcare operating organizations financed by Principal; and
developing new products and services. Omega also provided advice upon and
arranged credit facilities for Principal. These services were provided in part
by Omega (UK) Limited, a United Kingdom corporation ("Omega (UK)"), with a staff
of eight skilled healthcare employees in the United Kingdom. Omega (UK) is
currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of Omega but the shares of Omega (UK) will
be transferred to the Company prior to the consummation of the Offerings and the
Distribution. In consideration for the services to be provided under the
Management Agreement, Principal currently pays the Manager an annual fee equal
to 0.9% of the book value of Principal's assets (as defined therein).
Additionally in connection with the securitization, Principal and the Trustee
for the bondholders agreed to pay Omega (UK) L105,000 annually to monitor and
administer the properties that are subject to the securitization.
    
 
PROPERTY
 
   
     The Company maintains its corporate office in Ann Arbor, Michigan, which it
occupies jointly with Omega pursuant to the Services Agreement. The Services
Agreement extends for 2 years and the Company reimburses Omega for a portion of
Omega's allocable overhead expenses based on assets managed by the Company in
relation to the total of assets of Omega and assets managed by the Company
measured at the end of each fiscal quarter. The space consists of approximately
5,823 square feet of office space. Omega (UK) occupies 3,000 square feet at 145
Canon Street, London, England. The Company believes that its facilities are
adequate to meet its expected requirements for the coming year.
    
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
     By the Distribution Date, the Company will have 8 employees in the United
Kingdom who are all former employees of Omega (UK). The Company has executed a
Services Agreement with Omega pursuant to which Omega will provide management
and other employees and administrative services to the Company on a shared cost
basis.
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   36
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
   
     There are currently no legal proceedings involving the Assets or the
Company.
    
 
   
                  TAXATION OF THE COMPANY AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS
    
 
   
     The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax
consequences of owning Omega Worldwide Common Stock. To the extent this summary
discusses matters of law, it is based upon the opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt.
This summary is based upon the current provisions of the Code, its legislative
history, Treasury regulations, administrative pronouncements and judicial
decisions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.
This summary does not purport to be a complete discussion of all U.S. federal
income tax consequences relating to owning Omega Worldwide Common Stock. This
summary does not address the tax consequences of owning Omega Worldwide Common
Stock under state, local or non-U.S. tax laws. In addition, this summary may not
apply, in whole or in part, to particular categories of Company shareholders,
such as financial institutions, broker-dealers, life insurance companies,
tax-exempt organizations, investment companies, individuals who receive Omega
Worldwide Common Stock pursuant to stock options, restricted stock programs or
in other compensatory transactions, and other special status taxpayers. Finally,
a tax ruling from the Internal Revenue Service has not been requested. THIS
SUMMARY IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. ALL COMPANY SHAREHOLDERS ARE
URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES
OF OWNING OMEGA WORLDWIDE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING ANY STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S.
TAX CONSEQUENCES.
    
 
   
TAXATION OF THE COMPANY
    
 
   
     The Company is a Subchapter C corporation subject to applicable federal and
state tax on its taxable income at regular corporate rates. As a result, it is
under no obligation to make any distributions to shareholders. If distributions
are made by the Company, shareholders will recognize ordinary income to the
extent of current and accumulated earnings and profits of the Company and any
amounts distributed in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits
will be considered a tax-free return of capital, reducing the tax basis in the
shareholder's Omega Worldwide Common Stock by the amount of such distribution
(but not below zero), with distributions in excess of the shareholder's tax
basis taxable as capital gains (if the Omega Worldwide Common Stock is held as a
capital asset). In general, any gain or loss upon a sale or other disposition of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock by a shareholder will be considered short-term,
mid-term (i.e., more than 12 months but not more than 18 months) or long-term
capital gain depending upon the period of time the Omega Worldwide Common Stock
was held by the shareholder.
    
 
   
UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OMEGA WORLDWIDE COMMON
STOCK
    
 
   
     For purposes of this discussion, a "U.S. person" means a citizen or
resident of the United States, a corporation or partnership created or organized
in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any State or
political subdivision of the foregoing, any estate whose income is includible in
gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source, or a
"United States Trust". A United States Trust is any trust if, and only if, (i) a
court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the
administration of the trust and (ii) one or more U.S. persons have the authority
to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
    
 
   
     U.S. Income and Estate Tax Consequences. Dividends paid to a beneficial
owner of Omega Worldwide Common Stock that is not a U.S. person (a "non-U.S.
holder") are subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate, or if applicable, a
lower treaty rate, unless the dividend is effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business in the United States by a non-U.S. holder (and, if
certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a United States permanent
establishment maintained by such non-U.S. holder). A dividend that is
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by a non-U.S. holder (and, if certain tax treaties apply, is attributable
to a United States permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S. holder)
will be exempt from the withholding tax described above and subject instead (i)
to the U.S. federal income tax on net income that applies to U.S. persons and
(ii) with respect to corporate holders under certain
    
                                       35
<PAGE>   37
 
circumstances, a 30% (or, if applicable, lower treaty rate) branch profits tax
that in general is imposed on its "effectively connected earnings and profits"
(within the meaning of the Code) for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain
items.
 
   
     Under Treasury Regulations currently in effect, dividends paid to an
address in a foreign country are presumed to be paid to a resident of that
country (unless the payor has knowledge to the contrary) for purposes of the
withholding discussed above and for purposes of determining the applicability of
a tax treaty rate. Under recently enacted withholding tax regulations (the
"Final Regulations") which will be effective for payments made after 1998,
however, a non-U.S. holder of Omega Worldwide Common Stock who wishes to claim
the benefit of an applicable treaty rate would be required to satisfy applicable
certification and other requirements. Such certification generally will be made
on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8, although non-U.S. holders who own Omega
Worldwide Common Stock in an offshore account may provide alternate forms of
certification. In the case of a foreign partnership, the certification
requirement would generally be applied to the partners of the partnership unless
the foreign partnership is a qualified intermediary. A non-U.S. holder that is
eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax
treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amount withheld by filing an
appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
    
 
     A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax
on any gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of a share of Omega
Worldwide Common Stock unless (i) the Company is or has been during the
five-year period ending on the date of disposition a "United States real
property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes (which the
Company does not believe that it has been or is currently and does not
anticipate becoming), (ii) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of
a trade or business within the United States of the non-U.S. holder (and, if
certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a United States permanent
establishment maintained by the nonU.S. holder), (iii) the gain is not described
in clause (ii) above, the non-U.S. holder is an individual who holds the share
as a capital asset, is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the
taxable year of the disposition and either (a) such individual has a "tax home"
(as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) in the United States or (b)
the gain is attributable to an office or other fixed place of business
maintained in the United States by such individual, or (iv) the non-U.S. holder
is subject to tax pursuant to the Code provisions applicable to certain U.S.
expatriates. In the case of a non-U.S. holder that is described under clause
(ii) above, its gain will be subject to the U.S. federal income tax on net
income that applies to U.S. persons and, in addition, if such non-U.S. holder is
a foreign corporation, it may be subject to the branch profits tax as described
in the second preceding paragraph. An individual non-U.S. holder that is
described under clause (iii) above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain
derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. capital losses
(notwithstanding the fact that he or she is not considered a resident of the
United States). Thus, individual non-U.S. holders who have spent 183 days or
more in the United States in the taxable year in which they contemplate a sale
of the Omega Worldwide Common Stock are urged to consult their tax advisers as
to the tax consequences of such sale.
 
     Omega Worldwide Common Stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who
is not a citizen or resident (as specially defined for United States federal
estate tax purposes) of the United States at the date of death, or Omega
Worldwide Common Stock subject to certain lifetime transfers made by such an
individual, will be included in such individual's estate for United States
federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
 
     Backup Withholding and Information Reporting -- Dividends. Except as
provided below, the Company must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S.
holder the amount of dividends paid to and the tax withheld with respect to such
holder. These information reporting requirements apply regardless of whether
withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of
these information returns may also be available under the provisions of a
specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which
the non-U.S. holder resides. In general, backup withholding at a rate of 31% and
additional information reporting will apply to dividends paid on shares of Omega
Worldwide Common Stock to holders that are not "exempt recipients" and that fail
to provide in the manner required certain identifying information (such as the
holder's name, address and taxpayer identification number). Generally,
individuals are not exempt recipients, whereas corporations and certain other
entities generally are exempt recipients. However, dividends
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   38
 
that are subject to U.S. withholding tax at the 30% statutory rate or at a
reduced tax treaty rate are exempt from backup withholding of U.S. federal
income tax and such additional information reporting.
 
     Backup Withholding and Information Reporting -- Broker Sales. If a non-U.S.
holder sells shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock through a U.S. office of a
U.S. or foreign broker, the broker is required to file an information return and
is required to withhold 31% of the sale proceeds unless the non-U.S. holder is
an exempt recipient or has provided the broker with the information and
statements, under penalties of perjury, necessary to establish an exemption from
backup withholding. If payment of the proceeds of the sale of a share by a
non-U.S. holder is made to or through the foreign office of a broker, that
broker will not be required to backup withhold or, except as provided in the
next sentence, to file information returns. In the case of proceeds from a sale
of a share by a non-U.S. holder paid to or through the foreign office of a U.S.
broker or a foreign office of a foreign broker that is (i) a controlled foreign
corporation for U.S. tax purposes or (ii) a person 50% or more of whose gross
income for the three-year period ending with the close of the taxable year
preceding the year of payment (or for the part of that period that the broker
has been in existence) is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
business within the United States (a "Foreign U.S. Connected Broker"),
information reporting is required unless the broker has documentary evidence in
its files that the payee is not a U.S. person and certain other conditions are
met, or the payee otherwise establishes an exemption. Under the Final
Regulations, certification on IRS Form W-8 or other certification in the case of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock held in an offshore account will be required if (i)
the sale occurs within the United States or (ii) the sale is made through a
Foreign U.S. Connected Broker.
 
     Backup Withholding and Information Reporting -- Refunds. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder
may be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income
tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   39
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF OMEGA WORLDWIDE
 
   
     As of November 13, 1997, Essel W. Bailey, Jr. was the sole director of the
Company and served as its President and Chief Executive Officer. David A. Stover
has served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, F. Scott Kellman has
served as a Vice President and James P. Flaherty has served as Vice President --
International since November 13, 1997 and Susan A. Kovach has served as Vice
President and Secretary since December 1, 1997. The following table sets forth
certain information concerning these employees as well as those persons who have
agreed to serve as directors of the Company commencing upon effectiveness of the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part and prior to the
consummation of the Offerings and the Distribution.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               TERM
                   NAME                       EXPIRES    AGE                     POSITION
                   ----                       -------    ---                     --------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>    <C>
Essel W. Bailey, Jr.......................               53     Chairman of the Board of Directors,
                                                                President and Chief Executive Officer
James E. Eden.............................               60     Director
James P. Flaherty.........................               50     Vice President -- International
Thomas F. Franke..........................               68     Director
F. Scott Kellman..........................               41     Vice President
Harold J. Kloosterman.....................               55     Director
Bernard J. Korman.........................               66     Director
Susan A. Kovach...........................               38     Vice President and Secretary
Edward Lowenthal..........................               53     Director
Robert L. Parker..........................               63     Director
David A. Stover...........................               52     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     After the consummation of the Offerings and the Distribution, the Company
will add 2 independent directors and designate the expiration date of each
director's term.
    
 
   
     Mr. Bailey has been President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary of
Omega, as well as a Director, since its formation in 1992 and Chairman of the
Board since July 1995. It is anticipated that Mr. Bailey will spend a majority
of his time on the affairs of Omega. Prior to that he was a Managing Director of
Omega Capital, a healthcare investment partnership, from 1986 to 1992. Mr.
Bailey is formerly a Director of Evergreen Healthcare, Inc., which was a NYSE
listed company engaged in the operation of long-term healthcare facilities, and
is currently a Managing Director of Principal and a Director of Vitalink
Pharmacy Services, Inc., a NYSE listed company and the fourth largest
institutional pharmacy serving the long-term care industry in the United States.
    
 
   
     Mr. Eden is President and principal owner of Eden & Associates, Inc., which
provides consulting services to the senior housing and long-term care
industries. From 1992 to present, Mr. Eden has served as Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Oakwood Living Centers, Inc., which owns and operates
nursing homes. From 1976 to 1992, he held various positions in healthcare,
ultimately as Executive Vice President of Marriott Corporation and General
Manager of its Senior Living Services Division. Mr. Eden is also a director of
Omega, the Alliance for Aging Research and United Vanguard Homes.
    
 
   
     Mr. Flaherty joined Omega in 1996 and was appointed Vice
President-International and Managing Director of Omega (UK) Limited in January
1997. Mr. Flaherty expects to spend the substantial majority of his time on the
Company's business matters. Before he joined Omega, he was Chairman of Black
Rock Capital Corporation, a leasing and merchant banking firm he founded in
1994. From April 1991 until December of 1993 Mr. Flaherty was Managing Partner
of Pareto Partners, a London based investment management firm. Prior to 1991, he
was employed by American Express Bank Ltd. in London and Geneva in
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   40
 
a number of senior management capacities and by State National Bank of
Connecticut and its successor, The Connecticut Bank & Trust Co.
 
     Mr. Franke is Chairman and principal owner of Cambridge Partners, Inc., an
owner, developer and manager of multifamily housing in Grand Rapids and Ann
Arbor, Michigan. He is also the principal owner of private healthcare firms
operating in the United States and the United Kingdom and a private hotel firm
in the United Kingdom. Since its formation in 1992, Mr. Franke has been a
Director of Omega and, since its formation in 1995, Mr. Franke has been a
Director of Principal.
 
   
     Mr. Kellman joined Omega as Senior Vice President-Acquisitions in August
1993, and was appointed Executive Vice President in August 1994. It is
anticipated that Mr. Kellman will spend a majority of his time on the affairs of
Omega. From 1986 to 1989, he was Vice President of Meritor Savings Bank, the
last years as director of the healthcare lending unit. From 1989 to 1991, he
served as Vice President of Van Kampen Merritt, Inc., an investment banking
subsidiary of Xerox. From September 1991 to December 1992, he was employed by
Philadelphia First Group, and from January 1993 through August of 1993 he was an
officer of Medical REIT.
    
 
   
     Mr. Kloosterman was a managing director of Omega Capital from 1986 to 1992
and has been a Director of Omega since its formation in 1992. Mr. Kloosterman
has been involved in the acquisition, development and management of commercial
and multi-family properties since 1978. He has been a senior officer of LaSalle
Partners, Inc. and formed Cambridge Partners, Inc. in 1985 where he serves as
President. At Cambridge, he has been involved in the development and management
of commercial, apartment and condominium projects in Grand Rapids and Ann Arbor,
Michigan and the Chicago area.
    
 
     Mr. Korman is Chairman of the Board of Directors of Graduate Health System,
Inc., a not-for-profit health care system, and of NutraMax Products, Inc., a
public consumer health care products company. He formerly was President, Chief
Executive Officer and Director of MEDIQ (health care services) from 1977 to
1995. Mr. Korman has been a Director of Omega since 1993 and also is a Director
of the following public companies: The New America High Income Fund (financial
services), The Pep Boys, Inc. (auto supplies), Today's Man, Inc. (retail men's
clothing sales), InnoServe Technologies, Inc. (medical equipment support
services) and Kapson Senior Quarters Corp. (assisted living services).
 
   
     Ms. Kovach joined Omega in December 1997 as Vice President and Secretary.
Ms. Kovach expects to spend a majority of her time on work relating to Omega.
Prior to that she was a lawyer with Dykema Gossett PLLC in Detroit, Michigan for
12 years, the last three years as a senior member of the firm.
    
 
     Mr. Lowenthal is President and Chief Executive Officer of Wellsford Real
Properties, Inc. and President of the predecessor of Wellsford Real Properties,
Inc. since 1986. Mr. Lowenthal has been a Director of Omega since 1995 and also
serves as a Director of United American Energy Corporation, a developer, owner
and operator of energy facilities, a Director of Corporate Renaissance Group,
Inc., a mutual fund, and as a Director of Equity Residential Properties Trust
and Great Lakes REIT, Inc., which are REITs.
 
     Mr. Parker is a consultant, formerly Chairman of Omega from 1992 to 1995
and Managing Director of Omega Capital from 1986 to 1992. From 1972 through
1983, Mr. Parker was a senior officer of Beverly Enterprises, the largest
operator of long-term care facilities in the United States. At the time of his
retirement in 1983, Mr. Parker was Executive Vice President of Beverly
Enterprises. Mr. Parker is a registered architect, licensed in California and
Oklahoma. He has been a Director of Omega since 1992 and also served as a
Director of GranCare, Inc., a public company engaged in the operation of
long-term care facilities from 1995 to 1997, and of Vitalink Pharmacy Services
Inc., a publicly-traded institutional pharmacy during 1997, of Principal from
1995, and of First National Bank of Bethany, Oklahoma.
 
   
     Mr. Stover has been Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Omega
since September 1994. Mr. Stover anticipates spending most of his time on
Omega's business affairs. Mr. Stover is a Certified Public Accountant and has 23
years' experience with the international accounting firm of Ernst & Young LLP
and its predecessor firms. From 1981 through 1990, he was an audit, tax and
consulting partner, spending the last of those years as area partner-in-charge
of services for the firm's healthcare clients in Western Michigan. From
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   41
 
1992 to 1994, Mr. Stover was principal of his own consulting firm and, from 1990
to 1992, he was Chief Financial Officer of International Research and
Development Corporation.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
   
     The Omega Worldwide Board has standing Audit, Compensation and Nominating
Committees. The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Kloosterman and Korman and
an additional member to be designated, the Compensation Committee consists of
Messrs. Lowenthal and Franke and an additional member to be designated and the
Nominating Committee consists of Messrs. Parker, Eden and Bailey. The Audit
Committee makes recommendations concerning the engagement of independent public
accountants, approves the compensation to be paid to such accountants and
reports to the Board concerning the scope of audit procedures. The Compensation
Committee is responsible for establishing salaries, bonuses and other
compensation for the Company's officers and administering the Company's stock
option plans. The Nominating Committee reviews suggestions of candidates for
director made by directors, shareholders, management and others, and makes
recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding composition of the Board of
Directors and nomination of individual candidates for election to the Board of
Directors.
    
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
   
     Each director other than employees of the Company will receive from the
Company an annual fee of $10,000, 1,000 shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock
and a meeting fee of $500 for each Omega Worldwide Board or Committee meeting
attended and reimbursement of expenses incurred in attending meetings. The
Chairman of the Board and of the Compensation and Audit Committees will receive
an additional retainer of $1,000 per year. The directors are also eligible to
receive Omega Worldwide Common Stock as set forth in the Stock Option and
Restricted Stock Plan. Certain directors intend to invest in the ownership of
the Company. See "Management -- Omega Worldwide Stock Option and Restricted
Stock Plan."
    
 
   
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
    
 
   
     Executive officers and directors of the Company will receive shares of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock in the Distribution in respect of Omega Common
Shares held by them on the Record Date. Omega Worldwide Common Stock issued with
respect to outstanding but not yet vested shares of Restricted Stock of Omega
issued under the Omega Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan of 1993, as
amended, will be released at the same time as the Omega Restricted Stock is
released; however, Rights issued with respect to unvested Omega Restricted Stock
shall be immediately exercisable in accordance with their terms and any Omega
Worldwide shares issued pursuant to such exercise shall be free of any vesting
requirement. See "Principal and Selling Shareholders" for further description of
the shares owned by management.
    
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
   
     The Company was recently formed. None of the Company's executive officers
has received compensation from or on behalf of the Company since its formation.
None of the executive officers other than James P. Flaherty will be direct
employees of the Company. The executive officers will provide services for the
Company pursuant to a Services Agreement that will be executed between the
Company and Omega. The Services Agreement extends for 2 years and the Company
reimburses Omega for a portion of Omega's allocable overhead expenses based on
assets managed by the Company in relation to the total of assets of Omega and
assets managed by the Company measured at the end of each fiscal quarter.
    
 
   
     The Company has not granted any options to the Company's named executive
officers and the Stock Plan does not allow for the grant of SARs.
    
 
OMEGA WORLDWIDE STOCK OPTION AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN
 
     Omega Worldwide's Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan (the "Stock Plan")
was adopted by the Company and approved by Omega, its sole shareholder, prior to
the Offerings and the Distribution. Under the
                                       40
<PAGE>   42
 
Stock Plan, the Company reserved 750,000 shares of common stock for grants to be
issued during a period of up to 10 years. Directors, officers and key employees
are eligible to participate in the Stock Plan. The following summary of the
Stock Plan is qualified by the full text of the Stock Plan, a copy of which is
an Exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
     The Stock Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. The
Compensation Committee may grant Restricted Stock and/or Stock Options to
non-employee directors, employee directors and non-director employees at such
times and in such amounts and on such terms and conditions as it deems advisable
and specifies in the respective grants except as set forth below for
non-employee directors. The exercise price of Stock Options shall be determined
by the Compensation Committee at the date of the grant, except that the exercise
price of any Stock Option which is designated as an "incentive stock option"
within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, shall be 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date
of the grant. Each non-employee director will be awarded options with respect to
10,000 shares, and each non-employee director is to be granted an additional
option grant with respect to 1,000 shares on or after each anniversary of the
initial grant. All option grants to non-employee directors have been and are to
be at an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of the Company's
common stock on the date of the grant. At the discretion of the Committee, each
non-employee director also is annually awarded shares of Restricted Stock.
 
     Subject to compliance with the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth
in the Stock Plan, the Compensation Committee has the exclusive right, in its
sole and absolute discretion, to establish the terms and conditions of all Stock
Options and Restricted Stock granted under the Stock Plan and to prescribe and
amend the terms, provisions and form of each instrument and agreement setting
forth the terms and conditions of Stock Options and Restricted Stock granted
thereunder. The Compensation Committee has the authority to construe and
interpret the Stock Plan, to define the terms used therein, to prescribe, amend,
and rescind rules and regulations relating to the administration of the Stock
Plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for
administration of the Stock Plan. Determinations of the Compensation Committee
on matters referred to above are final and conclusive so long as the same are
not inconsistent with the terms of the Stock Plan.
 
   
     Under the Stock Plan, in the event of a Change of Control (as defined
therein), all shares of the Company's Restricted Stock shall immediately vest
(but not prior to six months after the date of grant) and all outstanding Stock
Options shall be immediately exercisable in full (but not prior to one year
after the date of grant with respect to incentive stock options and not prior to
six months after the date of grant with respect to nonqualified options).
    
 
   
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
    
 
   
     The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a
provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the
corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability
resulting from (i) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money,
property or services or (ii) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a
final judgment as being material to the cause of action. The Charter contains
such a provision which eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted
by the MGCL.
    
 
   
     The Charter authorizes the Company, to the maximum extent permitted by
Maryland law, to obligate itself to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable
expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (i) any present or
former director or officer or (ii) any individual who, while a director of the
Company and at the request of the Company, serves or has served another
corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or any other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or
trustee of such corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint
venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise from and against any
claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person
may incur by reason of his status as a present or former director or officer of
the Company. The Bylaws of the Company obligate it, to the maximum extent
permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable
expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (i) any present or
former director or officer who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of
his service in that capacity or
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   43
 
   
(ii) any individual who, while a director of the Company and at the request of
the Company, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment
trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other
enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee of such corporation, real
estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit
plan or other enterprise and who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of
his service in that capacity. The Charter and Bylaws also permit the Company to
indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of the
Company in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of
the Company or a predecessor of the Company.
    
 
   
     The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise,
which the Charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been
successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to
which he is made a party by reason of his service in that capacity. The MGCL
permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and
officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and
reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding
to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other
capacities unless it is established that (i) the act or omission of the director
or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (a) was
committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate
dishonesty, (ii) the director or officer actually received an improper personal
benefit in money, property or services or (iii) in the case of any criminal
proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act
or omission was unlawful. However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may
not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the
corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit
was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification
and then only for expenses. In addition, the MGCL permits a corporation to
advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation's
receipt of (i) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his good
faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for
indemnification by the corporation and (ii) a written undertaking by him or on
his behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it shall
ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct was not met.
    
 
   
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been
informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is
therefore unenforceable.
    
 
   
     The Charter also specifically authorizes the Company, or a subsidiary or an
affiliate of the Company, to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or
who, while a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, is or was
serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, trustee,
employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, real estate
investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or
employee benefit plan against any liability asserted against and incurred by
such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person's position,
whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify against such
liability under the provisions of Section 2-418 of the MGCL.
    
 
   
     The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of it
officers and directors. The indemnification agreements require, among other
things, that the Company indemnify its officers and directors to the fullest
extent permitted by law, and advance to the officers and directors all related
expenses, subject to reimbursement if it is subsequently determined that the
indemnification is not permitted. The Company also must indemnify and advance
expenses incurred by officers and directors seeking to enforce their rights
under the indemnification agreements and cover officers and directors under the
Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance. Although the
indemnification agreements offer substantially the same scope of coverage
afforded by provisions in the Charter and Bylaws, they provide greater assurance
to directors and executive officers that indemnification will be available,
because, as contracts, they cannot be modified unilaterally in the future by the
Board of Directors or by the stockholders to alter, limit or eliminate the
rights they provide.
    
 
   
     The Charter provides that no future amendment to the Charter shall affect
any right of any person under these provisions based on any event, omission or
proceeding prior to such amendment.
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   44
 
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
   
     The following table sets forth the number of shares of Omega Worldwide
Common Stock owned by Omega, as the selling shareholder, and by each person
agreeing to serve as an executive officer and director of the Company, all such
executive officers and directors of the Company as a group, and persons or
entities owning 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Omega Worldwide Common
Stock.
    
 
                              BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NUMBER OF
                                                            SHARES AFTER
                                                            DISTRIBUTION      PERCENT OF
         NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER             AND OFFERINGS(1)      SHARES
         ------------------------------------             ----------------    ----------
<S>                                                       <C>                 <C>
Selling Shareholder
  Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc. ...................       1,000,000            8.9%
                                                             =========          =====
Executive Officers
  Essel W. Bailey, Jr. ...............................
  James P. Flaherty...................................
  F. Scott Kellman....................................
  Susan A. Kovach.....................................
  David A. Stover.....................................
                                                             ---------          -----
Directors
  James E. Eden.......................................
  Thomas F. Franke....................................
  Harold Kloosterman..................................
  Bernard J. Korman...................................
  Edward Lowenthal....................................
  Robert L. Parker....................................
                                                             ---------          -----
  Directors and executive officers as a group (11)
     persons..........................................       1,162,256          10.33%
                                                             =========          =====
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
   
(1) Assumes full exercise of the Rights by the executive officers and directors
    and that all shares offered in the Secondary Offering are sold by, and that
    no Rights are exercised by, Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc. Also assumes no
    shares are acquired by the officers and directors in the Primary Offering or
    Secondary Offering and assumes an aggregate of 1,000,000 Unsubscribed Shares
    were purchased by the officers and directors who are Rights Investors.
    
 
 *  Less than 1%.
 
     The business address of all the above persons is 905 W. Eisenhower Circle,
Suite 101, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48103.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   45
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
     In connection with the formation and capitalization of the Company, Omega
will remit $210,000 for 2,100,000 outstanding shares of Omega Worldwide Common
Stock and will contribute the Assets in exchange for 6,399,000 of the
outstanding shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock and the right to receive up
to 5,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred.
    
 
   
     Pursuant to the Management Agreement, Principal pays Omega an annual fee
equal to 0.9% of Principal's assets (as defined in the Management Agreement)
and, if earned, an additional incentive fee. Upon transfer of the Management
Agreement from Omega to the Company, Principal will pay these fees to the
Company.
    
 
   
     The Opportunity Agreement sets forth the basis on which the Company and
Omega will refer opportunities to one another. See "Business -- The Opportunity
Agreement."
    
 
   
     Omega and the Company will enter into a Services Agreement in connection
with the Distribution pursuant to which Omega will provide management and other
employees, office space and administrative services to the Company. The Company
reimburses Omega for a portion of Omega's allocable overhead expenses based on
assets managed by the Company in relation to the total assets of Omega and
assets managed by the Company as measured at the end of each fiscal quarter. Had
the Services Agreement been in effect on November 30, 1997, the Company would
have reimbursed Omega $            .
    
 
     In connection with the Rights Offering, certain officers and directors of
Omega and their affiliates have agreed to acquire the Unsubscribed Shares at the
Subscription Price.
 
   
                      DESCRIPTION OF OMEGA WORLDWIDE STOCK
    
 
   
     The following summary of certain provisions of the Charter and Bylaws does
not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified by reference to the
Charter and Bylaws, copies of which are exhibits to the Registration Statement
of which this Prospectus is a part. See "Available Information."
    
 
   
AUTHORIZED STOCK
    
 
   
     The Company's authorized stock consists of 10,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), and 50,000,000 shares
of Omega Worldwide Common Stock. Immediately following the Primary Offering, the
Secondary Offering, the Distribution and the Rights Offering, approximately
11,250,000 shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock will be outstanding. All of
the shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock that will be outstanding immediately
following the Primary Offering, the Secondary Offering, the Distribution and the
Rights Offering will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Certain
provisions of the MGCL and of Omega Worldwide's Charter and Bylaws may make more
difficult an acquisition of control of the Company in a transaction not approved
by the Board. See "Certain Antitakeover Provisions."
    
 
COMMON STOCK
 
   
     The holders of Omega Worldwide Common Stock will be entitled to one vote
for each share on all matters voted on by stockholders, including elections of
directors, and, except as provided with respect to any series of Preferred
Stock, the holders of such shares will possess all voting power. The Charter
does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Subject to
any preferential rights of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock created by
the Omega Worldwide Board from time to time, the holders of Omega Worldwide
Common Stock will be entitled to such dividends as may be authorized from time
to time by the Omega Worldwide Board from funds available therefor, and upon
liquidation will be entitled to receive pro rata all assets of the Company
available for distribution to such holders.
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   46
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Charter authorizes the Omega Worldwide Board to establish one or more
series of Preferred Stock and to determine, with respect to any series of
Preferred Stock, the terms and rights of such series, including (i) the number
of shares constituting such series and the distinctive designation thereof; (ii)
the voting rights, if any, of such series; (iii) the rate of dividends payable
on such series, the time or times when such dividends will be payable, the
preference to, or any relation to, the payment of dividends to any other class
or series of stock and whether the dividends will be cumulative or
non-cumulative; (iv) whether there shall be a sinking or similar fund for the
purchase of shares of such series and, if so, the terms and provisions that
shall govern such fund; (v) the rights of the holders of shares of such series
upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; (vi) the rights,
if any, of holders of shares of such series to convert such shares into, or to
exchange such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other
series of the same or of any other class or classes of stock of the Company, the
price or prices or rate or rates of exchange, with such adjustments as shall be
provided, at which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable, whether
such rights of conversion or exchange shall be exercisable at the option of the
holder of the shares or the Company or upon the happening of a specified event,
and any other terms or conditions of such conversion or exchange; and (vii) any
other preferences, powers and relative participating, optional or other special
rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of shares of such series.
 
   
     The Company believes that the ability of the Omega Worldwide Board to issue
one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock will provide it with
flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in
meeting other corporate needs which might arise. The authorized shares of
Preferred Stock, as well as shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock, will be
available for issuance without further action by the Company's stockholders,
unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock
exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company's securities may be
listed or traded. If the approval of the Company's stockholders is not required
for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock or Omega Worldwide Common Stock,
the Omega Worldwide Board may determine not to seek stockholder approval.
    
 
   
     Although the Omega Worldwide Board has no intention at the present time of
doing so, it could issue a class or series of Preferred Stock having terms that
could delay, defer or prevent a change in control of the Company or other
transaction that some, or a majority, of the Company's stockholders might
believe to be in their best interests or in which such stockholders might
receive a premium for their stock over the then-current market price of such
stock. The Omega Worldwide Board will make any determination to issue such
shares based on its judgment as to the best interests of the Company.
    
 
   
     The Company has authorized the Series B Preferred (as described below in
"-- Series B Preferred") and expects to reserve Junior Preferred Shares (as
described in "Certain Antitakeover Provisions -- Rights Plan") for issuance upon
exercise of the Preferred Share Purchase Rights.
    
 
   
SERIES B PREFERRED
    
 
   
     Ranking. The Series B Preferred will rank on parity with all other series
of the Company's preferred stock (whether with or without par value) as to the
payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any
such series provide otherwise.
    
 
   
     Dividends. Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any
shares of any class or series of preferred shares of the Company ranking prior
and superior to the Series B Preferred with respect to dividends, the holders of
Series B Preferred will be entitled to receive, when, as and if authorized by
the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, annual
dividends payable in cash to holders of record on the last business day of
February in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Dividend
Payment Date"), commencing on the first Dividend Payment Date after the first
issuance of a share of Series B Preferred in an amount per share (rounded to the
nearest cent) equal to 8.0% per annum of the Series B Liquidation Value (as
defined below). The dividend will be calculated on the basis of a year of 360
days consisting of twelve 30-day months. Such dividends will accrue whether or
not they have been declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or
other funds of the Company legally available for the payment of the dividends.
    
                                       45
<PAGE>   47
 
   
     The Company will authorize a dividend or distribution on the Series B
Preferred at the time it authorizes a dividend or distribution on the Omega
Worldwide Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in Omega Worldwide Common
Stock). No dividend or distribution (other than a dividend or distribution
payable in Omega Worldwide Common Stock) will be paid or payable to the holders
of Omega Worldwide Common Stock unless, prior thereto, all accrued but unpaid
dividends to the date of that dividend or distribution have been paid to the
holders of Series B Preferred.
    
 
   
     Dividends will begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding Series B
Preferred shares from the Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of
issuance of such Series B Preferred shares, unless the date of issuance of such
shares is prior to the record date for the first Dividend Payment Date, in which
case dividends on such shares will begin to accrue and be cumulative from the
date of issuance of such shares, or unless the date of issuance is a Dividend
Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders
of Series B Preferred entitled to receive an annual dividend and before such
Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends will begin to
accrue and be cumulative from such Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid
dividends will not bear interest. Dividends paid on the Series B Preferred in an
amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and
payable on such shares will be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis
among all such shares at the time outstanding.
    
 
   
     Whenever any annual dividends or other dividends or distributions payable
on the Series B Preferred are in arrears, then, thereafter and until all accrued
and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of
Series B Preferred outstanding have been paid in full, the Company may not:
    
 
   
          (i) authorize or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or
     redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares
     ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or
     winding up) to the Series B Preferred, other than dividends paid or payable
     in such junior shares;
    
 
   
          (ii) authorize or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on
     any shares ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
     dissolution or winding up) with the Series B Preferred, except dividends
     paid ratably on the Series B Preferred and all such parity shares on which
     dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to
     which the holders of all such shares are then entitled; or
    
 
   
          (iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares
     ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
     dissolution or winding up) with the Series B Preferred, provided that the
     Company may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any such
     parity shares in exchange for shares of the Company ranking junior (either
     as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the
     Series B Preferred.
    
 
   
     Voting Rights. The holders of Series B Preferred shares will have no voting
rights except as indicated below or as required by Maryland law.
    
 
   
     Neither the Charter, nor any Articles Supplementary relating to the Series
B Preferred, may be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change
the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Preferred so as to
affect the holders of Series B Preferred adversely without the affirmative vote
of the holders of a majority or more of the outstanding Series B Preferred,
voting separately as a class.
    
 
   
     Redemption. The shares of Series B Preferred are not redeemable by the
Company. The Company, however, is not limited in its ability to purchase or
otherwise deal in the Series B Preferred shares to the extent permitted by law.
    
 
   
     Liquidation Preference. Upon any voluntary liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Company, no distribution will be made to the holders of shares
ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding up) to the Series B Preferred unless, prior thereto, the holders of
Series B Preferred have received an amount in cash equal to the aggregate Series
B Liquidation Value of all shares held by such holders, plus an amount equal to
accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared,
to the date of such payment (the "Accrued Dividend Amount"). Following the
payment of the full
    
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   48
 
   
amount of the Series B Liquidation Value and the Accrued Dividend Amount, no
additional distributions will be made to the holders of Series B Preferred.
"Series B Liquidation Value" means $10.00 per share.
    
 
   
     In the event that there are not sufficient assets available to permit
payment in full of the Series B Liquidation Value and the Accrued Dividend
Amount and the liquidation preferences of all other series of preferred shares,
if any, which rank on a parity with the Series B Preferred, then such remaining
assets will be distributed ratably to the holders of the Series B Preferred and
such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences.
    
 
   
     In determining whether a distribution (other than upon voluntary or
involuntary liquidation) by dividend, redemption or other acquisition of shares
of stock of the Company or otherwise, is permitted under the MGCL, amounts that
would be needed, if the Company were to be dissolved at the time of the
distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of holders of
shares of Series B Preferred will not be added to the Company's total
liabilities.
    
 
   
     Conversion. Each share of Series B Preferred sold, transferred, distributed
or otherwise disposed of by Omega, to any unaffiliated third party the initial
holder of the Series B Preferred, will automatically convert into one share of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock.
    
 
                        CERTAIN ANTITAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
   
     The MGCL, the Charter and Bylaws and the Rights Agreement contain certain
provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change of control of the Company or other transaction that may involve a premium
price for the Omega Worldwide Common Stock. The following summary of these
provisions does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified by
reference to the MGCL, the Charter and Bylaws and the Rights Agreement.
    
 
STAGGERED BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
   
     The Charter and the Bylaws provide that the Omega Worldwide Board will be
divided into three classes of directors, each class constituting approximately
one-third of the total number of directors, with the classes serving staggered
three-year terms. The classification of the Omega Worldwide Board will have the
effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of
the Omega Worldwide Board, because only a minority of the directors are up for
election, and the Omega Worldwide Board may not be replaced by vote of the
stockholders, at any one time. The Company believes, however, that the longer
terms associated with the classified Omega Worldwide Board will help to ensure
continuity and stability of the Company's management and policies.
    
 
   
     The classification provisions also could have the effect of discouraging a
third party from accumulating a large block of Omega Worldwide Common Stock or
attempting to obtain control of the Company even though such an attempt might be
beneficial to the Company and some, or a majority, of its stockholders.
Accordingly, under certain circumstances stockholders could be deprived of
opportunities to sell their shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock at a higher
price than might otherwise be available.
    
 
   
BUSINESS COMBINATION SUPERMAJORITY APPROVAL
    
 
     The Charter requires the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than
80% of the outstanding shares of "voting stock" of the Company for the approval
or authorization of any "Business Combination" of the Company with any "Related
Person." However, such 80% voting requirement is not applicable if: (i) the
board of directors by unanimous vote or written consent expressly approves in
advance the acquisition of outstanding shares of voting stock of the Company
that cause the Related Person to become a Related Person or have approved the
Business Combination prior to the Related Person involved in the Business
Combination becoming a Related Person; or (ii) the Business Combination is
solely between the Company and another corporation, 100% of the voting stock of
which is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   49
 
     The term "Business Combination" means (i) any merger or consolidation of
the Company with or into a Related Person, (ii) any sale, lease, exchange,
transfer or other disposition, including without limitation a mortgage or any
other security device, of all or any "Substantial Part" of the assets of the
Company (including without limitation any voting securities of a subsidiary) to
a Related Person, (iii) any merger or consolidation of a Related Person with or
into the Company, (iv) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition
of all or any Substantial Part of the assets of a Related Person to the Company,
(v) the issuance of any securities (other than by way of pro rata distribution
to all shareholders) of the Company to a Related Person, and (vi) any agreement,
contract or other arrangement providing for any of the transactions described in
this definition of Business Combination.
 
   
     The term "Related Person" means and includes any individual, corporation,
partnership or other person or entity which, together with its "Affiliates" and
"Associates" (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934), "Beneficially Owns" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934) in the aggregate 10% or more of the outstanding voting
stock of the Company, and any Affiliate or Associate of the Company.
    
 
   
     The term "Substantial Part" means more than 10% of the book value of the
total assets of the Company as of the end of its most recent fiscal year ending
prior to the time the determination is being made.
    
 
   
     The term "voting stock" means the outstanding shares of stock of the
Company entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors. In a vote
required by or provided for herein, each share of voting stock shall have the
number of votes to which it is entitled generally in the election of directors.
    
 
     Without limitation, any shares of common stock of the Company that any
Related Person has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, or upon
exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, shall be
deemed beneficially owned by the Related Person.
 
   
     Under certain circumstances, the Charter makes it more difficult for a
person who would be a Related Person to effect various Business Combinations
with the Company. The Charter may encourage persons interested in acquiring the
Company to negotiate in advance with the Omega Worldwide Board, because the
stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if the directors then in
office unanimously approve either the Business Combination or the transaction
which results in any such person becoming a Related Person. It is possible that
such a provision could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which
the Company's stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
    
 
NUMBER OF DIRECTORS; REMOVAL; FILLING VACANCIES
 
     The Charter provides that, subject to any rights of holders of Preferred
Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances ("Preferred
Holders' Rights"), the number of directors will be fixed by the Bylaws. The
Bylaws provide that, subject to any Preferred Holders' Rights, the number of
directors will be fixed by the Omega Worldwide Board, but must not be more than
       nor less than the minimum number required by the MGCL. In addition, the
Bylaws provide that any vacancies (other than vacancies created by an increase
in the total number of directors) will be filled by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, and any
vacancies created by an increase in the total number of directors may be filled
by a majority of the entire Omega Worldwide Board. Accordingly, the Omega
Worldwide Board could temporarily prevent any stockholder from enlarging the
Omega Worldwide Board and then filling the new directorship with such
stockholder's own nominees.
 
   
     The Charter provides that, subject to any Preferred Holders' Rights,
directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of
holders of at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the
election of directors, voting together as a single class.
    
 
NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT; SPECIAL MEETINGS
 
   
     The Bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by the
stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special
meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by
such holders. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of
the holders
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   50
 
   
of any Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Company for any
purpose or purposes may be called only by the Chairman, President, the Omega
Worldwide Board or holders of 50% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on
the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting pursuant to a resolution
stating the purpose or purposes thereof. No business other than that stated in
the notice shall be transacted at any special meeting. These provisions may have
the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next
annual meeting unless a special meeting is called by the Chairman, President,
the Omega Worldwide Board or holders of 50% of the outstanding shares entitled
to vote on the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting.
    
 
   
ADVANCE NOTICE OF DIRECTOR NOMINATIONS AND NEW BUSINESS
    
 
   
     The Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to make
nominations of candidates for directors or bring other business before an annual
meeting of stockholders of the Company (the "Stockholder Notice Procedure").
    
 
   
     The Stockholder Notice Procedure provides that (a) with respect to an
annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the Board
of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may
be made only (i) pursuant to the Company's notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at
the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by a stockholder who is
entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice
procedures set forth in the Bylaws and (b) with respect to special meetings of
stockholders, only the business specified in the Company's notice of meeting may
be brought before the meeting of stockholders and nominations of persons for
election to the Board of Directors may be made only (i) pursuant to the
Company's notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors or (iii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that
directors shall be elected at such meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to
vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice procedures set
forth in the Bylaws.
    
 
     The purpose of requiring stockholders to give the Company advance notice of
nominations and other business is to afford the Omega Worldwide Board a
meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees
or the advisability of the other proposed business and, to the extent deemed
necessary or desirable by the Omega Worldwide Board, to inform stockholders and
make recommendations about such nominees or business, as well as to ensure an
orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although the Bylaws
do not give the Omega Worldwide Board power to block stockholder nominations for
the election of directors or proposal for action, they may have the effect of
discouraging a stockholder from proposing nominees or business, precluding a
contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder
proposals if procedural requirements are not met, and deterring third parties
from soliciting proxies for a non-management slate of directors or proposal,
without regard to the merits of such slate or proposal.
 
   
AMENDMENT
    
 
   
     The Bylaws provide that the Omega Worldwide Board has the exclusive power
to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of the Bylaws and to make new bylaws.
The Charter provides that the provisions of the Charter relating to business
combinations, the number, election term and removal of the Company's directors,
the applicability of elective statutes and the applicability of the Rights
Agreement to Omega may be amended only by the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least 80% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Company, voting
together as a single class. In all cases, the MGCL requires that the Omega
Worldwide Board first determine that the proposed amendment to the Charter is
advisable.
    
 
   
RIGHTS AGREEMENT
    
 
   
     The Omega Worldwide Board currently expects to authorize a rights plan on
or prior to the Distribution Date. Pursuant to the rights plan, the Omega
Worldwide Board will cause to be issued one Preferred Share Purchase Right for
each outstanding share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock. Each Preferred Share
Purchase Right will entitle the registered holder to purchase from the Company
one-hundredth of a share of a
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   51
 
   
new series of junior preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Junior
Preferred Shares"), of the Company at a price of $       (the "Purchase Price"),
subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the Preferred Share Purchase
Rights will be set forth in a Rights Agreement (the "Rights Agreement"), between
the Company and the designated Rights Agent (the "Rights Agent"). The
description set forth below is intended as a summary only and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the form of the Rights Agreement, which will be
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. See "Available Information."
    
 
     Until the earlier to occur of (i) 10 days following a public announcement
that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an "Acquiring
Person") has acquired beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the outstanding
shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock or (ii) 10 business days (or such later
date as may be determined by action of the Omega Worldwide Board prior to such
time as any person becomes an Acquiring Person) following the commencement of,
or announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or exchange offer the
consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or
group of 10% or more of such outstanding shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock
(the earlier of such dates being called the "Rights Distribution Date"), the
Preferred Share Purchase Rights will be evidenced by the certificates
representing the Omega Worldwide Common Stock.
 
     The Rights Agreement will provide that, until the Rights Distribution Date
(or earlier redemption or expiration of the Preferred Share Purchase Rights),
the Preferred Share Purchase Rights will be transferred with and only with the
Omega Worldwide Common Stock. Until the Rights Distribution Date (or earlier
redemption or expiration of the Preferred Share Purchase Rights), the Omega
Worldwide Common Stock certificates will contain a notation incorporating the
Rights Agreement by reference. As soon as practicable following the Rights
Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the Preferred Share Purchase
Rights (the "Right Certificates") will be mailed to holders of record of the
Omega Worldwide Common Stock as of the close of business on the Rights
Distribution Date and such separate Right Certificates alone will evidence the
Preferred Share Purchase Rights.
 
   
     The Preferred Share Purchase Rights will not be exercisable until the
Rights Distribution Date. The Preferred Share Purchase Rights will expire on the
tenth anniversary of the date of issuance (the "Final Expiration Date"), unless
the Final Expiration Date is extended or unless the Preferred Share Purchase
Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company in each case, as
summarized below.
    
 
   
     In the event that any person or group of affiliated or associated persons
becomes an Acquiring Person, proper provision shall be made so that each holder
of a Preferred Share Purchase Right, other than Preferred Share Purchase Rights
beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will thereafter be void), will
thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that number of shares of
Omega Worldwide Common Stock having a market value of two times the exercise
price of the Preferred Share Purchase Right. In the event that the Company is
acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of
its consolidated assets or earning power are sold after a person or group of
affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person, proper provision
will be made so that each holder of a Preferred Share Purchase Right will
thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the
then-current exercise price of the Preferred Share Purchase Right, that number
of shares of common stock of the acquiring company which at the time of such
transaction will have a market value of two times the exercise price of the
Preferred Share Purchase Right.
    
 
     At any time after the acquisition by a person or group of affiliated or
associated persons of beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the outstanding
Omega Worldwide Common Stock and prior to the acquisition by such person or
group of 50% or more of the outstanding Omega Worldwide Common Stock, the Omega
Worldwide Board may exchange the Preferred Share Purchase Rights (other than
Preferred Share Purchase Rights owned by such person or group which have become
void), in whole or in part, at an exchange ratio of one share of Omega Worldwide
Common Stock, or one-hundredth of a Junior Preferred Share (or of a share of a
class or series of the Preferred Stock having equivalent rights, preference and
privileges) per Preferred Share Purchase Right (subject to adjustment).
 
     At any time prior to the acquisition by a person or group of affiliated or
associated persons of beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the outstanding
Omega Worldwide Common Stock, the Omega Worldwide
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   52
 
Board may redeem the Preferred Share Purchase Rights in whole, but not in part,
at a price of $.01 per Preferred Share Purchase Right (the "Redemption Price").
The redemption of the Preferred Share Purchase Rights may be made effective at
such time on such basis and with such conditions as the Omega Worldwide Board,
in its sole discretion, may establish. Immediately upon any redemption of the
Preferred Share Purchase Rights, the right to exercise the Preferred Share
Purchase Rights will terminate and the holders of the Preferred Share Purchase
Rights then will be eligible to receive only the Redemption Price.
 
     The terms of the Preferred Share Purchase Rights may be amended by the
Omega Worldwide Board without the consent of the holders of the Preferred Share
Purchase Rights; provided, however, that from and after such time as any person
or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person, no
such amendment may adversely affect the interests of the holders of the
Preferred Share Purchase Rights.
 
   
     Until a Preferred Share Purchase Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as
such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company including, without
limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends.
    
 
     The number of outstanding Preferred Share Purchase Rights and the number of
one-hundredths of a Junior Preferred Share issuable upon exercise of each
Preferred Share Purchase Right also will be subject to adjustment in the event
of a split of the Omega Worldwide Common Stock, or a stock dividend on the Omega
Worldwide Common Stock payable in Omega Worldwide Common Stock or subdivisions,
consolidations or combinations of the Omega Worldwide Common Stock occurring, in
any such case, prior to the Rights Distribution Date.
 
     The Purchase Price payable, and the number of Junior Preferred Shares or
other securities or property issuable, upon exercise of the Preferred Share
Purchase Rights will be subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent
dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination
or reclassification of, the Junior Preferred Shares, (ii) upon the grant to
holders of the Junior Preferred Shares of certain rights or warrants to
subscribe for or purchase Junior Preferred Shares at a price, or securities
convertible into Junior Preferred Shares with a conversion price, less than the
then-current market price of the Junior Preferred Shares or (iii) upon the
distribution to holders of the Junior Preferred Shares of evidences of
indebtedness or assets (excluding regular periodic cash dividends paid out of
earnings or retained earnings or dividends payable in Junior Preferred Shares)
or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above).
 
     With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be
required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least one
percent in such Purchase Price. No fractional Junior Preferred Shares will be
issued (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one-hundredth of a
Junior Preferred Share, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced
by depositary receipts) and in lieu thereof, an adjustment in cash will be made
based on the market price of the Junior Preferred Shares on the last trading day
prior to the date of exercise.
 
     Junior Preferred Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Preferred Share
Purchase Rights will not be redeemable. Each Junior Preferred Share will be
entitled to a minimum preferential quarterly dividend payment of $     per share
but will be entitled to an aggregate dividend of 100 times the dividend declared
per share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock. In the event of liquidation, the
holders of the Junior Preferred Shares will be entitled to a minimum
preferential liquidation payment of $     per share but will be entitled to an
aggregate payment of 100 times the payment made per share of Omega Worldwide
Common Stock. Each Junior Preferred Share will have 100 votes voting together
with the Omega Worldwide Common Stock. Finally, in the event of any merger,
consolidation or other transaction in which shares of Omega Worldwide Common
Stock are exchanged, each Junior Preferred Share will be entitled to receive 100
times the amount received per share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock. These
rights are protected by customary antidilution provisions.
 
     Due to the nature of the Junior Preferred Shares' dividend, liquidation and
voting rights, the value of the one-hundredth interest in a Junior Preferred
Share purchasable upon exercise of each Preferred Share Purchase Right should
approximate the value of one share of Omega Worldwide Common Stock.
 
   
     The Preferred Share Purchase Rights have certain antitakeover effects. The
Preferred Share Purchase Rights will cause substantial dilution to a person or
group of persons that attempts to acquire the Company on
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   53
 
   
terms not approved by the Omega Worldwide Board. The Preferred Share Purchase
Rights should not interfere with any merger or other business combination
approved by the Omega Worldwide Board prior to the time that a person or group
has acquired beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Omega Worldwide Common
Stock since the Preferred Share Purchase Rights may be redeemed by the Company
at the Redemption Price until such time.
    
 
     The Preferred Share Purchase Rights and the Company's Charter contain
certain provisions that exclude Omega and its affiliates from the operative
provisions of the Rights Plan.
 
MARYLAND BUSINESS COMBINATION STATUTE
 
     Under the MGCL, certain "business combinations" (including a merger,
consolidation, share exchange or, in certain circumstances, an asset transfer or
issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland
corporation and any person who beneficially owns ten percent or more of the
voting power of the corporation's shares or an affiliate of the corporation who,
at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the
beneficial owner of ten percent or more of the voting power of the
then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation (an "Interested Stockholder")
or an affiliate of such an Interested Stockholder are prohibited for five years
after the most recent date on which the Interested Stockholder becomes an
Interested Stockholder. Thereafter, any such business combination must be
recommended by the board of directors of such corporation and approved by the
affirmative vote of at least (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders
of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation and (ii) two-thirds of
the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation
other than shares held by the Interested Stockholder with whom (or with whose
affiliate) the business combination is to be effected, unless, among other
conditions, the corporation's common stockholders receive a minimum price (as
defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash
or in the same form as previously paid by the Interested Stockholder for its
shares. These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business
combinations that are approved or exempted by the board of directors of the
corporation prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder becomes an
Interested Stockholder.
 
   
     The Company's Charter specifies that the Business Combination Statute does
not apply to the Company unless the Board of Directors elects to be subject, in
whole or in part, specifically, generally or generally by types, as to
specifically identified or unidentified stockholders, to the provisions. If the
Board of Directors elects to be subject to the Business Combination Statute, the
Business Combination Statute could have the effect of discouraging mergers or
similar transactions subject to statutory stockholder vote and additional
transactions involving transfers of assets or securities in specified amounts.
In addition, pursuant to the statute, the Company has exempted any business
combinations involving Omega and, consequently, the five-year prohibition and
the super-majority vote requirements will not apply to business combinations
between Omega and the Company. As a result, Omega may be able to enter into
business combinations with the Company that may not be in the best interest of
its stockholders without compliance by the Company with the super-majority vote
requirements and the other provisions of the statute.
    
 
MARYLAND CONTROL SHARES ACQUISITION STATUTE
 
     The MGCL provides that "control shares" of a Maryland corporation acquired
in a "control share acquisition" have no voting rights except to the extent
approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter,
excluding shares of stock owned by the acquiror, by officers or by directors who
are employees of the corporation. "Control Shares" are voting shares of stock
which, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by
the acquiror or in respect of which the acquiror is able to exercise or direct
the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy),
would entitle the acquiror to exercise voting power in electing directors within
one of the following ranges of voting power: (i) one-fifth or more but less than
one-third, (ii) one-third or more but less than a majority, or (iii) a majority
or more of all voting power. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring
person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained
stockholder approval. A "control share acquisition" means the acquisition of
control shares, subject to certain exceptions.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   54
 
     A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon
satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses),
may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting
of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting
rights of the shares. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may
itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.
 
     If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person
does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then,
subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or
all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously
been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of
voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share
acquisition by the acquiror or of any meeting of stockholders at which the
voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights
for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquiror
becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other
stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as
determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the
highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition.
 
     The control share acquisition statute does not apply (i) to shares acquired
in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to
the transaction or (ii) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or
bylaws of the corporation.
 
   
     The Charter specifies that the Control Shares Acquisition Statute does not
apply to the Company unless the Board of Directors elects to be subject, in
whole or in part, specifically, generally or generally by types, as to
specifically identified or unidentified stockholders, to the provisions. If the
Board of Directors elects to be subject to the Control Shares Acquisition
Statute, the Control Shares Acquisition Statute could have the effect of
discouraging offers to acquire the Company and of increasing the difficulty of
consummating any such offer and of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in
control of the Company or other transaction that may involve a premium price for
Omega Worldwide Common Stock or otherwise be in the best interests of the
Company's stockholders, by proxy contest, tender offer, openmarket purchases or
otherwise.
    
 
   
                                    EXPERTS
    
 
   
     The balance sheet of Omega Worldwide, Inc. as of November 30, 1997
appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement has been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, and the consolidated financial
statements of Principal Healthcare Finance Limited as of August 31, 1997 and for
the two years in the period ended August 31, 1997 appearing in this Prospectus
and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young, independent
auditors, as set forth therein in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere
herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority
of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing.
    
 
   
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
    
 
   
     The legality of the issuance of the shares of Omega Worldwide Common Stock
to be sold pursuant to the Offerings will be passed upon for the Company by
Mayer, Brown & Platt.
    
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   55
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Omega Worldwide, Inc.
  Report of Independent Auditors............................  F-2
  Balance Sheet as of November 30, 1997.....................  F-3
Principal Healthcare Finance Limited
  Report of Independent Auditors............................  F-4
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of August 31, 1997 and 1996
     and November 30, 1997 (unaudited)......................  F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
     August 31, 1997 and 1996 and three-month periods ended
     November 30, 1997 and 1996 (unaudited).................  F-6
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the
     years ended August 31, 1997 and 1996 and period of
     three month period ended November 30, 1997
     (unaudited)............................................  F-7
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
     August 31, 1997 and 1996 and period of three months
     ended November 30, 1997 and 1996 (unaudited)...........  F-8
  Notes to consolidated financial statements................  F-9
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   56
 
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Shareholder
Omega Worldwide, Inc.
 
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Omega Worldwide, Inc. as
of November 30, 1997. This balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet
based on our audit.
 
     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted accounting
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We
believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Omega Worldwide, Inc. at November
30, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
December 18, 1997
Detroit, Michigan
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   57
 
                             OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                               NOVEMBER 30, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
ASSETS
Cash........................................................    $   1,000
                                                                ---------
Total assets................................................    $   1,000
                                                                =========
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock $1.00 par value:
     Authorized 10,000,000 shares...........................    $
  Common stock $.10 par value:
     Authorized 50,000,000 shares
     Issued and outstanding 2,101,000 shares................      210,100
  Additional paid-in capital................................          900
  Common stock subscription receivable......................     (210,000)
                                                                ---------
Total shareholders' equity..................................    $   1,000
                                                                =========
</TABLE>
 
1. ORGANIZATION
 
   
Omega Worldwide, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated on November 13, 1997, in
the State of Maryland. All of the Company's common stock is owned by Omega
Healthcare Investors Inc. ("Omega"). Following the purchase of 1,000 shares of
common stock, Omega subscribed to the issuance of 2,100,000 shares at par value,
with the payment of the subscription price due upon the declaration of
effectiveness by the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Company's Form
S-1 Registration Statement. Prior to November 30, 1997 the Company had no
operations.
    
 
   
2. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    
 
   
The Company intends to enter into an Opportunity Agreement and Services
Agreement with Omega prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Under the terms of the
Opportunity Agreement, the Company and Omega will agree to provide each other
with rights to participate in certain transactions and to make certain
investments in parallel or jointly. Pursuant to the Services Agreement, Omega
will provide the Company with management and other employees, administrative
services and office space.
    
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   58
 
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors
Principal Healthcare Finance Limited
 
   
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Principal
Healthcare Finance Limited and subsidiaries as of August 31, 1997 and 1996, and
the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and
cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
    
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
   
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Principal
Healthcare Finance Limited and subsidiaries at August 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
consolidated results of their operations, and their cash flows for the years
then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
    
 
                                                     /s/ Ernst & Young
 
   
December 2, 1997, except for
    
   
  Note 10 as to which the date is January 15, 1998
    
Jersey, Channel Islands
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   59
 
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      AUGUST 31
                                                               NOVEMBER 30     ------------------------
                                                                   1997          1997           1996
                                                               -----------       ----           ----
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Investments in real estate
  Real estate properties...................................      $357,834      $274,982       $ 92,795
  Accumulated depreciation.................................         6,269         4,294          1,357
                                                                 --------      --------       --------
                                                                  351,565       270,688         91,438
Mortgage notes receivable..................................            --                        9,851
Other investments..........................................         7,137         5,474
                                                                 --------      --------       --------
                                                                  358,702       276,162        101,289
Cash and short-term investments............................         4,034         6,188            597
Accounts receivable........................................         4,430         3,520            899
Assets held for sale.......................................         3,150         3,041
Cash on deposit as collateral -- restricted................        17,898        18,056
Cost in excess of tangible assets acquired, net............        13,802        14,190
Other assets...............................................         4,925           652            762
                                                                 --------      --------       --------
Total assets...............................................      $406,941      $321,809       $103,547
                                                                 ========      ========       ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
  Accounts payable.........................................      $  7,202      $  5,456       $  1,371
  Loans from Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc...............        29,898        83,745         30,945
  Deferred tax liability...................................        14,688        14,025            168
  Long-term borrowings.....................................       342,853       205,581         70,367
                                                                 --------      --------       --------
Total liabilities..........................................       394,641       308,807        102,851
Shareholders' equity:
  Class A common stock $.016 par value:
     Authorized -- 43,000,000 shares
     Issued and outstanding -- 4,000,000 shares in 1997 and
       1,500,000 in 1996...................................            65            65             24
  Class B common stock $.016 par value:
     Authorized -- 17,000,000 shares
     Issued and outstanding -- 6,000,000 shares in 1997 and
       none in 1996........................................            96            96
  Additional paid-in capital...............................        14,472        14,472          1,489
  Retained earnings deficit................................        (2,820)       (1,697)          (826)
  Foreign currency translation adjustments.................           487            66              9
                                                                 --------      --------       --------
Total shareholders' equity.................................        12,300        13,002            696
                                                                 --------      --------       --------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.................      $406,941      $321,809       $103,547
                                                                 ========      ========       ========
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   60
 
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                              NOVEMBER 30          YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31
                                                          -------------------      ---------------------
                                                           1997         1996         1997         1996
                                                           ----         ----         ----         ----
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
Revenue:
  Rental income.......................................    $10,256      $3,246      $16,722       $8,248
  Mortgage interest income............................         --         104          103           86
  Other investment income.............................        114          14          187          164
                                                          -------      ------      -------       ------
                                                           10,370       3,364       17,012        8,498
Expenses:
  Depreciation and amortization.......................      1,721         617        2,959        1,357
  Interest............................................      6,649       2,552       12,403        7,421
  General and administrative..........................        882         281        1,652          378
                                                          -------      ------      -------       ------
                                                            9,252       3,450       17,014        9,156
                                                          -------      ------      -------       ------
Net income (loss) before income taxes and
  extraordinary charge from prepayment of debt........      1,118         (86)          (2)        (658)
Provision for income taxes:
  Current.............................................        211          48          202
  Deferred............................................         48         (70)         509          168
                                                          -------      ------      -------       ------
                                                              259         (22)         711          168
                                                          -------      ------      -------       ------
Net income (loss) before extraordinary charge for
  prepayment of debt..................................        859         (64)        (713)        (826)
Extraordinary charge from prepayment of debt..........      1,982          --           --           --
                                                          -------      ------      -------       ------
Net loss..............................................    $(1,123)     $  (64)     $  (713)      $ (826)
                                                          =======      ======      =======       ======
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   61
 
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   
             YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND THREE-MONTHS
    
   
                      ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          EQUITY
                                                                                                        ADJUSTMENT
                                        CLASS A             CLASS B         ADDITIONAL    RETAINED     FROM FOREIGN
                                    ----------------    ----------------       PAID       EARNINGS       CURRENCY
                                    SHARES    AMOUNT    SHARES    AMOUNT    IN CAPITAL    (DEFICIT)    TRANSLATION
                                    ------    ------    ------    ------    ----------    ---------    ------------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>          <C>
  Issuance of Class A common
     stock as of June 28,
     1995.......................    1,500      $24                 $         $ 1,489       $               $
  Foreign currency translation
     adjustment.................                                                                              9
  Net loss......................                                                              (826)
                                    -----      ---      -----      ----      -------       -------         ----
Balance at August 31, 1996......    1,500       24                             1,489          (826)           9
  Issuance of Class A common
     stock......................    2,500       41                             3,994
  Issuance of Class B common
     stock......................                        6,000        96        8,989
  Dividends paid................                                                              (158)
  Foreign currency translation
     adjustment.................                                                                             57
  Net loss for year.............                                                              (713)
                                    -----      ---      -----      ----      -------       -------         ----
Balance at August 31, 1997......    4,000      $65      6,000      $ 96      $14,472       $(1,697)        $ 66
Net loss (unaudited)............                                                            (1,123)
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment (unaudited)........                                                                            421
                                    -----      ---      -----      ----      -------       -------         ----
Balance at November 30, 1997
  (unaudited)...................    4,000      $65      6,000      $ 96      $14,472       $(2,820)        $487
                                    =====      ===      =====      ====      =======       =======         ====
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   62
 
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        NOVEMBER 30             YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31
                                                   ----------------------       ---------------------
                                                     1997          1996           1997        1996
                                                     ----          ----           ----        ----
                                                        (UNAUDITED)
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>            <C>           <C>         <C>
Net income (loss) before extraordinary
  charge from early payment of debt (which
  did not involve a cash outlay)............       $    859       $   (64)      $    (713)  $    (826)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
  to cash provided by operating activities
  Depreciation and amortization.............          1,757           617           2,959       1,357
  Deferred tax liability....................             48           (69)            509         168
  Change in operating assets and liabilities
     Accounts receivable....................         (1,552)         (103)         (2,572)       (888)
     Accounts payable and accruals..........          2,293         1,253           2,542         930
Foreign currency translation gain...........            220            95             120           7
                                                   --------       -------       ---------   ---------
Cash provided by operating activities.......          3,625         1,729           2,845         748
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition of real estate..................        (69,445)       (6,344)        (60,716)    (91,071)
Quality Care Homes Plc acquisition..........                                      (54,728)
Other investments...........................         (2,942)                       (6,566)
Increase in restricted cash on deposit......            928                         1,243
Issuance of mortgage notes..................                                                   (9,851)
                                                   --------       -------       ---------   ---------
Cash used in investing activities...........        (71,459)       (6,344)       (120,767)   (100,922)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of common stock....................                       13,311          13,472       2,317
Proceeds from borrowings....................        161,515                        59,958      92,670
Early extinguishment of debt................        (36,981)
Short term borrowings from (payments of
  borrowings to) Omega Healthcare Investors,
  Inc.......................................        (56,752)       (6,986)         50,875       7,398
Dividends paid..............................                                         (158)
Cost of raising capital.....................         (2,102)                         (634)     (1,614)
                                                   --------       -------       ---------   ---------
Cash provided by financing activities.......         65,680         6,325         123,513     100,771
                                                   --------       -------       ---------   ---------
Increase in cash and cash equivalents.......         (2,154)        1,710           5,591         597
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
  of period.................................          6,188           597             597
                                                   --------       -------       ---------   ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
  period....................................       $  4,034       $ 2,307       $   6,188   $     597
                                                   ========       =======       =========   =========
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   63
 
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            AUGUST 31, 1997 AND 1996
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
ORGANIZATION
 
     Principal Healthcare Finance Limited (the "Company") was formed and
initially funded in June, 1995 by Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc. ("Omega").
The Company is a Jersey, Channel Islands based company organized to purchase and
lease back nursing homes in the United Kingdom. The Company maintains its
records in British pounds sterling under accounting principles generally
acceptable in the United Kingdom. The accompanying financial statements are
based on generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and are
stated in U. S. dollars.
 
     The Company is a subsidiary of Bayside International Inc., a company
incorporated in the Cayman Islands ("Bayside"). Omega together with certain
directors of Omega own Bayside.
 
     The Company was incorporated in June, 1995. The results of operations from
the date of incorporation to August 31, 1995 were not significant.
 
   
     The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts
of the Company and all wholly owned subsidiaries after elimination of all
material intercompany accounts and transactions. The operating results of
Banberry (see Note 10) will be consolidated on a 2-month delayed basis, starting
January 1, 1998. Prior to full consolidation, the Company's investment is stated
on the basis of its cost.
    
 
CASH AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
     Short-term investments consist of highly liquid investments with a maturity
date of three months or less when purchased. These investments are stated at
cost which approximates fair value.
 
INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE
 
   
     Investments in real estate properties are recorded at cost. The cost of the
properties acquired is allocated between land and buildings based generally upon
management's valuations and external appraisals. Depreciation for buildings is
recorded on the straight-line basis, using 40 to 50 year estimated useful lives.
The Company provides reserves for potential losses based upon management's
periodic review of its assets and classifies these reserves as reductions to the
related assets.
    
 
   
COST IN EXCESS OF TANGIBLE ASSETS ACQUIRED
    
 
   
     The excess of the sum of the purchase cost plus the deferred tax liability
recognized over the fair value of real estate and other assets acquired in
connection with the purchase of Quality Care Homes plc is amortized on a
straight-line basis over a 40-year period.
    
 
   
IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS
    
 
   
     Impairment losses related to long lived assets, certain intangible assets
and goodwill related to those assets, are recognized when expected future cash
flows are less than the carrying value of the assets. If indicators of
impairment are present, the Company evaluates the carrying value of the related
real estate investments in relationship to the future undiscounted cash flows of
the underlying operations. The Company adjusts the net book value of the leased
assets if the sum of the expected future cash flows is less than book value.
    
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   64
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial terms
of the related master leases. Such income includes periodic increases based on
predetermined formulas as defined in the master leases and mortgage loan
agreements.
 
TRANSLATION
 
     Translation from British pounds sterling has been performed under the
provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 52 which
provides that balance sheet amounts are translated at the year end exchange rate
and income statement amounts are translated at the average annual rate. There
are no material amounts of exchange gains or losses included in the results of
operations for 1996 and 1997.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company is subject to UK income tax at a rate of 24% on its net rental
income after deducting related expenses, including interest payable. The
Company's subsidiary, Principal Healthcare Plc, is a UK resident company and is
subject to UK corporate tax at a rate of 33%.
 
ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2. REAL ESTATE PROPERTIES
 
     The Company's real estate properties, represented by 116 long-term care
facilities at August 31, 1997, are leased under provisions of master leases with
initial terms of generally thirty years, however the lease may be terminated
after 10 or 20 years by exercise of a purchase option by the operator or upon
giving proper notice. Substantially all of the master leases provide for minimum
annual rentals which are subject to annual increases based upon changes in the
Retail Price Index in the United Kingdom with certain minimum and maximum limits
(generally 2% and 5%, respectively). Under the terms of the leases, the lessee
is responsible for all maintenance, repairs, taxes and insurance on the leased
properties. A summary of the Company's investment in real estate properties is
as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AUGUST 31
                                                   NOVEMBER 30    -------------------
                                                      1997          1997       1996
                                                   -----------      ----       ----
                                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>            <C>         <C>
Buildings......................................     $304,159      $233,736    $78,830
Land...........................................       53,675        41,246     13,965
                                                    --------      --------    -------
                                                     357,834       274,982     92,795
Less accumulated depreciation..................        6,269         4,294      1,357
                                                    --------      --------    -------
Total..........................................     $351,565      $270,688    $91,438
                                                    ========      ========    =======
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   65
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. REAL ESTATE PROPERTIES (CONTINUED)
     The following table summarizes the changes in real estate properties and
accumulated depreciation during 1997 and 1996:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           REAL ESTATE     ACCUMULATED
                                                            PROPERTIES     DEPRECIATION
                                                           -----------     ------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>
Balance at June 28, 1995...............................      $     --         $   --
Additions for 1996.....................................        92,795          1,357
                                                             --------         ------
Balance at August 31, 1996.............................        92,795          1,357
Additions for 1997.....................................       182,187          2,937
                                                             --------         ------
Balance at August 31, 1997.............................       274,982          4,294
Additions for three-month period (unaudited):
  Real estate acquisitions.............................        69,445
  Provision charged to operations......................                        1,635
  Other................................................        13,407            340
                                                             --------         ------
Balance at November 30, 1997 (unaudited)...............      $357,834         $6,269
                                                             ========         ======
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The future minimum rentals expected to be received at August 31, 1997 for
the remainder of the initial terms of the leases are as follows:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   (IN
                                                                THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>
1998........................................................     $ 19,786
1999........................................................       19,786
2000........................................................       19,786
2001........................................................       19,786
2002........................................................       19,786
Thereafter..................................................       75,649
                                                                 --------
                                                                 $174,579
                                                                 ========
</TABLE>
 
3. MORTGAGE NOTES RECEIVABLE
 
   
     In August 1996, the Company made a loan of approximately $9,851,000,
secured by three properties. In October, 1996 the Company converted the loan
into a lease at the original cost and entered into a lease agreement with the
operator on terms similar to other leases with the operator.
    
 
4. INVESTMENT CONCENTRATIONS
 
   
     As of August 31, 1997, all of the Company's real estate investments related
to long-term care facilities. The Company's real estate investments are operated
by 8 companies, including Ashbourne plc (a.k.a. Exceler Healthcare Services
Limited) (30% of amount invested), and Tamaris Plc (46% of amount invested). The
Company's facilities are located in England (92% of amount invested) and
Scotland (8% of amount invested).
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   66
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
4. INVESTMENT CONCENTRATIONS (CONTINUED)
   
The following is a summary of the amounts originally invested and the number of
facilities owned at August 31:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1997                                1996
                                               ------------------------------      ------------------------------
                                                                   NUMBER OF                           NUMBER OF
                                                 INVESTMENT        FACILITIES        INVESTMENT        FACILITIES
                 COUNTY                            AMOUNT            OWNED             AMOUNT            OWNED
                 ------                          ----------        ----------        ----------        ----------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>             <C>                 <C>
Berkshire................................         $  3,648              2             $    --              --
Cambridgeshire...........................            1,282              1                  --              --
Coventry.................................            2,865              1                  --              --
Cumbria..................................            2,865              1                  --              --
Derbyshire...............................            3,457              2               3,338               2
Durham...................................           49,977             21                  --              --
Essex....................................            5,471              2               2,981               1
Greater London...........................            5,713              2                  --              --
Greater Manchester.......................            3,898              2               1,956               1
Hertfordshire............................            3,954              1               3,818               1
Kent.....................................            2,228              1                  --              --
Leicestershire...........................            3,233              1               3,122               1
Lincolnshire.............................            6,431              3               3,586               2
Merseyside...............................            4,090              2               3,949               2
Norfolk..................................              660              1                  --              --
North Ayrshire...........................            6,778              1               6,546               1
North Humberside.........................            4,668              1               4,507               1
North Yorkshire..........................            1,987              2                  --              --
Northhamptionshire.......................            3,368              1                  --              --
Northhumberland..........................            5,165              2                  --              --
Nottinghamshire..........................           18,948             11              16,235               9
Oxfordshire..............................            6,052              3                  --              --
South Yorkshire..........................            8,128              5               5,082               4
Staffordshire............................           11,800              4               7,706               3
Suffolk..................................           10,249              4               9,185               3
Tyne & Wear..............................           41,193             18               8,144               4
Warwickshire.............................            1,436              1                  --              --
West Midlands............................           17,530             10               2,387               1
West Yorkshire...........................           18,258              5              10,253               2
                                                  --------            ---             -------              --
  Total England..........................          255,332            111              92,795              38
Dundee City..............................           10,652              3                  --              --
East Lothian.............................            6,133              1                  --              --
Glasgow..................................            2,865              1                  --              --
                                                  --------            ---             -------              --
  Total Scotland.........................           19,650              5                  --              --
                                                  --------            ---             -------              --
  Total..................................         $274,982            116             $92,795              38
                                                  ========            ===             =======              ==
</TABLE>
 
   
     As of November 30, 1997, Ashbourne plc operated facilities representing 24%
of the total investments and Tamaris plc operated facilities representing 35% of
the total investments.
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   67
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5. BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS
 
   
     The loans payable to Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc. at August 31, 1997
consists of a short-term loan of $59,537,000 which bears interest at 9.25%, and
a $24,208,500 subordinated loan which bears interest at 11.83% and matures in
December 31, 2000. In connection with the subordinated loan, the Company
provided warrants to acquire 10,000,000 shares of stock at pound 1.50
(approximately $2.40) per share. These warrants expire June 30, 2001.
    
 
     The following is a summary of long-term borrowings all of which are
sterling denominated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AUGUST 31
                                                              -------------------
                                                                1997       1996
                                                                ----       ----
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Secured bank loan.........................................    $ 64,556    $62,548
Commercial mortgages......................................      34,588         --
Acquisition finance loan..................................      55,245         --
Loan notes and guarantees.................................      18,087         --
Collateralized bank term loan.............................      18,181         --
Overdrafts................................................       6,854         --
Subordinated loans........................................       8,070      7,819
                                                              --------    -------
                                                              $205,581    $70,367
                                                              ========    =======
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     Substantially all of the real estate properties are collateralized by
commercial mortgages and bank loans.
    
 
   
     The secured bank loan of $64,556,000 matures on August 25, 2000 and bears
interest to maturity at rates fixed at the time each tranche of the loan was
drawn down. The average rate fixed on funds drawn down as at August 31, 1997 and
1996 was 8.98%. The loan is secured by a mortgage on substantially all of the
investment properties held by the Company. Subsequent to year-end, $56 million
of this loan was repaid with funds drawn down under a revolving credit facility
(Note 10).
    
 
   
     Commercial mortgages are repayable in varying quarterly payments at dates
commencing between August 1996 through August 2002. Interest is payable at
varying rates ranging from 6.18% to 8.5%.
    
 
     The acquisition finance loan is a bank borrowing due for repayment before
June 1998. A guarantee is provided by Omega. The interest rate on the facility
is 1% per annum over LIBOR.
 
   
     The loan notes issued to former shareholders of a business which sold its
properties to the Company, totaling $18,087,000, bear interest at the rate of
6.5% per annum payable six months after the date of issue of any of the loan
notes and on repayment, which will be on April 16, 1998. Repayment of principal
and payment of interest is guaranteed by a financial institution. The guarantee
fee is 1% per annum of the amount of the loan notes outstanding.
    
 
   
     The collateralized bank term loan matures on October 1, 2001.
    
 
   
     The subordinated loan is due for repayment on December 31, 2000 and bears
interest over the remaining term of the loans at rates ranging from 11.8% to
12.9%. In connection with the loans, the Company provided warrants to acquire
3,333,333 shares of stock at pound 1.50. These warrants expire June 30, 2001.
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   68
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5. BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
     The principal payments for each of the five years following August 31, 1997
is set forth below:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
1998........................................................    $ 87,104
1999........................................................       6,918
2000........................................................      79,544
2001........................................................      25,099
2002........................................................       6,916
                                                                --------
                                                                $205,581
                                                                ========
</TABLE>
    
 
     Interest paid during 1997 and 1996 was approximately $12,400,000 and
$7,421,000, respectively.
 
     The estimated fair values of the Company's long-term borrowings at August
31, 1997 and 1996 approximate their face amounts. Fair values are based on the
estimates of management and on rates currently prevailing for comparable loans.
 
   
6. PURCHASE OF QUALITY CARE HOMES PLC NURSING HOME FACILITIES
    
 
   
     On June 30, 1997 the Company acquired all of the nursing home facilities of
Quality Care Homes plc through the purchase of all of its outstanding common
stock. The purchase price for net assets totaled $73,818,000, and it was funded
by acquisition financing of $55,245,000, the issue of loan notes for $18,087,000
and cash. As a result of the expected disposal of the assets of the nursing home
business, the Company effectively acquired only the nursing home facilities of
Quality Care Homes, the predecessor operator of the facilities. The assets which
are being held for sale are as follows (in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Land and buildings..........................................    $ 4,524
Receivables and inventory...................................      3,224
Cash........................................................         23
Accounts payable and accruals...............................     (4,730)
                                                                -------
Assets held for resale......................................    $ 3,041
                                                                =======
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     A summary of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed follow (in
thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Investment properties.......................................    $ 116,969
Accounts receivable and inventory...........................        3,194
Cost in excess of tangible assets acquired..................       14,190
Cash (primarily restricted deposits)........................       19,364
Bank borrowings.............................................      (22,998)
Mortgages...................................................      (34,884)
Deferred income tax liability...............................      (13,331)
Accounts payable............................................       (8,179)
Other -- net................................................         (507)
                                                                ---------
Net assets acquired.........................................    $  73,818
                                                                =========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
7. CAPITAL STOCK
    
 
   
     A holder of Class B shares other than Omega shall have the right to convert
such shares into Class A shares at any time after:
    
 
          i. the Board of Directors shall have given notice in writing to
     members that the value of the share capital of the Company in issue and
     paid up exceeds the aggregate sum of pound 40,000,000 (approximately
     $64,000,000) or
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   69
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7. CAPITAL STOCK (CONTINUED)
          ii. the Board of Directors shall have given notice in writing to the
     members of an offer for the purchase of the shares of the Company, or
 
          iii. the Board of Directors shall have given notice in writing to
     members of the listing of any class of shares of the Company.
 
   
     The Class B ordinary shares do not carry a right to vote except that at
each general meeting holders of Class B ordinary shares other than Omega shall
be called upon to vote on continuation of the Advisory Agreement between the
Company and Omega.
    
 
   
     Subsequent to August 31, 1997 the Board of Directors authorized a
shareholder vote pursuant to which, if approved, all of common stock would be
converted into voting common stock. (See Note 10).
    
 
     The Company has issued warrants to subscribe for additional shares as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NUMBER       EXERCISE
                                                         OF SHARES      PRICE       EXPIRATION DATE
                                                         ---------     --------     ---------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>         <C>
Class A ordinary shares.............................        666,666     L1.00      December 31, 2000
                                                            750,000     L1.10      December 31, 2000
                                                          3,333,333     L1.50      June 30, 2001
Class B ordinary shares.............................      1,000,000     L1.00      December 31, 2000
                                                         10,000,000     L1.50      June 30, 2001
</TABLE>
 
   
     As to the warrants which expire in December, 2000, no value was assigned at
the date of issuance because the underlying securities were issued at their fair
value at that date. As to the warrants which expire in June, 2001, the Company
believes that the coupon rate for the subordinated debt was the prevailing
market rate on the date of the loan, and therefore the face amount of the
subordinated loans approximated its fair value on the date of issuance. In
addition, the exercise price on these warrants significantly exceeded the fair
value of the stock on the date of issuance since the warrants enabled the
purchase of shares at L1.50, while the current value of the shares at that time
was approximately L1.00. Based on these factors at the date of the borrowing, no
value was ascribed to the warrants when they were issued.
    
 
8. INCOME TAXES
 
     The provision for income taxes was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED
                                                                   AUGUST 31
                                                                ---------------
                                                                1997       1996
                                                                ----       ----
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>
Current
  UK income tax on net rental income........................    $266       $ --
  UK corporation tax credit.................................     (64)        --
                                                                ----       ----
                                                                 202         --
  Deferred..................................................     509        168
                                                                ----       ----
                                                                $711       $168
                                                                ====       ====
</TABLE>
 
     The 1997 and 1996 effective tax rate differs from the UK income tax rate
primarily due to depreciation and amortization expense which is not deductible
for tax purposes in the UK.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   70
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
8. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
     The primary components of the Company's deferred tax liability are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AUGUST 31
                                                                ------------------
                                                                 1997         1996
                                                                 ----         ----
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>
Deferred tax liability
  Accounts receivable.......................................    $   522       $168
  Real estate...............................................     13,331
  Other.....................................................        172         --
                                                                -------       ----
                                                                $14,025       $168
                                                                =======       ====
</TABLE>
 
   
9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    
 
     The Company has an agreement with Omega under which Omega provides
investment advice, portfolio monitoring, administration and advisory services to
the Company. The Company pays an annual fee of 0.9% of the book value of the
Company's invested assets to Omega. The Company paid approximately $1,341,000
and $614,000 to Omega during 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
   
10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    
 
   
     In October, 1997, the Company obtained through a wholly owned subsidiary a
secured revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of approximately
$250,000,000. On October 3, 1997 the Company drew approximately $62 million to
repay temporary loans payable to Omega. Additionally, in November, 1997 the
Company borrowed $56,000,000 to repay a portion of the $64,000,000 due under the
secured bank loan agreement (see Note 5). As a result of the repayment of the
bank loan, the Company paid prepayment fees of approximately $1,980,000 and
recorded such amount as an extraordinary charge from prepayment of debt.
    
 
   
     On November 1, 1997, the Company acquired 30 facilities with 1,400 beds in
Northern Ireland for a total purchase price of approximately $61,000,000. Under
the terms of the lease for these facilities annual rent totals $6,588,000, and
the lessee is responsible for all maintenance, repairs, taxes and insurance on
the properties. The tenant is Baneberry Healthcare Limited, which is the
registered operator of the facilities. As part of the formation of Baneberry,
the Company acquired an 80% equity interest. The directors anticipate this level
of ownership will be temporary pending the completion of capitalization of
Baneberry in which it intends to secure an additional $8,000,000 of funding
payable to former owners of the real estate.
    
 
   
     On December 12, 1997, the Company completed a $253,000,000 (pound
150,000,000) mortgage bond placement with a coupon of 7.52% and a final
maturity date of 2025. The proceeds were primarily used to repay certain
outstanding borrowings totalling $190,000,000 at the date of the offering.
Following the refinancings described above, the Company had the following debt
amounts outstanding (in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
1998........................................................  $ 91,775
1999........................................................     7,166
2000........................................................    24,010
2001........................................................    25,207
2002........................................................     7,165
Thereafter..................................................   252,660
                                                              --------
                                                              $407,983
                                                              ========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     At a special meeting held January 15, 1998, the Shareholders approved a
recapitalization under which the Class B nonvoting stock was eliminated.
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   71
 
             ======================================================
 
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE
RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF
THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY DISTRIBUTION MADE PURSUANT HERETO SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCE, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE FACTS
SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        PAGE
                                        ----
<S>                                     <C>
Available Information.................    2
Summary...............................    3
Risk Factors..........................   14
The Company...........................   18
The Rights Offering...................   18
The Distribution......................   23
Use of Proceeds.......................   27
Capitalization........................   28
Dividend Policy.......................   28
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................   29
Business..............................   30
Taxation of the Company and its
  Shareholders........................   35
Management............................   38
Principal and Selling Shareholders....   43
Certain Transactions..................   44
Description of Omega Worldwide
  Stock...............................   44
Certain Antitakeover Provisions.......   47
Experts...............................   53
Legal Matters.........................   53
Index to Financial Statements.........  F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
UNTIL               , 1998 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK DISTRIBUTED PURSUANT HERETO,
WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
             ======================================================
             ======================================================
 
                             OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
   
                        6,050,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
    
 
   
                          2,250,000 RIGHTS TO PURCHASE
    
                             SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
 
                               ------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                               ------------------
             ======================================================
<PAGE>   72
 
                PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The following table sets forth the expenses expected to be incurred in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the Omega Worldwide Common
Stock and Rights registered hereby, all of which expenses, except for the SEC
registration fee, are estimates:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       DESCRIPTION                           AMOUNT
                       -----------                           ------
<S>                                                         <C>
SEC Registration Fee......................................  $ 13,386
Listing Fee...............................................  $      *
Transfer Agent's and Registrar's Fee......................  $      *
Distribution Agent's Fee..................................  $      *
Subscription Agent's Fee..................................  $      *
Printing and Engraving Fees...............................  $      *
Legal Fees and Expenses...................................  $      *
Accounting Fees and Expenses..............................  $      *
Miscellaneous.............................................  $      *
                                                            --------
  Total...................................................  $750,000
                                                            ========
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
* To be furnished by amendment.
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
   
     The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to include in its Charter a
provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the
corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability
resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money,
property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a
final judgment as being material to the cause of action. The Charter contains
such a provision which eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted
by Maryland law.
    
 
   
     The Charter authorizes the Company, to the maximum extent permitted by
Maryland law, to obligate itself to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable
expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any present or
former director or officer or (b) any individual who, while a director of the
Company and at the request of the Company, serves or has served another
corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or any other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or
trustee of such corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint
venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise from and against any
claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person
may incur by reason of his status as a present or former director or officer of
the Company. The Bylaws of the Company obligate it, to the maximum extent
permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable
expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any present or
former director or officer who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of
his service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director of the
Company and at the request of the Company, serves or has served another
corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or any other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or
trustee of such corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint
venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made a
party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity. The Charter
and Bylaws also permit the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to any
person who served a predecessor of the Company in any of the capacities
described above and to any employee or agent of the Company or a predecessor of
the Company.
    
 
   
     The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise,
which the Charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been
successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to
which he is made a party by reason of his service in that capacity. The MGCL
permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and
officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and
reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding
to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other
capacities unless it is
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   73
 
   
established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material
to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith
or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or
officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or
services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer
had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However,
under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment
in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability
on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either
case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In addition, the
MGCL permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or
officer upon the corporation's receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the
director or officer of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of
conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written
undertaking by him or on his behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by
the corporation if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of
conduct was not met.
    
 
   
     The Charter also specifically authorizes the Company, or a subsidiary or an
affiliate of the Company, to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or
who, while a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, is or was
serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, trustee,
employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, real estate
investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or
employee benefit plan against any liability asserted against and incurred by
such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person's position,
whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify against such
liability under the provisions of Section 2-418 of the MGCL.
    
 
     The Charter provides that no future amendment to the Charter shall affect
any right of any person under these provisions based on any event, omission or
proceeding prior to such amendment.
 
   
     The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
officers and directors. The indemnification agreements require, among other
things, that the Company indemnify its officers and directors to the fullest
extent permitted by law, and advance to the officers and directors all related
expenses, subject to reimbursement if it is subsequently determined that the
indemnification is not permitted. The Company also must indemnify and advance
expenses incurred by officers and directors seeking to enforce their rights
under the indemnification agreements and cover officers and directors under the
Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance. Although the
indemnification agreements offer substantially the same scope of coverage
afforded by provisions in the Charter and Bylaws, they provide greater assurance
to directors and executive officers that indemnification will be available,
because, as contracts, they cannot be modified unilaterally in the future by the
Board of Directors or by the stockholders to alter, limit or eliminate the
rights they provide.
    
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
     In connection with the formation of the Company, Omega Healthcare
Investors, Inc., a Maryland corporation ("Omega"), became the Company's sole
stockholder by acquiring 1,000 shares (100%) of its outstanding common stock for
$1,000. In connection with the further capitalization of the Company, Omega has
subscribed for 2,100,000 shares for $210,000. These issuances and sales of
common stock are claimed to be exempt from the registration provisions of the
Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Act.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   74
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
     (a) Exhibits
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                  DESCRIPTION
- -------                                -----------
<C>       <C>  <S>
  3.1     --   Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement
  3.2     --   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws
  3.3     --   Form of Articles Supplementary for the Series B Preferred
               Stock
  4.1*    --   Specimen stock certificate
  5       --   Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt as to the legality of the
               Common Stock and Rights being registered
  8       --   Tax Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt
 10.1     --   Form of Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan
 10.2     --   Form of Opportunity Agreement, dated as of               ,
               1998, between Omega and the Company
 10.3     --   Form of Services Agreement, dated as of               ,
               1998, between Omega and the Company
 10.4     --   Form of Contribution Agreement, dated as of
                                   , 1998 between Omega and the Company
 10.5     --   Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement, dated as of July
               21, 1995, between the Company (successor by assignment to
               Omega) and Principal
 10.6     --   Form of Rights Agreement, dated as of               , 1998,
               between the Company and Chicago Trust Company of New York
 10.7     --   Form of Indemnification Agreements
 21       --   List of Subsidiaries
 23.1     --   Consent of Ernst & Young
 23.2     --   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 23.3     --   Consent of Mayer, Brown & Platt (included as part of Exhibit
               5 and Exhibit 8)
 99.1     --   Form of Rights Certificate
 99.2     --   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
 99.3     --   Financial Statements of Exceler Healthcare Services Limited,
               tenant of Principal Healthcare Finance Limited
 99.4     --   Financial Statements of Tamaris plc, tenant of Principal
               Healthcare Finance Limited
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
* To be filed by amendment.
 
     (b) Financial Statement Schedules.
 
          Not applicable.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
   
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
    
 
   
     1. To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
    
 
   
          a. To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
     Securities Act of 1933;
    
 
   
          b. To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
     effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
     post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
     represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
     registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or
     decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
     securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any
     deviation from the low or high end
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   75
 
   
     of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
     prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the
     aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20
     percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the
     "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration
     statement.
    
 
   
          c. To include any material information with respect to the plan of
     distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any
     material change to such information in the registration statement;
    
 
   
     2. That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.
    
 
   
     3. To remove from registration by means of post-effective amendment any of
the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.
    
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   76
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Ann Arbor, State of
Michigan, on March 2, 1998.
    
                                          OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.
                                            (Registrant)
 
                                          By:      /s/ ESSEL W. BAILEY
 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Essel W. Bailey, Jr.
                                            President and Chief Executive
                                              Officer
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   SIGNATURES                                      TITLE                        DATE
                   ----------                                      -----                        ----
<C>                                                 <S>                                     <C>
              /s/ ESSEL W. BAILEY
- ------------------------------------------------    President, Chief Executive Officer
              Essel W. Bailey, Jr.                  and Director                            March 2, 1998
 
              /s/ DAVID A. STOVER                   Vice President and Chief Financial
- ------------------------------------------------    Officer (Principal Financial and
                David A. Stover                     Accounting Officer)                     March 2, 1998
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>   77
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                  DESCRIPTION
- -------                                -----------
<C>       <C>  <S>
  3.1      --  Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement
  3.2      --  Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws
  3.3      --  Form of Articles Supplementary for the Series B Preferred
               Stock
  4.1*     --  Specimen stock certificate
  5        --  Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt as to the legality of the
               Common Stock and Rights being registered
  8        --  Tax Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt
 10.1      --  Form of Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan
 10.2      --  Form of Opportunity Agreement, dated as of               ,
               1998, between Omega and the Company
 10.3      --  Form of Services Agreement, dated as of               ,
               1998, between Omega and the Company
 10.4      --  Form of Contribution Agreement, dated as of
                                   , 1998 between Omega and the Company
 10.5      --  Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement, dated as of July
               21, 1995, between the Company (successor by assignment to
               Omega) and Principal
 10.6      --  Form of Rights Agreement, dated as of               , 1998,
               between the Company and Chicago Trust Company of New York
 10.7      --  Form of Indemnification Agreements
 21        --  List of Subsidiaries
 23.1      --  Consent of Ernst & Young
 23.2      --  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 23.3      --  Consent of Mayer, Brown & Platt (included as part of Exhibit
               5 and Exhibit 8)
 99.1      --  Form of Rights Certificate
 99.2      --  Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
 99.3      --  Financial Statements of Exceler Healthcare Services Limited,
               tenant of Principal Healthcare Finance Limited.
 99.4      --  Financial Statements of Tamaris plc, tenant of Principal
               Healthcare Finance Limited
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
* To be filed by amendment.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.1

                     ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
                                       OF
                             OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.


         FIRST:  Omega Worldwide, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the
"Corporation"), desires to amend and restate its charter as currently in effect
and as hereinafter amended.

         SECOND: The following provisions are all the provisions of the charter
currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                  INCORPORATOR

         The undersigned, Steven L. Scesa, whose address is Mayer, Brown &
Platt, 190 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, being at least
eighteen (18) years of age, does hereby form a corporation under the general
laws of the State of Maryland.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                      NAME

         The name of this corporation (the "Corporation") is Omega Worldwide,
Inc.

                                  ARTICLE III
                                    PURPOSES

         The purposes for which this Corporation is formed is to engage in the
management activities related to ownership of real property and mortgages
secured by interests in real property and in any other lawful act or activity
for which corporations may be organized under the Maryland General Corporation
Law ("MGCL") as now or hereafter in force.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                  PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE AND RESIDENT AGENT

         The address of the principal office of the corporation in the State of
Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 32 South Street, Baltimore,
Maryland 21202.  The name of the resident agent of the corporation in the State
of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, and the address is 32 South
Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, but this corporation may maintain an office
or offices in such other place or places as may be, from time to time, fixed by
its Board of Directors or as may be fixed by the Bylaws of the Corporation.



<PAGE>   2




                                   ARTICLE V
                                     STOCK

         Section 5.1.     Authorized Shares.  The total number of shares of
capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Sixty
Million (60,000,000), of which Fifty Million (50,000,000) shall be shares of
Common Stock having a par value of $0.10 per share and Ten Million (10,000,000)
shall be shares of Preferred Stock having a par value of $1.00 per share.  The
aggregate par value of all of said shares shall be Fifteen Million Dollars
($15,000,000).  If shares of one class of stock are classified or reclassified
into shares of another class of stock pursuant to Sections 5.2, 5.3 or 5.4 of
this Article V, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be
automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be
automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or
reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes
that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total
number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph.

         Section 5.2.     Common Stock.  Each share of Common Stock shall
entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.  The Board of Directors may
reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time in one or more
classes or series of stock.

         Section 5.3.     Preferred Stock.  The Board of Directors may classify
any unissued shares of Preferred Stock and reclassify any previously classified
but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of any series from time to time, in one
or more classes or series of stock.

         Section 5.4.     Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance.  The Board
of Directors shall have the authority to authorize the issuance of Common Stock
or Preferred Stock from time to time in one or more series, and in such amounts
and for such consideration as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate.
The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the rights, powers and
restrictions of the Preferred Stock by resolution and the filing of articles
supplementary, which shall designate with respect to any series of Preferred
Stock:

         a.      The number of shares constituting such series and the
                 distinctive designation thereof;

         b.      The voting rights, if any, of such series;

         c.      the rate of dividends payable on such series, the time or
                 times when such dividends will be payable, the preference to,
                 or any relation to, the payment of dividends to any other
                 class or series of stock and whether the dividends will be
                 cumulative or non-cumulative;

         d.      whether there shall be a sinking or similar fund for the
                 purchase of shares of such series and, if so, the terms and
                 provisions that shall govern such fund;


                                      2


<PAGE>   3


         e.      the rights of the holders of shares of such series upon the
                 liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;
 
         f.      the rights, if any, of holders of shares of such series to
                 convert such shares into, or to exchange such shares for,
                 shares of any other class or classes or any other series of
                 the same or of any other class or classes of stock of the
                 Corporation, the price or prices or rate or rates of exchange,
                 with such adjustments as shall be provided, at which such
                 shares shall be convertible or exchangeable, whether such
                 rights of conversion or exchange shall be exercisable at the
                 option of the holder of the shares or the Corporation or upon
                 the happening of a specified event, and any other terms or
                 conditions of such conversion or exchange; and

         g.      any other preferences, powers and relative participating,
                 optional or other special rights and qualifications,
                 limitations or restrictions of shares of such series.

         Section 5.5.     Preemptive Rights.   No holder of shares of stock of
the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive or other right to
purchase or subscribe for any shares of the stock of the Corporation or any
other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell (whether out of
the number of shares authorized by this charter, or out of any shares of the
stock of the Corporation acquired by it after the issue thereof, or otherwise)
other than such right, if any, as the Board of Directors, in its discretion,
may determine.

                                   ARTICLE VI
          DEFINING, LIMITING AND REGULATING POWERS OF THE CORPORATION
                  AND THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS

         Section 6.1.     Number and Classification of Directors.  The business
and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the
Board of Directors.  Subject to any rights of holders of one or more classes or
series of Preferred Stock to elect or remove one or more Directors, the number
of Directors of the Corporation shall be nine (9) , which number may be
increased or decreased pursuant to the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided,
however, that the number of Directors shall never be less than the minimum
number required by the MGCL.  The names of the Directors who shall serve
effective immediately until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until
their successors are elected and qualify are:


                                      3


<PAGE>   4


                              Essel W. Bailey, Jr.
                                 James E. Eden
                                Thomas F. Franke
                             Harold J. Kloosterman
                               Bernard J. Korman
                                Edward Lowenthal
                                Robert L. Parker
                             _____________________
                             _____________________

The Directors may increase the number of Directors and may fill any vacancy ,
whether resulting from an increase in the number of Directors or otherwise, on
the Board of Directors occurring before the next annual meeting of stockholders
in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

         The Directors (other than any Director elected solely by holders of
one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock) shall be classified, with
respect to the terms for which they severally hold office, into three classes,
as nearly equal in number as possible, one class to hold office initially for a
term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, another
class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the second succeeding
annual meeting of stockholders and another class to hold office initially for a
term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, with the
members of each class to hold office until their successors are duly elected
and qualify.  At each annual meeting of the stockholders, the successors to the
class of Directors whose term expires at such meeting shall be elected to hold
office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the
third year following the year of their election.  The terms of Messrs.
_____________, ________________ and ______________ shall expire at the 1998
annual meeting of stockholders; the term of Messrs. _______________,
_________________, and _______________ shall expire at the 1999 annual meeting
of stockholders; and the terms of Messrs. ________________, _________________,
and ________________ shall expire at the 2000 annual meeting of the
stockholders.

         Section 6.2.     Extraordinary Actions.  Except as specifically
provided in Section 9.2, notwithstanding any provision of law requiring any
action to be taken or authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of
shares entitled to cast a greater proportion of the votes, any such action
shall be effective and valid if taken or approved by the affirmative vote of
holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be
cast on the matter.

         Section 6.3.     Applicability of Elective Statutes.  The provisions
of Subtitles 6 (Special Voting Requirements) and 7 (Voting Rights of Certain
Control Shares) of Title 3 of the MGCL shall not apply to this Corporation
unless the Board of Directors elects by resolution to be subject, in whole or
in part, specifically, generally or generally by types, as to specifically
identified or unidentified stockholders, to the provisions of either or both
Subtitles.


                                      4


<PAGE>   5


         Section 6.4.     Removal of Directors.  Subject to the rights of
holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock to elect or remove
one or more Directors, any Director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be
removed from office at any time, but only for cause and then only by the
affirmative vote of at least eighty percent (80%) of the votes entitled to be
cast generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
For the purpose of this paragraph, "cause" shall mean with respect to any
particular Director, a conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of
competent jurisdiction holding that such director caused demonstrable, material
harm to the Corporation through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.

         Section 6.5.     Advisor Agreements.  Subject to such approval of
stockholders and other conditions, if any, as may be required by any applicable
statute, rule or regulation, the Board of Directors may authorize the execution
and performance by the Corporation of one or more agreements with any person,
corporation, association, company, trust, partnership (limited or general) or
other organization whereby, subject to the supervision and control of the Board
of Directors, any such other person, corporation, association, company, trust,
partnership (limited or general) or other organization shall render or make
available to the Corporation managerial, investment, advisory and/or related
services, office space and other services and facilities (including, if deemed
advisable by the Board of Directors, the management or supervision of the
investments of the Corporation) upon such terms and conditions as may be
provided in such agreement or agreements (including, if deemed fair and
equitable by the Board of Directors, the compensation payable thereunder by the
Corporation).

         Section 6.6.     Determinations by Board.  The determination as to any
of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of
the Board of Directors consistent with these Articles of Amendment and
Restatement  and in the absence of actual receipt of an improper benefit in
money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by
a court, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the
Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock: the amount of the net
income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time
legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of its stock or the
payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net
assets, other surplus, annual or other net profit, net assets in excess of
capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets;
the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or
cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or
not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have
been created shall have been paid or discharged); the fair value, or any sale,
bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset
owned or held by the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition,
holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; or any other matter
relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation.

         Section 6.7.     Business Combination Approval.  The affirmative vote
of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares
of "voting stock" (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation shall be required
for the approval or authorization of any "Business Combination" (as hereinafter
defined) of the Corporation with any "Related Person" (as hereinafter defined).
However, such eighty percent (80%) voting requirement shall not be applicable
if: (i) the Board of


                                      5


<PAGE>   6


Directors of the Corporation by unanimous vote or written consent shall have
expressly approved in advance the acquisition of outstanding shares of voting
stock of the Corporation that caused the Related Person to become a Related
Person or shall have approved the Business Combination prior to the Related
Person involved in the Business Combination having become a Related Person; or
(ii) the Business Combination is solely between the Corporation and another
Corporation, one hundred percent (100%) of the voting stock of which is owned
directly or indirectly by the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 6.7,:

         a.      The term "Business Combination" shall mean (i) any merger or
                 consolidation of the Corporation with or into a Related
                 Person, (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other
                 disposition, including without limitation a mortgage or any
                 other security device, of all or any "Substantial Part" (as
                 hereinafter defined) of the assets of the Corporation
                 (including without limitation any voting securities of a
                 subsidiary) to a Related Person, (iii) any merger or
                 consolidation of a Related Person with or into the
                 Corporation, (iv) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other
                 disposition of all or any Substantial Part of the assets of a
                 Related Person to the Corporation, (v) the issuance of any
                 securities (other than by way of pro rata distribution to all
                 shareholders) of the Corporation to a Related Person, and (vi)
                 any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any
                 of the transactions described in this definition of Business
                 Combination.

         b.      The term "Related Person" shall mean and include any
                 individual, corporation, partnership or other person or entity
                 which, together with its "Affiliates" and "Associates" (as
                 defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of
                 1934), "Beneficially Owns" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
                 Securities Exchange Act of 1934) in the aggregate ten percent
                 (10%) or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
                 Corporation, and any Affiliate or Associate of the
                 Corporation.

         c.      The term "Substantial Part" shall mean more than ten percent
                 (10%) of the book value of the total assets of the Corporation
                 as of the end of its most recent fiscal year ending prior to
                 the time the determination is being made.

         d.      The term "voting stock" shall mean the outstanding shares of
                 capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in
                 the election of Directors.  In a vote required by or provided
                 for in this Section 6.7, each share of voting stock shall have
                 the number of votes granted to it generally in the election of
                 Directors.

         e.      Without limitation, any shares of Common Stock of the
                 Corporation that any Related Person has the right to acquire
                 pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion
                 rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, shall be deemed
                 beneficially owned by the Related Person.


                                      6


<PAGE>   7


                                  ARTICLE VII
                  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

         Section 7.1.     Limitation of Liability.  To the maximum extent that
Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of
directors and officers of a corporation,  no Director or officer of the
Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money
damages.  This limitation on liability applies to events occurring at the time
a person serves as a Director or officer of the Corporation whether or not such
person is a Director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which
liability is asserted.

         Section 7.2.     Indemnification.  The Corporation shall have the
power, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to
time, to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or reimburse reasonable
expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (i) any individual
who is a present or former Director or officer of the Corporation or (ii) any
individual who, while a Director of the Corporation and at the request of the
Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of
another foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other
enterprise, from and against any claim or liability to which such person may
become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his status as a
present or former Director or officer of the Corporation.  The Corporation
shall have the power, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to provide
such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a
predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (i) or
(ii) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of
the Corporation.

         Section 7.3.     Insurance.  The Corporation, or a subsidiary or an
affiliate of the Corporation, shall have the power to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee
or agent of the Corporation, or who, while a Director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, is or was servicing at the request of the Corporation
as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another foreign
or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint
venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise, against any
liability asserted against and incurred by such person in any such capacity or
arising out of such person's position, whether or not the Corporation would
have the power to indemnify against such liability under the provisions of
Section 2-418 of the MGCL.

         Section 7.4.     Amendment.  References to the MGCL in this Article
are to that law as from time to time amended.  Neither the amendment nor repeal
of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of this
charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in
any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act
or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.


                                      7


<PAGE>   8


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                RIGHTS AGREEMENT

         The Board of Directors shall have the authority to approve a Rights
Agreement ("Rights Agreement") under which purchase rights shall be issued
entitling their recipients to purchase capital stock of the Corporation.  The
Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the rights, powers,
restrictions and other terms and conditions of the rights as set forth in the
Rights Agreement.  The provisions of the Rights Agreement shall not apply to
Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc., a Maryland corporation ("Omega"), or any
subsidiaries or affiliates controlled by Omega.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   AMENDMENTS

         Section 9.1.     Reservation of Right.  The Corporation reserves the
right from time to time to amend, alter or repeal any provision contained in
this charter in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, including
any amendment which alters the contract rights of any class of outstanding
stock as expressly set forth herein.  All rights and powers conferred herein on
stockholders, Directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation.

         Section 9.2.     Certain Sections.  Notwithstanding any of the
provisions of these Articles of Amendment and Restatement or the Bylaws of the
Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be
specified by law, this charter or the Bylaws of the Corporation), the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the "voting
stock" of the Corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required
to repeal or amend any provision inconsistent with Sections 6.1, 6.3, 6.4 or
6.7, this Section 9.2 or Article VIII of these Articles.

                                   ARTICLE X
                              PERPETUAL EXISTENCE

         The period of the existence of the Corporation is to be perpetual.

         THIRD:  The amendment to and restatement of the charter as hereinabove
set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the
stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

         FOURTH: The current address of the principal office of the Corporation
in the State of Maryland is as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing
amendment and restatement of the charter.

         FIFTH:  The name and address of the Corporation's current resident
agent is as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement
of the charter.

         SIXTH:  The number of  Directors of the Corporation and the names of
those currently in office are as set forth in Article VI of the foregoing
amendment and restatement of the charter.



                                      8

<PAGE>   9


         SEVENTH: The undersigned President acknowledges these Articles of
Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to
all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned
President acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and
belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this
statement is made under the penalties for perjury.



                                      9

<PAGE>   10


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of
Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its
President and attested to by its Secretary on this ___ day of ________ 1998.

                                              OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.



                                              By:
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Essel W. Bailey, Jr.
                                                 President

ATTEST:



- -------------------------------
Susan A. Kovach
Secretary






<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.2



                           AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
                                       OF
                              OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.

                               _____________, 1998


                                    ARTICLE I
                                     OFFICES

          Section 1. Principal Office. The principal office of the Corporation
shall be located and maintained at 905 West Eisenhower Circle, Suite 101, Ann
Arbor, Michigan 48103 or at such place or places as the Board of Directors may
designate.

          Section 2. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation
shall be established and maintained at the office of The Corporation Trust
Incorporated, 32 South Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, and said The
Corporation Trust Incorporated be the registered agent of this corporation in
charge thereof.

          Section 3. Other Offices. The Corporation may establish such other
offices, within or without the State of Maryland, at such place or places as the
Board of Directors from time to time may designate, or which the business of the
Corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II
                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

          Section 1. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of stockholders for the
election of Directors and for such other business as may be stated in the notice
of the meeting shall be held on a date and at a time during the month of
___________ in each year designated by the Board of Directors and at such place,
within the United States, as the Board of Directors by resolution shall
determine, and as set forth in the notice of the meeting. If the date of the
annual meeting shall fall on a legal holiday of the state in which the meeting
is to be held, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day.
Any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of
stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such
business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice.

          Section 2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by law and
subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock, special meetings of
the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by the Chairman,
the President, or by a majority of the Board of Directors and shall be called by
the Secretary of the Corporation upon the written request of stockholders
holding in the aggregate not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote on the business proposed to be transacted thereat. Such
request shall state the purpose of such meeting and the matters proposed to be
acted on at such meeting. No business shall be transacted 




<PAGE>   2

at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the 
notice. The Secretary shall inform such stockholders of the reasonably
estimated cost of preparing and mailing notice of the meeting and, upon payment
to the Corporation by such stockholders of such costs, the Secretary shall give
notice to each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. Such meetings may
be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Maryland, as
shall be stated in the notice of the meeting. The call of a special meeting
shall state the nature of the business to be transacted and no other businesses
shall be considered at the meeting. A special meeting may be called for the
purpose of removing a Director.

          Section 3. Notice of Meetings. Written or printed notice, stating the
place, date and time of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered to each
stockholder entitled to vote thereat and to each stockholder not entitled to
vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting at his address as it appears on
the records of the Corporation, by United States mail, postage prepaid, not less
than twenty (20) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.
No business other than that stated in the notice shall be transacted at any
meeting without the unanimous consent of all stockholders entitled to vote
thereat. Such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United
States mail addressed to the stockholder at his post office address as it
appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

          Section 4. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote, in accordance
with the terms of the Charter and the provisions of these Bylaws, shall be
entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to
vote held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted after eleven (11)
months from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. In no case
shall any proxy be given for a period in excess of ten (10) years from the date
of its execution.

          Section 5. Organization. At every meeting of stockholders, the
Chairman, if there be one, shall conduct the meeting or, in the case of vacancy
in office or absence of the Chairman, one of the following officers present
shall conduct the meeting in the order stated: the Vice Chairman, if there be
one, the President, the Vice Presidents in their order of rank and seniority, or
a chairman chosen by the stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes
which all stockholders present in person or by proxy are entitled to cast, shall
act as chairman, and the Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary,
or in the absence of both the Secretary and Assistant Secretaries, a person
appointed by the Chairman shall act as secretary.

          Section 6. Quorum. Any number of stockholders together holding a
majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, who
shall be present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting duly called,
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If, at any meeting,
less than a quorum shall be present or represented, those present, either in
person or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to
time to a date not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the original
record date, without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such
adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
notified.



                                        2

<PAGE>   3



          Section 7. Voting. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to
vote shall elect successors to the class of Directors whose term expires at such
meeting. The vote for Directors, and, upon the demand of any stockholder, the
vote upon any question before the meeting, shall be by ballot. Unless otherwise
provided by the Charter or by the laws of the State of Maryland, all elections
of Directors shall be by a plurality of the votes cast, all substantive
questions shall be decided by a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on
the matter, and all procedural questions shall be decided by the Chairman or
Parliamentarian of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Charter, each
outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each
matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

          Section 8. Voting of Stock by Certain Holders. Stock of the
Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust or other
entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice
president, a general partner or trustee thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy
appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has
been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the
governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners
of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or
agreement, in which case such person may vote such stock. Any director or other
fiduciary may vote stock registered in his name as such fiduciary, either in
person or by proxy.

          Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it
shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the
total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time,
unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be
voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares
at any given time.

          The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a
stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock
registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a
specified person other than the stockholder. The resolution shall set forth the
class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the
certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be
contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date or
closing of the stock transfer books, the time after the record date or closing
of the stock transfer books within which the certification must be received by
the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which
the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable. On receipt of such
certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as,
for the purposes set forth in the certification, the stockholder of record of
the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.

          Section 9. Inspectors. At any meeting of stockholders, the chairman of
the meeting may appoint one or more persons as inspectors for such meeting. Such
inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of shares represented at the
meeting based upon their determination of the validity and effect of proxies,
count all votes, report the results and perform such other acts as are proper to
conduct the election and voting with impartiality and fairness to all the
stockholders.




                                        3

<PAGE>   4



          Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by him or
by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such
meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be
the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the
number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall
be prima facie evidence thereof.

          Section 10. Nominations and Proposals by Stockholders.

          (a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders. (1) Nominations of persons for
election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered
by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i)
pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of
the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a
stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this
Section 10(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at
the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this
Section 10(a).

               (2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought
before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph
(a)(1) of this Section 10, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof
in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must
otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders. To be timely, a
stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal
executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the
sixtieth (60th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth
(90th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual
meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual
meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed by more than sixty
(60) days from such anniversary date or if the Corporation has not previously
held an annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so
delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to such
annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th
day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on
which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the
Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of a postponement or
adjournment of an annual meeting to a later date or time commence a new time
period for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above. Such
stockholder's notice shall set forth (i) as to each person whom the stockholder
proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a Director all information
relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of
proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise
required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (including such person's written
consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a
Director if elected); (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder
proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business
desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such
business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such
stockholder and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is
made; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial
owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (x) the name
and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the



                                        4

<PAGE>   5


Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner and (y) the number of shares
of each class of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of
record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

               (3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph
(a)(2) of this Section 10 to the contrary, in the event that the number of
Directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no
public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director
or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least seventy (70)
days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a
stockholder's notice required by this Section 10(a) shall also be considered
timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such
increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive
offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth
(10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by
the Corporation.

               (b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be
conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before
the meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting. Nominations of
persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting
of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) pursuant to the
Corporation's notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors or (iii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that
directors shall be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the
Corporation who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice
provided for in this Section 10(b) and at the time of the special meeting, who
is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures
set forth in this Section 10(b). In the event the Corporation calls a special
meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more Directors to the
Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as
the case may be) for election to such position as specified in the Corporation's
notice of meeting, if the stockholder's notice containing the information
required by paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 10 shall be delivered to the
Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than
the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting
and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60th) day
prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which
public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the
nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no
event shall the public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a
special meeting to a later date or time commence a new time period for the
giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.

               (c) General. (1) Only such persons who are nominated in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10 shall be eligible to
serve as Directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of
stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with
the procedures set forth in this Section 10. The chairman of the meeting shall
have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business
proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may
be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10 and, if any
proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Section 10, to
declare that such nomination or proposal shall be disregarded.




                                        5

<PAGE>   6



               (2) For purposes of this Section 10, "public announcement" shall
mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service,
Associated Press or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed by
the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section
13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

               (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10,
a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law
and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to
the matters set forth in this Section 10. Nothing in this Section 10 shall be
deemed to affect any right of stockholders to request inclusion of a proposal
in, or any right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from, the Corporation's
proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

          Section 11. Action Only With Meeting. Any action required or permitted
to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly
called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by
any consent in writing by the stockholders.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    DIRECTORS

          Section 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation
shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.

          Section 2. Number, Term and Qualifications. The number of Directors of
the Corporation shall be nine (9). Subject to any rights of holders of Preferred
Stock to elect additional Directors, at any regular meeting or at any special
meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Directors may
increase or decrease the number of Directors, provided that the number thereof
shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General
Corporation Law, nor more than [12], and further provided that the tenure of
office of a Director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of
Directors. Directors need not be stockholders.

          Section 3. Staggered Board of Directors. The Directors (other than any
Director elected solely by holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred
Stock) shall be classified, with respect to the terms for which they severally
hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, one
class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual
meeting of stockholders, another class to hold office initially for a term
expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and another
class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the third succeeding
annual meeting of stockholders, with the members of each class to hold office
until their successors are duly elected and qualify. At each annual meeting of
the stockholders, the successors to the class of Directors whose term expires at
such meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual
meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their
election.



                                        6

<PAGE>   7

          Section 4. Annual and Regular Meetings. An annual meeting of the Board
of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual
meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary. The
Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within
or without the State of Maryland, for the holding of regular meetings of the
Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.

          Section 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of
Directors may be called by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President or by the Secretary. The person or persons authorized to call special
meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place, either within or without
the State of Maryland, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board
of Directors called by them.

          Section 6. Notice. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, facsimile transmission,
United States mail or courier to each Director at his business or residence
address. Notice by personal delivery, by telephone or a facsimile transmission
shall be given at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the meeting. Notice by
mail shall be given at least four (4) days prior to the meeting and shall be
deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed,
with postage thereon prepaid. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when
the Director is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which he is
a party. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon
completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the
Corporation by the Director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating
receipt. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in
the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws. The
transactions of any meeting of the Board of Directors, however called and
noticed or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held
after regular call and notice if a quorum be present and if, either before or
after the meeting, each of the Directors not present signs a written waiver of
notice, a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof.
The waiver of notice or consent need not specify the purpose of the meeting. All
such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records
or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be
given to any Director who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto
or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such Director.

          Section 7. Quorum. A majority of the Directors shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business. If, at any meeting of the Board of
Directors, there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those
present may adjourn the meeting, from time to time, until a quorum is obtained,
and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said
meeting which shall be so adjourned. The Directors present at a meeting which
has been duly called and convened may continue to transact business until
adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Directors to leave less
than a quorum.



                                        7

<PAGE>   8

          Section 8. Voting. The action of the majority of the Directors present
at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of
Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such
action by applicable statute.


          Section 9. Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to
be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may
be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a written consent thereto
is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be,
and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the
Board of Directors or committee.

          Section 10. Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the
Charter or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee
designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board
of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone of similar
communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by
these means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

          Section 11. Vacancies. If for any reason any or all the Directors
cease to be Directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect
these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining Directors hereunder (even if fewer
than three (3) Directors remain). Any vacancy on the Board of Directors for any
cause other than an increase in the number of Directors shall be filled by a
majority of the remaining Directors, even if such majority is less than a
quorum. Any vacancy in the number of Directors created by an increase in the
number of Directors may be filled by a majority of the entire Board of
Directors. Any individual so elected as Director shall hold office until the
next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is elected and
qualifies.

          Section 12. General Powers of Directors. Each Director, officer,
employee and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his duties
with respect to the Corporation, be entitled to rely upon the books and records
of the Corporation, and upon information, opinions, reports, or statements,
including financial statements and other financial data, prepared or presented
by officers or employees of the Corporation believed to be reliable and
competent in the matters presented, or by counsel, independent accountants, or
other persons as to matters which the Board of Directors believes to be within
such person's professional or expert competence, regardless of whether such
counsel or expert may also be a Director.

         Section 13. Specific Powers of Directors. Without prejudice to such
general powers, it hereby is expressly declared that the Board of Directors
shall have the following powers:

         (a) To make and change regulations, not inconsistent with these
     Bylaws, for the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation.

         (b) To purchase or otherwise acquire for the Corporation any property,
     rights or privileges which the Corporation is authorized to acquire.





                                        8

<PAGE>   9

          (c) To pay for any property purchased for the Corporation, either
     wholly or partly in money, stock, bonds, debentures or other securities of
     the Corporation.


          (d) To borrow money and make and issue notes, bonds and other
     negotiable and transferable instruments, mortgages, deeds of trust and
     trust agreements, and to do every act and thing necessary to effectuate the
     same.

          (e) If it in its judgment finds that the best interests of the
     Corporation will be served, to remove any officer for cause, or any officer
     summarily, without cause, and, in its discretion, from time to time to
     devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the
     time being.

          (f) To appoint and remove or suspend subordinate officers or agents as
     it may deem necessary, and to determine its duties, and to fix and from
     time to time to change their salaries or remuneration, and to require
     security as and when it thinks fit.

          (g) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to
     appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers and agents.

          (h) To determine who shall be authorized, on behalf of the
     Corporation, to make and sign bills, notes, acceptances, endorsements,
     contracts and other instruments.

          (i) To determine who shall be entitled, in the name and on behalf of
     the Corporation, to vote upon or to assign and transfer any shares of
     stock, bonds or other securities of other Corporations held by this
     Corporation.

          (j) To the extent permitted by law, to delegate any of the powers of
     the Board of Directors, in relation to the ordinary business of the
     Corporation, to any standing or special committee, or to any officer or
     agent (with power to sub-delegate), upon such terms as they deem fit.

          (k) To call special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or
     purposes.

          (l) To appoint the accountants and attorneys for the Corporation.

          Section 14. Compensation. Directors shall receive a stated salary for
their services as Directors and, by resolution of the Board, a fixed fee and
expenses of attendance for attendance of each meeting. Directors may participate
in retirement plans, stock option and restricted stock plans and other employee
benefit plans of the Corporation which specifically permit participation by
Directors.

          Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director
from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent or
otherwise.



                                       9
<PAGE>   10

          Section 15. Removal and Resignation. At a meeting of stockholders
expressly called for such purpose, any or all members of the Board of Directors
may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and then only by the
affirmative vote of at least eighty percent (80%) of the votes entitled to be
cast generally in the election of Directors, voting together as a single class.
For the purpose of this paragraph, "cause" shall mean with respect to any
particular director a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction
holding that such director caused demonstrable, material harm to the Corporation
through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty. Any Director of the
Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation
to the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Any
resignation shall take effect at any time subsequent to the time specified
therein or, if the time when it shall become effective is not specified therein,
immediately upon its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be
necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   COMMITTEES

          Section 1. Appointments and Powers. The standing committees of the
Board of Directors shall be the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and
the Nominating Committee. The number of members of each such committee shall be
fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time by resolution. The members of
each such committee shall be elected by the Board of Directors from among the
members of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or
more Directors as alternate members of a committee who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Such alternate members
shall, for purposes of determining a quorum, be counted in the place of the
absent or disqualified member. A Director may concurrently serve on more than
one committee. The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions passed
by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more other committees. Such
committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be stated in these
Bylaws or as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the
Board of Directors. The powers and duties of the committees shall be determined
from time to time by the Board of Directors.

          Section 2. Meetings. Notice of committee meetings shall be given in
the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors. A
majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority
of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such
committee. The Board of Directors may designate a chairman of any committee, and
such chairman or any two members of any committee (if there are at least two
members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the
Board shall otherwise provide.

          Section 3. Minutes. Committees shall keep regular minutes of their
proceedings, and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.



                                       10
<PAGE>   11



          Section 4. Vacancies. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of
Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any
committee, to fill all vacancies, to designate alternate members to replace any
absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

          Section 5. Audit Committee. The Audit Committee shall select and
engage in behalf of the Corporation, and fix the compensation of, a firm of
certified public accountants whose duty it shall be to audit the books and
accounts of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for the fiscal year in which
they are appointed, and who shall report to such Committee. The Audit Committee
shall confer with the auditors and shall determine, and from time to time shall
report to the Board of Directors upon the scope of the auditing of the books and
accounts of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The Audit Committee shall also
be responsible for determining that the business practices and conduct of
employees and other representatives of the Corporation and its subsidiaries
comply with the policies and procedures of the Corporation. None of the members
of the Audit Committee shall be officers or employees of the Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    OFFICERS

          Section 1. Officers. The officers shall include a Chairman, a
Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and one or
more Vice Presidents. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and
agents as it may deem advisable, who shall hold office for such terms and shall
exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall from time to time be
determined by the Board of Directors. Any two or more offices except President
and Vice President may be held by the same person. Election of an officer or
agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and
such officer or agent.

          Section 2. Removal and Resignation. Any officer or agent of the
Corporation may be removed by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best
interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be
without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any
officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of
his resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the President or the
Secretary. Any resignation shall take effect at any time subsequent to the time
specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective is not
specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation
shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the
resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights,
if any, of the Corporation.

          Section 3. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office may be filled by the
Board of Directors for the balance of the term.

          Section 4. Chairman. The Chairman, if one be elected, shall preside at
all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders, and he shall have and
perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the
Board of Directors.

                                       11

<PAGE>   12



          Section 5. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall
have the general powers and duties of supervision and management usually vested
in the office of Chief Executive Officer of a corporation. He shall have general
supervision, direction and control of the business of the Corporation. Except as
the Board of Directors shall authorize the execution thereof in some other
manner, he shall execute deeds, bonds, mortgages and other contracts on behalf
of the Corporation.

          Section 6. Chief Operating Officer. The Board of Directors may
designate a Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Operating Officer shall have the
responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the Chief
Executive Officer.

          Section 7. Chief Financial Officer. The Board of Directors may
designate a Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the
responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the Chief
Executive Officer.

          Section 8. President. The President shall have the general powers and
duties of supervision and management usually vested in the office of President
of a corporation. He shall have general supervision, direction and control of
the business of the Corporation. Except as the Board of Directors shall
authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, he shall execute deeds,
bonds, mortgages and other contracts on behalf of the Corporation.

          Section 9. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the
event of a vacancy in such office, the Vice President (or in the event there be
more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated at the
time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order
of their election) shall perform the duties of the President and when so acting
shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the
President; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be
assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors. The Board of
Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents as Executive Vice President
or as Vice President for particular areas of responsibility.

          Section 10. Secretary. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given,
notice of all meetings of stockholders and Directors, and all other notices
required by law or by these Bylaws, and, in case of his absence or refusal or
neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed
by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Board of
Directors or the stockholders, upon whose requisition the meeting is called as
provided in these Bylaws. He shall record all proceedings of meetings of the
stockholders and of the Board of Directors in a book to kept for that purpose,
and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Directors
or the President.

          Section 11. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the
corporate funds and securities, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. He shall
deposit all monies and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the
Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

                                       12

<PAGE>   13




In the absence of a designation of a Chief Financial Officer by the Board of
Directors, the Treasurer shall be the Chief Financial Officer of the
Corporation.

          The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be
ordered by the Board of Directors or the President, taking proper vouchers for
such disbursements. He shall render to the President and the Board of Directors,
at the regular meetings of the Board, or whenever they may request it, an
accounting of all his transactions as Treasurer, and of the financial condition
of the Corporation.

          If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the
Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be
satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the
duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his
death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers,
vouchers, moneys and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under
his control belonging to the Corporation.

          Section 12. Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Assistant
Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board of
Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or Vice President and
shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to
them, respectively, by the Secretary and by the Treasurer. The Assistant
Treasurers shall, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the
faithful performance of their duties in such sums and with such surety or
sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors.

          Section 13. General Powers. In addition to the rights and duties set
forth in this Article V, the Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary or
any other officer of the Corporation shall be authorized and empowered to take
such actions and to execute such documents on behalf of the Corporation as may,
from time to time, be required.

          Section 14. Salaries. The salaries and other compensation of the
officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no
officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary or other compensation by
reason of the fact that he is also a Director.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                      CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

          Section 1. Contracts. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer
or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in
the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general
or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other
document executed by one or more of the Directors or by an authorized person
shall be valid and binding upon the Board of Directors and upon the Corporation
when authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Directors.



                                       13


<PAGE>   14




          Section 2. Checks and Drafts. All checks, drafts or other orders for
the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the
name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the
Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board
of Directors.


          Section 3. Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise
employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation
in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Chief Financial
Officer may designate.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                      STOCK

          Section 1. Certificates. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a
certificate or certificates which shall represent and certify the number of
shares of each class of stock held by him in the Corporation. Each certificate
shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice
President and countersigned by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the
Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer and may be sealed with the seal, if any, of
the Corporation.

          Section 2. Transfers. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the
transfer agent of the Corporation of a stock certificate duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to
transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

          The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any
share of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be
bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or
on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other
notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of
Maryland.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class of
stock will be subject in all respects to the Charter of the Corporation and all
of the terms and conditions contained therein.

          Section 3. Replacement Certificate. Any officer designated by the
Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any
certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost,
stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person
claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing the
issuance of a new certificate, an officer designated by the Board of Directors
may, in his discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof,
require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the owner's
legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as he shall require
and/or to give bond, with sufficient surety, to the Corporation to indemnify it
against any loss or claim which may arise as a result of the issuance of a new
certificate.

                  Section 4. Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date.
The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of
determining stockholders entitled to 


                                       14

<PAGE>   15



notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other
rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper
purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on
the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than ninety (90) days
and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten (10) days,
before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such
determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.

          In lieu of fixing a record date, the Board of Directors may provide
that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not longer
than twenty (20) days. If the stock transfer books are closed for the purpose of
determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten (10) days before the
date of such meeting.

          If no record date is fixed and the stock transfer books are not closed
for the determination of stockholders, (a) the record date for the determination
of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders
shall be at the close of business on the day on which the notice of meeting is
mailed or the thirtieth (30th) day before the meeting, whichever is the closer
date to the meeting; and (b) the record date for the determination of
stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or an allotment of any
other rights shall be the close of business on the day on which the resolution
of the directors, declaring the dividend or allotment of rights, is adopted.

          When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting
of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination
shall apply to any adjournment thereof, except when (i) the determination has
been made through the closing of the transfer books and the stated period of
closing has expired or (ii) the meeting is adjourned to a date more than one
hundred twenty (120) days after the record date fixed for the original meeting,
in either of which case a new record date shall be determined as set forth
herein.

          Section 5. Stock Ledger. The Corporation shall maintain at its
principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent,
an original or duplicate share ledger containing the name and address of each
stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

          Section 6. Fractional Stock; Issuance of Units. The Board of Directors
may issue fractional stock or provide for the issuance of scrip, all on such
terms and under such conditions as they may determine. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may issue units
consisting of different securities of the Corporation. Any security issued in a
unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by
the Corporation, except that the Board of Directors may provide that for a
specified period securities of the Corporation issued in such unit may be
transferred on the books of the Corporation only in such unit.



                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                 ACCOUNTING YEAR


                                       15


<PAGE>   16





          The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to
time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

          Section 1. Authorization. Dividends and other distributions upon the
stock of the Corporation may be authorized and declared by the Board of
Directors, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter of the Corporation.
Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the
Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter.

          Section 2. Contingencies. Before payment of any dividends or other
distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation
available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of
Directors may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a
reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions,
for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other
purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine to be in the best interest of
the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such
reserve in the manner in which it was created.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                INVESTMENT POLICY

          Subject to the provisions of the Charter of the Corporation,
the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate
any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Corporation as it
shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                      SEAL

          Section 1. Seal. The Board of Directors may authorize the
adoption of a seal by the Corporation. The seal shall contain the name of the
Corporation and the year of its incorporation and the words "Incorporated
Maryland." The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and
provide for the custody thereof.

          Section 2. Affixing Seal. Whenever the Corporation is permitted or
required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the
requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word
"(SEAL)" adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the
document on behalf of the Corporation.



                                       16


<PAGE>   17



                                   ARTICLE XII
                    INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

          Section 1. Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by
Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify and,
without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to
indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final
disposition of a proceeding to (i) any individual who is a present or former
Director or officer of the Corporation and who is made a party to the proceeding
by reason of his service in that capacity or (ii) any individual who, while a
Director of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has
served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of another corporation, real
estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit
plan or any other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee of such
corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made a party to the
proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity. The Corporation shall have
the power, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to provide such
indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor
of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (i) or (ii) above and
to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation.
Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment
of any other provision of the Bylaws or charter of the Corporation inconsistent
with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of
the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred
prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

          Section 2. Provisions Not Exclusive. This Article shall not be
construed as a limitation upon the power of the Corporation to enter into
contracts or undertakings of indemnity with a Director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, nor shall it be construed as a limitation upon any
rights to which a person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any
agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as
to actions in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while
holding office.


                                  ARTICLE XIII
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          Section 1. Corporate Records. The Corporation shall keep correct and
complete books of account and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and
Directors.

          The Corporation shall keep and maintain at its principal offices a 
certified copy of its Charter and all amendments thereto, a certified copy of 
its Bylaws and all amendments thereto.

          The Directors shall take all reasonable steps to assure that a full 
and correct annual statement of the affairs of the Corporation is prepared
annually, including a balance sheet and a financial statement of operations for
the preceding fiscal year which shall be certified by independent certified
public accountants, and distributed to stockholders within one hundred twenty
(120) days 



                                       17

<PAGE>   18




after the close of the Corporation's fiscal year and a reasonable period of time
prior to the annual meeting of stockholders. The Directors shall also be
responsible for scheduling the annual meeting of stockholders.

          Section 2. Notice and Waiver of Notice. Whenever, pursuant to the laws
of the State of Maryland, the Charter or these Bylaws, any notice is required to
be given, personal notice is not meant unless expressly so stated, and any
notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient if given by depositing the
same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the person
entitled thereto at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation,
and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such mailing.
Stockholders not entitled to vote shall not be entitled to receive notice of any
meetings except as otherwise provided by statute.

          Any notice required to be given may be waived, in writing, by the
person or persons entitled thereto, whether before or after the time stated
therein. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting
need be set forth in the waiver of notice, unless specifically required by
statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver
of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the
express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground
that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

          Section 3. Transactions with Officers and Directors. The Corporation
shall not engage in any purchase, sale or lease of property or other business
transaction in which an officer or Director of the Corporation has a direct or
indirect material interest without the approval by resolution of a majority of
those Directors who do not have an interest in such transaction.

                                   ARTICLE XIV
                              AMENDMENTS TO BYLAWS

          The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter
or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.


                                       18

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.3


                             ARTICLES SUPPLEMENTARY

                       RIGHTS OF SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK
                                       of
                              OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.

         The undersigned, being a duly authorized officer of Omega Worldwide,
Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Corporation"), does hereby certify to the
State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland pursuant to Section
8-203(b) of the Annotated Code of Maryland that:

         FIRST: The Board of Directors has classified 5,000,000 unissued shares
of the Corporation as shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

         SECOND: The following is a description of the Series B Preferred Shares
(as defined below), including the preferences, conversion and other rights,
voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and
terms and conditions of redemption thereof:

         Section 1. Designation and Amount. There shall be a series of preferred
stock of the Corporation, $1.00 par value per share, which shall be designated
"Series B Preferred Stock," $1.00 par value per share (the "Series B Preferred
Shares"), and the number of shares constituting that series shall be 5,000,000.
Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board
of Directors and by the filing of articles supplementary in accordance with the
provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland stating that
such increase or reduction has been so authorized; provided, however, that a
decrease shall neither reduce the number of Series B Preferred Shares to a
number less than the number of Series B Preferred Shares then outstanding nor
prevent the Corporation from automatically issuing Series B Preferred Shares
under the Contribution Agreement by and between the Corporation and Omega dated
__________, 1998.

         Section 2. Definitions. For purposes of the Series B Preferred Shares,
the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:


                  "Accrued Dividend Amount" shall have the meaning set forth in 
         Section 7(A).

                  "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the
         Corporation or any committee authorized by such Board of Directors to
         perform any of its responsibilities with respect to the Series B
         Preferred Shares.

                  "Business Day" shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or
         Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking
         institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law,
         regulation or executive order to close.

                  


<PAGE>   2
                  "Common Shares" shall mean the common shares of beneficial 
         interest, par value $0.10 per share, of the Corporation.

                  "Current Market Price" of publicly traded Common Shares or any
         other class of shares of beneficial interest or other security of the
         Corporation or any other issuer for any day shall mean the last
         reported sales price, regular way, on such day, or, if no sale takes
         place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked
         prices on such day, regular way, in either case as reported on the New
         York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") or, if such security is not listed or
         admitted for trading on the NYSE, on the principal national securities
         exchange on which such security is listed or admitted for trading or,
         if not listed or admitted for trading on any national securities
         exchange, on the Nasdaq National Market ("NASDAQ") or, if such security
         is not quoted on NASDAQ, the average of the closing bid and asked
         prices on such day in the over-the-counter market as reported by the
         National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") or, if
         bid and asked prices for such security on such day shall not have been
         reported through the NASD, the average of the bid and asked prices on
         such day as furnished by any NYSE member firm regularly making a market
         in such security selected for such purpose by the Board of Directors.

                  "Divided Payment Date" shall have the meaning set forth in 
         Section 3(A).

                  "Omega" shall mean Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc., a 
         Maryland corporation.

                  "Series B Liquidation Value" shall mean $10.00 per share.

                  "Series B Preferred Shares" shall have the meaning set forth
         in Section 1.

                  "Trading Day" shall mean any day on which the securities in
         question are traded on the NYSE, or if such securities are not listed
         or admitted for trading on the NYSE, on the principal national
         securities exchange on which such securities are listed or admitted, or
         if not listed or admitted for trading on any national securities
         exchange, on NASDAQ, or if such securities are not quoted on NASDAQ, in
         the securities market in which the securities are traded.

         Section 3.  Dividends and Distributions.

         (A) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any
shares of any class or series of preferred shares of the Corporation ranking
prior and superior to the Series B Preferred Shares with respect to dividends,
the holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, when, as
and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the
purpose, annual dividends payable in cash to holders of record on the last
Business Day of February in each year (each such date being referred to herein
as a "Dividend Payment Date"), (commencing on the first Dividend Payment Date
after the first issuance of a Series B Preferred Share) in an amount per share
(rounded to the nearest cent) equal to 8.0% per annum of the Series B
Liquidation Value thereof (calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days
consisting of twelve 30-day months). Such dividends shall accrue whether or not


                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>   3

they have been declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other
funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of the dividends.

         (B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the
Series B Preferred Shares as provided in paragraph (A) above at the time it
declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Shares (other than a dividend
payable in Common Shares).

         (C) No dividend or distribution (other than a dividend or distribution
payable in Common Shares) shall be paid or payable to the holders of Common
Shares unless, prior thereto, all accrued but unpaid dividends to the date of
that dividend or distribution shall have been paid to the holders of Series B
Preferred Shares.

         (D) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding
Series B Preferred Shares from the Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date
of issuance of such Series B Preferred Shares, unless the date of issuance of
such shares is prior to the record date for the first Dividend Payment Date, in
which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from
the date of issuance of such shares, or unless the date of issuance is a
Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination
of holders of Series B Preferred Shares entitled to receive an annual dividend
and before such Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends
shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Dividend Payment Date. Accrued
but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the Series B
Preferred Shares in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at
the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a
share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.

         (E) In determining whether a distribution (other than upon voluntary or
involuntary liquidation), by dividend, redemption or other acquisition of shares
of stock of the Corporation or otherwise, is permitted under the Maryland law,
amounts that would be needed, if the Corporation were to be dissolved at the
time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of
holders of Series B Preferred Shares will not be added to the Corporation's
total liabilities.


         Section 4. Voting Rights. The holders of Series B Preferred Shares
shall not have voting rights, except as required by Maryland law or as set forth
in Section 10 hereof.

         Section 5.  Certain Restrictions.

         (A)      Whenever any dividends or other dividends or distributions 
payable on the Series B Preferred Shares as provided in Section 3 are in
arrears, then, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and
distributions, whether or not declared, on Series B Preferred Shares outstanding
shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

                  (i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions
         on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any
         shares ranking junior (either as to dividends 




                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>   4



         or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series B
         Preferred Shares, other than dividends paid or payable in such junior
         shares;

                  (ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other
         distributions on any shares ranking on a parity (either as to dividends
         or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series B
         Preferred Shares, except dividends paid ratably on the Series B
         Preferred Shares and all such parity shares on which dividends are
         payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the
         holders of all such shares are then entitled; or

                  (iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for
         consideration shares ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or
         upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series B
         Preferred Shares, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem,
         purchase or otherwise acquire any such parity shares in exchange for
         shares of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or
         upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series B Preferred
         Shares.

         (B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation
to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of the Corporation
unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section, purchase or
otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

         Section 6. Conversion. Each Series B Preferred Share sold, transferred,
distributed or otherwise disposed of by Omega, the initial holder of the Series
B Preferred Shares, shall automatically convert into one Common Share. [ADD
DILUTION PROVISIONS]

         Section 7.  Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

         (A) Upon any voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares ranking
junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up)
to the Series B Preferred Shares unless, prior thereto, the holders of Series B
Preferred Shares shall have received an amount in cash equal to the aggregate
Series B Liquidation Value of all shares held by such holder, plus an amount
equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not
declared, to the date of such payment (the "Accrued Dividend Amount"). Following
the payment of the full amount of the Series B Liquidation Value and the Accrued
Dividend Amount, no additional distributions shall be made to the holders of
Series B Preferred Shares.

         (B) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets
available to permit payment in full of the Series B Liquidation Value and the
Accrued Dividend Amount and the liquidation preferences of all other series of
preferred shares, if any, which rank on a parity with the Series B Preferred
Shares, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders
of the Series B Preferred Shares and such parity shares in proportion to their
respective liquidation preferences.


                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>   5

         Section 8. Redemption. The Series B Preferred Shares shall not be
redeemable by the Corporation. The preceding sentence shall not limit the
ability of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise deal in such shares to the
extent permitted by law.


         Section 9. Ranking. The Series B Preferred Shares shall rank on parity
with all other series of the Corporation's preferred stock (whether with or
without par value) as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of
assets, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise.

         Section 10. Amendment. Neither the Corporation's Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation, nor any Articles Supplementary relating to the Series
B Preferred Shares shall be amended in any manner which would materially alter
or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Preferred
Shares so as to affect the holders of Series B Preferred Shares adversely
without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more of the
outstanding Series B Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class.

         Section 11. Fractional Shares. Series B Preferred Shares may not be
issued in fractions of a share. No fractional shares or scrip representing
fractions of Common Shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Series B
Preferred Shares. Instead of any fractional interest in a Common Share that
would otherwise be deliverable upon the conversion of a Series B Preferred
Share, the Corporation shall pay to the holder of such share an amount in cash
based upon the Current Market Price of the Common Shares on the Trading Day
immediately preceding the date of conversion. If more than one share shall be
surrendered for conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full
Common Shares issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of
the aggregate number of Series B Preferred Shares so surrendered.

         THIRD: These Articles Supplementary have been approved by the Board of
Directors in the manner and by the vote required by law.

         FOURTH: The undersigned officer acknowledges these Articles
Supplementary to be the act of the Corporation and further, as to all matters or
facts required to be verified under oath, such officer acknowledges that to the
best of his or her knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts
are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the
penalties of perjury.

                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>   6


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles Supplementary have been duly
executed by the undersigned officer this ____ day of _________________, 1998.


                                     OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.


                                     By:____________________________
                                     Name:__________________________
                                     Title:_________________________



<PAGE>   1
                                                                 EXHIBIT 5


                                                 ___________, 1998




Omega Worldwide, Inc.
905 West Eisenhower Circle
Suite 101
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48103

         Re:      Omega Worldwide, Inc.
                  Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to Omega Worldwide, Inc., a Maryland
corporation (the "Company), in connection with the registration of 6,050,000
shares (the "Shares") of Common Stock, $0.10 par value, of the Company pursuant
to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 (as
amended, the "Registration Statement").

         Based upon our examination of the originals or copies of such
documents, corporate records, certificate of officers of the Company and other
instruments as we have deemed necessary and upon the laws as presently in
effect, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized for
issuance by the Company, and that upon issuance and delivery in accordance with
the Registration Statement, the shares will be validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable.

         This opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland and the
federal laws of the United States.

         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5 to the
Registration Statement and to the references to us under the heading "Legal
Matters" in the Prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.


                                                   Very truly yours,



                                                   Mayer, Brown & Platt







<PAGE>   1



                                                                      EXHIBIT 8
                                                ___________, 1998

Omega Worldwide, Inc.
905 West Eisenhower Circle, Suite 1
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48103

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to Omega Worldwide, Inc. in connection with
the transactions contemplated in the prospectus (the "Prospectus") included as
part of the registration statement (the "Registration Statement") on Form S-1
(registration no. 333-43417). You have requested that we provide an opinion
regarding the accuracy of the tax disclosure in the Prospectus.

         This opinion is based on current provisions of the Code, the Treasury
regulations promulgated thereunder, and the interpretation of the Code and such
regulations by the courts and the Internal Revenue Service, as they are in
effect and exist at the date of this opinion. It should be noted that statutes,
regulations, judicial decisions and administrative interpretations are subject
to change at any time and, in some circumstances, with retroactive effect. A
material change that is made after the date hereof in any of the foregoing bases
for our opinion could adversely affect our conclusion. In providing this
opinion, we have relied on the description of the transactions as set forth in
the Prospectus.

         Based upon and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion that the
summaries of Federal income tax consequences set forth in the Prospectus under
the headings "The Rights Offering -- Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
Rights Offering", "The Distribution -- Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
Distribution" and "Taxation of Omega Worldwide and its Shareholders" are
accurate in all material respects as to matters of law and legal conclusions.

         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to all references to this firm under the headings
"The Rights Offering -- Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Rights Offering",
"The Distribution -- Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution" and
"Taxation of Omega Worldwide and its Shareholders" in the Prospectus.

                                                      Sincerely,

                                                      MAYER, BROWN & PLATT
MGR



<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.1

                              OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.
                   1997 STOCK OPTION AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN


1.       PURPOSE

         The purpose of the Omega Worldwide, Inc. 1997 Stock Option and
Restricted Stock Plan (the "Plan") is to strengthen Omega Worldwide, Inc. (the
"Corporation") and those corporations which are or hereafter become subsidiary
corporations (the "Subsidiary" or "Subsidiaries") by providing additional means
of attracting and retaining competent managerial personnel and by providing to
participating directors, officers and employees added incentive for high levels
of performance and for unusual efforts to increase the earnings, value and
distributions of the Corporation and any Subsidiaries. The Plan seeks to
accomplish these purposes and achieve these results by providing a means whereby
such directors, officers and employees may receive Stock Options and/or shares
of Restricted Stock in accordance with this Plan.

         Stock Options granted pursuant to this Plan are intended to be
Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options, as shall be determined
and designated by the Plan Committee upon the grant of each Stock Option
hereunder.

2.       DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:

         (a) Common Stock. This term shall mean shares of the Corporation's
common stock, $.10 par value, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 18
(Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization) thereunder.

         (b) Corporation. This term shall mean Omega Worldwide, Inc., a Maryland
corporation.

         (c) Eligible Participants. This term shall mean all directors of the
Corporation or any Subsidiary, and all officers or employees (whether or not
they are also directors) of the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

         (d) Fair Market Value. This term shall mean the fair market value of
the Common Stock as determined in accordance with any reasonable
valuation method selected by the Plan Committee, including the valuation
methods described in Treasury Regulations Section 20.2031-2. Unless determined
otherwise by the Plan Committee, "fair" market "value" shall be as applied to
any date specified in the Plan, the closing price of a share of Common Stock
<PAGE>   2

as reported in the Wall Street  Journal on such date,  or, if no such sales were
made on such  date,  the  closing  price of such share as  reported  in the Wall
Street Journal on the next preceding date on which there were such sales.

         (e) Grantee. This term shall mean any Eligible Participant to whom
Restricted Stock has been granted pursuant to this Plan.

         (f) Incentive Stock Option. This term shall mean a Stock Option which
is an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         (g) Non-Qualified Stock Option. This term shall mean a Stock Option
which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

         (h) Option Shares. This term shall mean Common Stock covered by and
subject to any outstanding unexercised Stock Option granted pursuant to this
Plan.

         (i) Optionee. This term shall mean any Eligible Participant to whom a
Stock Option has been granted pursuant to this Plan, provided that at least part
of the Stock Option is outstanding and unexercised.

         (j) Plan. This term shall mean the Omega Worldwide, Inc. 1997 Stock
Option and Restricted Stock Plan, as embodied herein and as may be amended from
time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and applicable law.

         (k) Plan Committee. The Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors of the Corporation shall constitute the Plan Committee and have full
authority to act in the matter. The Plan Committee shall consist at all times of
a committee of two or more non-employee directors. All references in the Plan to
the "Plan Committee" shall be deemed to refer to the Compensation Committee of
the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the
right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to remove or replace any person from
or on the Compensation Committee at any time for any reason whatsoever.

         (l) Restricted Stock. This term shall mean shares of Common Stock of
the Company granted without cost to the Participant pursuant to Section 7, and
subject to the terms of Section 8.


                                       2
<PAGE>   3

         (m) Stock Option. This term shall mean the right to purchase Common
Stock under this Plan in a specified number of shares, at a price and upon the
terms and conditions as specified in this Plan or as determined by the Plan
Committee.

         (n) Subsidiary. This term shall mean each "subsidiary corporation"
(treating the Corporation as the employer corporation) as defined in Section
425(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

3.       ADMINISTRATION

         (a) Administration of the Plan. This Plan shall be administered by the
Plan Committee. Any action of the Plan Committee with respect to the
administration of the Plan shall be taken pursuant to a majority vote, or
pursuant to the unanimous written consent, of its members. Any such action taken
by the Plan Committee in the administration of this Plan shall be valid and
binding, so long as the same is not inconsistent with the terms and conditions
of this Plan. To the extent consistent with the availability to the Plan of Rule
16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, and subject to
compliance with the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Plan,
the Plan Committee shall have the exclusive right, in its sole and absolute
discretion, to establish the terms and conditions of all Stock Options and
Restricted Stock granted under the Plan, including, without limitation, the
power to determine the duration and purposes, if any, of leaves of absence which
may be permitted to holders of unexercised, unexpired Stock Options without such
constituting a termination under the Plan, and to prescribe and amend the terms,
provisions and form of each instrument and agreement setting forth the terms and
conditions of Stock Options and Restricted Stock granted hereunder.

         (b) Decisions and Determinations. Subject to the express provisions of
this Plan, the Plan Committee shall have the authority to construe and interpret
this Plan, to define the terms used herein, to prescribe, amend, and rescind
rules and regulations relating to the administration of the Plan, and to make
all other determinations necessary or advisable for administration of the Plan.
Determinations of the Plan Committee on matters referred to in this Section 3
shall be final and conclusive so long as the same are not inconsistent with the
terms of this Plan.

4.       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

         Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 18 hereof, the maximum
number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued as Restricted Stock or upon
exercise of all 

                                       3
<PAGE>   4

Stock Options granted under this Plan is limited to seven hundred fifty thousand
(750,000) shares in the aggregate.

         If for any reason, unreleased shares of Restricted Stock do not vest,
said shares shall again be available for grants of Restricted Stock or Stock
Options under this Plan. If any Stock Option shall be canceled, surrendered, or
expire for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares
represented thereby shall again be available for grants of Restricted Stock or
Stock Options under this Plan.

5.       ELIGIBILITY

         Only Eligible Participants shall be eligible to receive grants of
Restricted Stock or Stock Options under this Plan.

6.       FORMULA AWARDS OF STOCK OPTIONS TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

         Initial Stock Option grants with respect to 10,000 shares shall be made
to each non-employee director. Additional Stock Option grants with respect to
1,000 shares shall be made to each non-employee director on or after each
anniversary of the initial grant.

         Non-employee directors are not eligible for further grants of Stock
Options.

7.       DISCRETIONARY AWARDS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK OPTIONS

         The Plan Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, subject to the
provisions of the Plan, may grant Restricted Stock to any Eligible Participant
including a non-employee director. The Plan Committee, in its sole and absolute
discretion, subject to the provisions of the Plan, may grant Stock Options to
any Eligible Participant other than a non-employee director (whose Stock Option
Awards are specifically provided in Section 6 hereof), at such time and in such
amounts and on such terms and conditions as it deems advisable and specifies in
the respective grants.

8.       RESTRICTED STOCK AND FORFEITURE RESTRICTIONS

         (a) Certain Terms. The shares of Restricted Stock granted to a
Participant shall be released to him in accordance with such schedule as the
Plan Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine at the time of grant but
in no event less than six (6) months from the date of the grant. All shares of
Restricted Stock shall be fully released not later than ten years from the date
of grant. Except for normal retirement, or pursuant to the terms of the

                                       4
<PAGE>   5

written agreement with a non-employee director, the Grantee shall have no vested
interest in the  unreleased  stock of any grant in the event of his  termination
with the  Corporation  for any reason  (unless  the Plan  Committee  in its sole
discretion  decides to  terminate  the  forfeiture  restrictions  following  the
termination  of such Grantee) and the  unreleased  stock  certificates  shall be
canceled. During the Grantee's continued employment or affiliation,  however, he
shall have the right to vote all shares and to receive all  dividends  as though
all shares granted were his without restrictions.

         (b) Written Agreement. The details of each grant regarding shares of
Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by a written agreement covering terms and
conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Plan Committee shall approve.
Such agreement shall be promptly delivered by Management of the Corporation to
each Grantee.

9.       STOCK OPTIONS

         (a) Designation as Incentive or Nonqualified Options. The Plan
Committee shall designate in each grant of a Stock Option whether the Stock
Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The terms
upon which and the times at which, or the periods within which, the Option
Shares subject to such Stock Options may become acquired or such Stock Options
may be acquired and exercised shall be as set forth in the Plan and the related
Stock Option Agreements.

         (b) Date of Grant and Rights of Optionees. The determination of the
Plan Committee to grant a Stock Option shall not in any way constitute or be
deemed to constitute an obligation of the Corporation, or a right of the
Eligible Participant who is the proposed subject of the grant, and shall not
constitute or be deemed to constitute the grant of a Stock Option hereunder
unless and until both the Corporation and the Eligible Participant have executed
and delivered to the other a Stock Option Agreement in the form then required by
the Plan Committee as evidencing the grant of the Stock Option, together with
such other instrument or instruments as may be required by the Plan Committee
pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that the Plan Committee may fix the
date of grant as any date on or after the date of its final determination to
grant the Stock Option (or if no such date is fixed, then the date of grant
shall be the date on which the determination was finally made by the Plan
Committee to grant the Stock Option), and such date shall be set forth in the
Stock Option Agreement. The date of grant as so determined shall be deemed the
date of grant of the Stock Option for purposes of this Plan.

         (c) 10% Shareholder. A Stock Option granted hereunder to an Eligible
Participant who owns, directly or indirectly, at the date of the grant of the
Stock Option, more than ten 

                                       5
<PAGE>   6

percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock
of the  Corporation  or a  Subsidiary  shall not qualify as an  Incentive  Stock
Option unless: (i) the purchase price of the Option Shares subject to said Stock
Option is at least one hundred and ten percent  (110%) of the Fair Market  Value
of the Option  Shares,  determined  as of the date said Stock Option is granted;
and (ii) the Stock Option by its terms is not  exercisable  after five (5) years
from the date that it is granted. The attribution rules of Section 425(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  shall apply in the  determination of
indirect ownership of stock.

         (d) Maximum Value of Stock Options. No grant of Incentive Stock Options
hereunder may be made when the aggregate fair market value of Option Shares with
respect to which Incentive Stock Options (pursuant to this Plan or any other
Incentive Stock Option Plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary) are
exercisable for the first time by the Eligible Participant during any calendar
year exceeds $100,000.

         (e) Non-Qualified Stock Options. Stock Options granted by the Plan
Committee shall be deemed Non-Qualified Stock Options under this Plan if they:
(i) are designated at the time of grant as Incentive Stock Options but do not so
qualify under the provisions of Section 422 of the Code or any regulations or
rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service for any reason; (ii) are not
granted in accordance with the provisions of Section 9(c); (iii) are in excess
of the fair market value limitations set forth in Section 9(d); (iv) are granted
to an Eligible Participant who is not an employee of the Corporation or any
Subsidiary; or (v) are designated at the time of grant as Non-Qualified Stock
Options. Non-Qualified Stock Options granted hereunder shall be so designated in
the Stock Option Agreement entered into between the Corporation and the
Optionee.

10.      STOCK OPTION EXERCISE PRICE

         The exercise price of Option Shares shall be determined by the
Committee at the date of grant, except that the exercise price of any Option
Shares designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be one hundred percent (100%)
of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock represented by the Option Shares on
the date of grant.

         The exercise price of Option Shares granted to non-employee directors
shall in all cases be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the
Common Stock represented by the Option Shares on the date of grant.

11.      EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTIONS


                                       6
<PAGE>   7



         (a) Exercise. Except as otherwise provided elsewhere herein, if an
Optionee shall not in any given period exercise any part of a Stock Option which
has become exercisable during that period, the Optionee's right to exercise such
part of the Stock Option shall continue until expiration of the Stock Option or
any part thereof as may be provided in the related Stock Option Agreement. No
Stock Option shall, except as provided in Section 19 hereof, become exercisable
until one (1) year following the date of grant, and (i) as to non-employee
directors, a Stock Option first becomes exercisable as to one third (1/3) of the
Option Shares called for thereby during the second year following the date of
the grant, as to an additional one-third (1/3) during the third year and as to
the remaining one third (1/3) during the fourth year, and (ii) as to all other
Eligible Participants, Stock Options shall be exercisable as set forth by the
Committee. No Stock Option or part thereof shall be exercisable except with
respect to whole shares of Common Stock, and fractional share interests shall be
disregarded except that they may be accumulated.

         (b) Prior Outstanding Incentive Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options
granted to an Optionee under the Plan shall be exercisable even while such
Optionee has outstanding and unexercised any Incentive Stock Option previously
granted to him or her pursuant to this Plan or any other Incentive Stock Option
Plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary. An Incentive Stock Option shall be
treated as outstanding until it is exercised in full or expires by reason of
lapse of time, or is otherwise canceled by mutual action of the Optionee and the
Corporation.

         (c) Notice and Payment. Stock Options granted hereunder shall be
exercised by written notice delivered to the Corporation specifying the number
of Option Shares with respect to which the Stock Option is being exercised,
together with concurrent payment in full of the exercise price as hereinafter
provided. If the Stock Option is being exercised by any person or persons other
than the Optionees, said notice shall be accompanied by proof, satisfactory to
the counsel for the Corporation, of the right of such person or persons to
exercise the Stock Option.

         (d) Payment of Exercise Price. The exercise price of any Option Shares
purchased upon the proper exercise of a Stock Option shall be paid in full at
the time of each exercise of a Stock Option in cash or check and/or in Common
Stock of the Corporation which, when added to the cash payment, if any, has an
aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the full amount of the exercise price of
the Stock Option, or part thereof, then being exercised. Payment by an Optionee
as provided herein shall be made in full concurrently with the Optionee's
notification to the Corporation of his intention to exercise all or part of a
Stock Option. If all or any part of a payment is made in shares of Common Stock
as heretofore provided, such payment shall be deemed to have been made only upon
receipt by the 

                                       7
<PAGE>   8

corporation of all required share certificates and all stock power and all other
required transfer documents  necessary to transfer the shares of Common Stock to
the  Corporation.  In  addition,  Options may be  exercised  and payment made by
delivering  a  properly  executed  exercise  notice  together  with  irrevocable
instructions  to a broker or bank to  promptly  deliver to the  Corporation  the
amount of sale proceeds  necessary to pay the exercise  price and any applicable
tax  withholding.  The  date of  exercise  shall  be  deemed  to be the date the
Corporation receives the notice.

12.      [RESERVED]

13.      NONTRANSFERABILITY

         Except as otherwise provided herein each Stock Option and all
unreleased shares of Restricted Stock shall, be their terms, be nontransferable
by the Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or
pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act, or the rules thereunder. Notwithstanding the above, a Stock Option
may be transferred to an inter vivos trust, provided the transferor of the Stock
Option is both a trustor and a trustee of the trust.

14.      AFFILIATION

         Nothing contained in this Plan (or in any Stock Option or Restricted
Stock Agreement) shall obligate the Corporation or any Subsidiary to employ or
continue to employ or remain affiliated with any Participant for any period of
time or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or a Subsidiary
to reduce or increase the Participant's compensation.

         Except as provided in Section 15 hereof, if , for any reason other than
disability or death, an Optionee ceases to be affiliated with the Corporation or
a Subsidiary, the Stock Options granted to such Optionee shall expire on the
expiration dates specified for said Stock Options at the time of their grant, or
three (3) months after the Optionee ceases to be so affiliated, whichever is
earlier. During such period after cessation of affiliation, such Stock Options
shall be exercisable only as to those increments, if any, which had become
exercisable as of the date on which such Optionee ceased to be affiliated with
the Corporation or the Subsidiary, and any Stock Options or increments which had
not become exercisable as of such date shall expire automatically on such date.

15.      TERMINATION FOR CAUSE


                                       8
<PAGE>   9


         If the Stock Option Agreement so provides and if an Optionee's
employment by or affiliation with the Corporation or a Subsidiary is terminated
for cause, the Stock Options granted to such Optionee shall automatically expire
and terminate in their entirety immediately upon such termination; provided,
however, that the Plan Committee may, in its sole discretion, within thirty (30)
days of such termination, reinstate such Stock Options by giving written notice
of such reinstatement to the Optionee. In the event of such reinstatement, the
Optionee may exercise the Stock Options only to such extent, for such time, and
upon such terms and conditions as if the Optionee had ceased to be employed by
or affiliated with the Corporation or a Subsidiary upon the date of such
termination for a reason other than cause, disability or death. Termination for
cause shall include, but shall not be limited to termination for malfeasance or
gross misfeasance in the performance of duties or conviction of illegal activity
in connection therewith and, in any event, the determination of the Plan
Committee with respect thereto shall be final and conclusive.

16.      DEATH OF OPTIONEE

         If an Optionee dies while employed by or affiliated with the
Corporation or a Subsidiary, or during the three-month period referred to in
Section 14, hereof, the Stock Options granted to such Optionee shall expire on
the expiration dates specified for said Stock Options at the time of their
grant, or one (1) year after the date of such death, whichever is earlier. After
such death, but before such expiration, subject to the terms and provisions of
the Plan and the related Stock Option Agreement, the person or persons to whom
such Optionee's rights under the Stock Options shall have passed by will or by
the applicable laws of descent and distribution, or the executor or
administrator of the Optionee's estate, shall have the right to exercise such
Stock Options to the extent that increments, if any, had become exercisable as
of the date on which the Optionee died.



                                      9
<PAGE>   10

17.      DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE

         If an Optionee is disabled while employed by or affiliated with the
Corporation or a Subsidiary or during the three-month period referred to in
Section 14 hereof, the Stock Options granted to such Optionee shall expire on
the expiration dates specified for said Stock Options at the time of their
grant, or one (1) year after the date such disability occurred, whichever is
earlier. After such disability occurs, but before such expiration, the Optionee
or the guardian or conservator of the Optionee's estate, as duly appointed by a
court of competent jurisdiction, shall have the right to exercise such Stock
Options to the extent that increments, if any, had become exercisable as of the
date on which the Optionee became disabled or ceased to be employed by or
affiliated with the Corporation or a Subsidiary as a result of the disability.
An Optionee shall be deemed to be "disabled" if it shall appear to the Plan
Committee, upon written certification delivered to the Corporation of a
qualified licensed physician, that the Optionee has become permanently and
totally unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a
medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to
result in the Optionee's death, or which has lasted or can be expected to last
for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

18.      ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

         If the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation are
increased, decreased, or changed into or exchanged for a different number or
kind of shares or securities of the Corporation, through a reorganization,
merger, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, stock
consolidation, or otherwise, without consideration to the Corporation, or if
there is a spin-off or other distribution of stock or property with respect to
the holders of the Common Stock other than normal cash dividends, an appropriate
and proportionate adjustment shall be made in the number and kind of shares as
to which Stock Options may be granted. A corresponding adjustment changing the
number or kind of Option Shares and the exercise prices per share allocated to
unexercised Stock Options, or portions thereof, which shall have been granted
prior to any such change, shall likewise be made. Such adjustments shall be made
without change in the total price applicable to the unexercised portion of the
Stock Option, but with a corresponding adjustment in the price of each share
subject to the Stock Option. Adjustments under this Section shall be made by the
Plan Committee, whose determination as to what adjustments shall be made, and
the extent thereof, shall be final and conclusive. No fractional shares of stock
shall be issued or made available under the Plan on account of such adjustments,
and fractional share interests shall be disregarded, except that they may be
accumulated.




                                      10
<PAGE>   11
19.      TERMINATING EVENTS

         Upon consummation of a plan of dissolution or liquidation of the
Corporation, or upon consummation of a plan or reorganization, merger or
consolidation of the Corporation with one or more corporations, as a result of
which the Corporation is not the surviving entity, or upon the sale of all or
substantially all the assets of the Corporation to another corporation, the Plan
shall automatically terminate and all unreleased shares of Restricted Stock
shall be released (but in no event during the first six months after the date of
grant of such shares of Restricted Stock if Rule 16b-3, or any successor
thereto, so provides) under such circumstances, and all Stock Options
theretofore granted shall be terminated, subject to provisions of the
immediately following paragraph in this Section 19, unless provision is made in
connection with such transaction for assumption of Stock Options theretofore
granted, or substitution for such Stock Options with new options covering stock
of a successor employer corporation, or a parent subsidiary corporation thereof,
solely at the discretion of such successor corporation, or parent or subsidiary,
corporation, with appropriate adjustments as to number and kind of shares and
prices.

         Notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph and/or any
provision in any Stock Option pertaining to the time of exercise of a Stock
Option, or part thereof upon adoption by the requisite holders of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock of any plan of dissolution, liquidation,
reorganization, merger consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Corporation to another corporation which would, upon consummation,
result in termination of a Stock Option, all Stock Options previously granted
shall become immediately exercisable (but in no event shall be exercisable
during the first six months after they are granted if Rule 16b-3, or any
successor thereto, so provides) as to all unexercised Shares for such period of
time as may be determined by the Plan Committee, but in any event not less than
30 days, on the conditions that the terminating event is consummated. If such
terminating event is not consummated, Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan
shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms of their respective Stock
Option Agreement.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event of a
Change of Control as hereinafter defined, all shares of Restricted Stock shall
immediately vest but not prior to six months after the date of grant, and all
outstanding options shall be immediately exercisable in full but not prior to
one year after the date of grant with respect to Incentive Stock Options, and
not prior to six months after the date of grant with respect to nonqualified
options. Change of Control shall mean a change in control of the Company of a
nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of
Schedule 14A, Regulation 240, 14a-101, promulgated under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, or, if Item 6(e) is no longer in effect, any regulation issued by
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 which serves similar purposes; provided that, without limitation, a
Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred if and when (a) any "person"
(as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934) is or becomes a beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of
securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the
combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities, (b)
individuals who are members of the Board immediately prior to a meeting of the
shareholders of the Company involving a contest for the election of directors
shall not constitute a majority of the Board following such election, or (c) a
merger in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, and the
shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger do not own at least
a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation.



                                      11
<PAGE>   12

20.      AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

         The Board of Directors of the Corporation may at any time and from time
to time suspend, amend, or terminate the Plan. However, except as permitted
under the provisions of Section 18 hereof, to the extent then required by Rule
16b-3 to secure benefits thereunder or to avoid liability under Section 16 of
the Exchange Act (the Rules thereunder) or required under the provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code for qualification of Incentive Stock Options, or as
required by any applicable law, or deemed necessary or advisable by the Board,
such amendment shall be subject to shareholder approval.

         The provisions of this Plan shall not be amended more than once every
six months, other than to comport with changes in the Internal Revenue Code, the
Employee Retirement income Security Act, or the rules thereunder.

         No Stock Option and no shares of Restricted Stock may be granted during
any suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan. Amendment,
suspension, or termination of the Plan shall not (except as otherwise provided
in Section 19 hereof), without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair
any rights or obligations theretofore granted.

21.      RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANTS

         No Eligible Participant or other person shall have any claim or right
to be granted Restricted Stock or Stock Options under this Plan, and neither
this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be deemed to give or be construed
as giving any Eligible Participant or other person any right to be retained in
the employ of the Corporation or any subsidiary. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, no person shall have any rights as a result of his or her
classification as an Eligible Participant, such classification being made solely
to describe, define and limit those persons who are eligible for consideration
for privileges under the Plan.

22.      PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP; REGULATORY LAW COMPLIANCE; NOTICE OF 
         SALE

         No Optionee shall be entitled to the privileges of stock ownership as
to any shares not actually issued and delivered. No shares may be purchased upon
the exercise of a Stock Option unless and until all then applicable requirements
of all regulatory agencies having jurisdiction and all applicable requirements
of the securities exchanges upon which securities of the Corporation are listed
(if any) shall have been fully complied with.




                                      12
<PAGE>   13

23.      EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN

         The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on December 1, 1997 and
effective as of that date subject to the approval within twelve (12) months
thereof, by the holders of at least a majority of the Corporation=s outstanding
shares of Common Stock.

24.      TERMINATION

         Unless previously terminated as aforesaid, the Plan shall terminate on
the date which is ten (10) years from the date of adoption of the Plan by the
Board of Directors. No Stock Options or shares of Restricted Stock shall be
granted under the Plan thereafter, but such termination shall not affect any
Stock Option or grant of Restricted Stock theretofore granted.

25.      STOCK OPTION PERIOD

         Each Stock Option and all rights and obligations thereunder shall
expire on such date as the Plan Committee may determine, but not later than ten
(10) years from the date such Stock Option is granted in the case of Incentive
Stock Options and eleven (11) years from the date of grant in the case of
Non-Qualified Stock Options, and each Stock Option shall be subject to earlier
termination as provided elsewhere in this Plan.

26.      EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF PLAN COMMITTEE

         The present, former and future members of the Plan Committee, and each
of them, who is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation shall
be indemnified by the Corporation to the extent authorized in and permitted by
the Corporation=s Certificate of Incorporation, and/or Bylaws in connection with
all actions, suits and proceedings to which they or any of them may be a party
by reason of any act or omission of any member of the Plan Committee under or in
connection with the Plan or any Stock Option granted thereunder.

27.      COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND REPRESENTATIONS OF PARTICIPANT

         No shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon exercise of any Stock
Option, and an Optionee shall have no right or claim to such shares, unless and
until: (i) payment in full has been received by the Corporation with respect to
the exercise of any Stock Option; (ii) in the opinion of the counsel for the
Corporation, all applicable requirements of law and of regulatory bodies having
jurisdiction over such issuance and delivery have been fully complied with; and
(iii) if required by federal or state law or regulation, the Optionee shall have
paid to the Corporation the amount, if any, required to be withheld on the
amount deemed to be compensation to the Optionee as a result of the exercise of
his or her Stock 



                                      13
<PAGE>   14

Option, or made other arrangement  satisfactory to the Corporation,  in its sole
discretion, to satisfy applicable income tax withholding requirements.

         Unless the shares of Common Stock covered by this Plan have been
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the
registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, each Participant
shall: (i) by and upon accepting shares of Restricted Stock or a Stock Option,
represent and agree in writing, that the Stock will be acquired for investment
purposes and not for resale or distribution; and (ii) by and upon the exercise
of a Stock Option, or a part thereof, furnish evidence satisfactory to counsel
for the Corporation, including written and signed representations to the effect
that the Shares are being acquired for investment purposes and not for resale or
distribution, and that the Shares being acquired shall not be sold or otherwise
transferred by the Participant except in compliance with the registration
provisions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or an applicable
exemption therefrom. Furthermore, the Corporation, at its sole discretion, to
assure itself that any sale or distribution by the Participant complies with
this Plan and any applicable federal or state securities laws, may take all
reasonable steps, including placing stop transfer instructions with the
Corporation's transfer agent prohibiting transfers in violation of the Plan and
affixing the following legend (and/or such other legend or legends as the Plan
Committee shall require) on certificates evidencing the shares:

         "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
         UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,
         PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR OFFERED FOR SALE IN
         THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THEM
         UNDER THE ACT OR A WRITTEN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER THEREOF,
         WHICH OPINION SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE TO OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC., THAT
         REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED."

28.      NOTICES

         All notices and demands of any kind which the Plan Committee, or any
Participant, or other person may be required or desires to give under the terms
of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be delivered in hand to the person or
persons to whom addressed (in the case of the Plan Committee, with the Chairman,
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, any Vice President
or Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation), by leaving a copy
of such notice or demand at the address of such person or persons as may be
reflected in the records of the Corporation, or by mailing a copy thereof,
properly addressed as above, by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid,
with return 

                                       14

<PAGE>   15



receipt requested. Delivery by mail shall be deemed made upon
receipt by the notifying party of the return receipt acknowledging receipt of
the notice or demand.

29.      LIMITATION ON OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION

         All obligations of the Corporation arising under or as a result of this
Plan or Stock Options or Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall constitute the
general unsecured obligations of the Corporation, and neither the Plan Committee
nor any member thereof, nor any officer of the Corporation, nor any other person
or any Subsidiary, shall be liable for any debt, obligation, cost or expense
hereunder.

30.      LIMITATION OF RIGHTS

         Except as otherwise provided by the terms of the Plan, the Plan
Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, is entitled to determine who, if
anyone, is an Eligible Participant under this Plan, and which, if any, Eligible
Participant shall receive any grant. No oral or written agreement by any other
person not acting on behalf of the Plan Committee relating to this Plan is
authorized, and such may not bind the Corporation or the Plan Committee to make
any grant to any person.

31.      SEVERABILITY

         If any provision of this Plan as applied to any person or to any
circumstance shall be adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void,
invalid, or unenforceable, the same shall in no was affect any other provision
hereof, the application of any such provision in any other circumstances, or the
validity or enforceability hereof.

32.      CONSTRUCTION

         Where the context or construction requires, all words applied in the
plural herein shall be deemed to have been used in the singular and vice versa,
and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and the neuter and vice
versa.

33.      HEADINGS

         The headings of the several paragraphs herein are inserted solely for
convenience of reference and are not intended to form a part of and are not
intended to govern, limit or aid in the construction of any term or provision
hereof.


                                       15
<PAGE>   16


34.      SUCCESSORS

         This Plan shall be binding upon the respective successors, assigns,
heirs, executors, administrators, guardians and personal representatives of the
Corporation and Participants.

                                       16

<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2






                              OPPORTUNITY AGREEMENT

                        Dated as of __________ ___, 1998

                                     between

                        OMEGA HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, INC.

                                       and

                              OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.




<PAGE>   2


                              OPPORTUNITY AGREEMENT

         This OPPORTUNITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), is entered into as of
__________ ___, 1998 between Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc., a Maryland
corporation ("Omega"), and Omega Worldwide, Inc., a Maryland corporation ("Omega
Worldwide").

         WHEREAS, an entity organized as a REIT principally makes passive
investments which produce interest or rental income, and the nature of the
investment approach and capital structure of Omega is to seek healthcare
investments principally located in the United States and producing significant
current income for distribution to Omega shareholders; and

         WHEREAS, Omega may in certain circumstances determine that it is
precluded from pursuing, or is limited in the manner in which it pursues,
various business opportunities due to its status as a REIT;

         WHEREAS, Omega Worldwide emphasizes investment opportunities 
(including healthcare operating opportunities) and active advisory
management opportunities not requiring a significant current yield but
contemplating long-term appreciation of growth in value through investments
made worldwide, and has been formed for the purpose of, among other things,
consolidating the advisory and management business and international operations
previously conducted by Omega; and

         WHEREAS, it is the objective of the parties that to the extent of their
common interests, each party will provide the other with a right of first
opportunity with respect to certain business opportunities made available to
each of them;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual
covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

          Section 1.1 Definitions.  In addition to the terms defined in the 
preamble and recitals to this Agreement and elsewhere herein, the following
terms shall have the meanings set forth herein for the purposes of this
Agreement:

                  "Affiliate" with respect to a Person, means a Person that
         controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such
         Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" when used with
         respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and
         policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the
         ownership of voting 

         


<PAGE>   3
         securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "affiliated,"
         "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
         foregoing.

                  "Change of Control" means a change in control of either party
         of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
         6(e) of Schedule 14A, Regulation 240, 14a-101, promulgated under the
         Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Act"), or, if Item 6(e) is no
         longer in effect, any regulation issued by the Securities and Exchange
         Commission pursuant to the Act which serves similar purposes; provided
         that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to have
         occurred if and when (a) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections
         13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Act) is or becomes a beneficial owner,
         directly or indirectly, of securities of such company representing 50%
         or more of the combined voting power of such company's then outstanding
         securities, (b) individuals who are members of the Board of Directors
         immediately prior to a meeting of the shareholders of such company
         involving a contest for the election of directors shall not constitute
         a majority of the Board of Directors following such election, or (c) a
         merger in which such company is not the surviving corporation, and the
         shareholders of such company immediately prior to such merger do not
         own at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving
         corporation.

                  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
         from time to time.

                  "Disinterested Directors" means, (i) with respect to Omega,
         the member(s) of Omega's Board of Directors who are not, and are not
         associates of, a direct, indirect or beneficial stockholder, director,
         officer, employee or Affiliate of Omega Worldwide or any of its
         Affiliates, and (ii) with respect to Omega Worldwide, the member(s) of
         Omega Worldwide's Board of Directors who are not, and are not
         associates of, a direct, indirect or beneficial stockholder, director,
         officer, employee or Affiliate of Omega or any of its Affiliates. For
         purposes hereof, the term "associate" shall have the meaning given in
         Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
         amended.

                  "Opportunity" means either a Worldwide Opportunity or a REIT
         Opportunity.

                  "Person" means any individual, corporation, proprietorship,
         firm, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company,
         trust, association or other entity.

                  "REIT" means a real estate investment trust under sections 856
         through 860 of the Code.

                  "REIT Opportunity" means any opportunity, principally within
         the United States, to (i) make any investment in healthcare real
         estate, real estate mortgages, real estate derivatives, or entities
         that invest exclusively in or have a substantial portion of their
         assets in any of the foregoing, so long as such investment would be
         consistent with the 


                                      -2-

<PAGE>   4
         requirements of the Code and regulations relating to Omega's status as
         a REIT; or (ii) make any REIT-Qualified Investment. "REIT-Qualified 
         Investment" means an investment, at least 95% of the gross income from
         which would qualify under the 95% gross income test set forth in 
         section 856(c)(2) of the Code (or could be structured so to qualify) 
         and the ownership of which would not cause Omega to violate the asset 
         limitations set forth in section 856(c)(4) of the Code (or could be 
         structured not to cause Omega to violate the section 856(c)(4) 
         limitations) and which otherwise meets the federal income tax  
         requirements applicable to REITs.

                  "Worldwide Opportunity" means any opportunity (i) to provide
         investment advisory services and/or investment management services to
         any healthcare investors, (ii) to acquire or make debt and/or equity
         investments (through a joint venture or otherwise) in, any healthcare
         investor or in healthcare real-estate related assets outside of the
         United States, (iii) to make investments in any entity conducting 
         healthcare operations, or (iv) to make any other real estate, finance
         or other investments not customarily undertaken by a qualified REIT.


                                   ARTICLE II
                              RELATIONSHIP OF OMEGA
                               AND OMEGA WORLDWIDE

          Section 2.1 Offer of Opportunities to Omega Worldwide.  Subject to 
the  limitations described herein, Omega will offer Omega Worldwide any
Worldwide Opportunities that become available to Omega and any REIT
Opportunities that Omega determines not to pursue. Omega Worldwide will have 10
business days (the "Notice Period") after receipt of information from Omega
with respect to an Opportunity to determine whether or not it will pursue such
Opportunity. After the end of the Notice Period, unless Omega has received
notice from Omega Worldwide that it will pursue the Opportunity, Omega may, if
it desires, pursue the Opportunity itself or offer the Opportunity to any other
Person. If Omega Worldwide notifies Omega that it intends to pursue an
Opportunity but subsequently decides not to pursue the Opportunity or for any
reason fails to consummate the Opportunity, Omega Worldwide shall immediately
provide notice that it is no longer pursuing the Opportunity to Omega. Omega
shall have the right to pursue the Opportunity itself or offer the Opportunity
to any other Person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein,
Omega shall have no obligation to offer a Worldwide Opportunity to Omega
Worldwide if the Worldwide Opportunity arose out of an investment previously
made by Omega outside of the United States. Omega, in its sole discretion, in
transactions approved by its Disinterested Directors, will make all decisions
as to its willingness to pursue any REIT Opportunities referenced above.


                                     -3-
<PAGE>   5


        Section 2.2 Offer of REIT Opportunities to Omega.  Subject to the
limitations  described herein, Omega Worldwide will offer Omega any REIT
Opportunities identified by Omega Worldwide. Omega will have the Notice Period
after receipt of information from Omega Worldwide with respect to the REIT
Opportunity to determine whether or not it will pursue the REIT Opportunity.
After the end of the Notice Period, unless Omega Worldwide has received notice
from Omega that it will pursue the opportunity, Omega Worldwide may, if it
desires, pursue the REIT Opportunity on its own behalf or offer the REIT
Opportunity to any other Person. If Omega notifies Omega Worldwide that it
intends to pursue a REIT Opportunity but subsequently decides not to pursue the
REIT Opportunity or for any reason fails to consummate the REIT Opportunity,
Omega shall immediately provide notice that it is no longer pursuing the REIT
Opportunity to Omega Worldwide. Omega Worldwide shall have the right to pursue
the REIT Opportunity itself or offer the REIT Opportunity to any other Person.

        Section 2.3  Support Provided by Omega Worldwide.  Omega Worldwide, at
Omega's  request, may make investments in certain transactions in order to
assist Omega in structuring acquisitions or investments that Omega elects to
pursue. The terms pursuant to which such investments are provided will be
negotiated in good faith on arm's length terms mutually acceptable to the
Disinterested Directors of each of Omega and Omega Worldwide.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 3.1    Term and Termination.

          (a) This Agreement shall terminate on __________ ___, 2008, subject to
renewal by mutual agreement of the parties for successive five-year terms.

         (b) Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a), a party may terminate this
Agreement by providing written notice to the other party that the other party is
in default of this Agreement and such default is material and remains uncured
for 15 days after receipt of notice thereof.

         (c) Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a), this Agreement shall terminate
automatically upon a Change of Control of either party.

         Section 3.2     Acknowledgments.

         (a) Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that the obligations
undertaken by it pursuant to this Agreement are unique and that the other party
hereto will not have an adequate remedy at law if it shall fail to perform any
of its obligations hereunder, and each of the parties hereto therefore confirms
that the right of the other party hereto to specific performance of the terms of
this Agreement is essential to protect the rights and interests of such party.
Accordingly, in addition to any other remedies that any party hereto may have at
law or in equity, each party 

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   6

shall have the right to have all obligations, covenants, agreements and other
provisions of this Agreement specifically performed by the other party hereto,
and each party shall have the right to obtain preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief to secure specific performance and to prevent a breach or
contemplated breach of this Agreement by the other party hereto.

         (b) If performance of any provision of this Agreement, at the time such
performance shall be due, shall transcend the limit of validity prescribed by
law, then the obligation to be performed shall be reduced to the limit of such
validity; and if any clause or provision contained in this Agreement operates or
would operate to invalidate this Agreement, in whole or in part, then such
clause or provision only shall be held ineffective, as though not herein
contained, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain operative and in
full force and effect. The parties shall negotiate in good faith a replacement
clause or provision as consistent with the ineffective clause or provision as is
practicable under law.

         Section 3.3    Subsidiaries.  Any  Opportunity  that is offered to and 
accepted by a party hereunder may be entered into by such party or any
subsidiary of such party.

         Section 3.4    Contractual Restrictions. No party shall be required 
to  comply with the first opportunity and notification rights set forth
in Article II of this Agreement if such compliance would violate any
confidentiality requirement or other contractual restriction binding on such
party.

         Section 3.5    No Partnership.  While it is the intention  of the 
parties to align their businesses in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement, each party shall act independently in its own best interests and
neither party shall be considered a partner or agent of the other party or to
owe any fiduciary or other common law duties to the other party.

         Section 3.6    Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended, modified or 
supplemented but only in writing signed by each of the parties hereto; provided
that any such amendment, modification or supplement shall be approved by the
Disinterested Directors of Omega and Omega Worldwide.

         Section 3.7    Noties.   Any notice, request, instruction or other 
document to be given hereunder by a party hereto shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been given, (i) when 

                                      -5-
<PAGE>   7

received if given in person or by courier or a courier service, (ii) on the date
of transmission if sent by facsimile or other wire transmission, or (iii) three
business days (seven business days for overseas mail) after being deposited in
the U.S. mail, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid:

         (a)      If to Omega, addressed as follows:

                  Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc.
                  905 West Eisenhower Circle
                  Suite 110
                  Ann Arbor, Michigan 48103
                  Attention: Chief Financial Officer
                  Facsimile No.: (313) 996-0020



                                      -6-

<PAGE>   8


         (b) If to Omega Worldwide, addressed as follows:

                  Omega Worldwide, Inc.
                  905 West Eisenhower Circle
                  Suite 101
                  Ann Arbor, Michigan 48103
                  Attention: Vice President and Secretary
                  Facsimile No.: (313) 996-0020

or to such other individual or address as a party hereto may designate for
itself by notice given as herein provided.

          Section 3.8 Waivers.  The delay or failure of a party hereto at any 
time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner
affect its right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by a party of
any condition or of any breach of any term, covenant, representation or warranty
contained in this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing, and no waiver
in any one or more instances shall be deemed to be a further or continuing
waiver of any such condition or breach in other instances or a waiver of any
other condition or breach of any other term, covenant, representation or
warranty.

          Section 3.9 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in 
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          Section 3.10  Interpretation.  The headings preceding the text of 
Articles and Sections included in this Agreement and the headings to Exhibits
attached to this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part
of this Agreement or be given any effect in interpreting this Agreement. The use
of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender herein shall not limit any provision
of this Agreement. The use of the terms "including" or "include" shall in all
cases mean "including, without limitation" or "include, without limitation,"
respectively. Underscored references to Articles, Sections or Exhibits shall
refer to those portions of this Agreement.

          Section 3.11 Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND 
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND, WITHOUT REGARD
TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

          Section 3.12  Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and 
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, no
assignment of any rights or obligations shall be made by any party without the
written consent of the other party.

                                      -7-

<PAGE>   9


          Section 3.13 No Third Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement is solely 
for the benefit of the parties hereto and no provision of this Agreement shall
be deemed to confer upon other third parties any remedy, claim, liability,
reimbursement, cause of action or other right.

          Section 3.14  Remedies Cumulative.  The remedies provided in this 
Agreement shall be cumulative and shall not preclude the assertion or exercise
of any other rights or remedies available by law, in equity or otherwise.

          Section 3.15  Entire Understanding.  This Agreement sets forth the 
entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the
matters set forth herein and supersedes any and all prior agreements,
arrangements and understandings among the parties.

          Section 3.16 No Presumption Against Drafter. Each of the parties 
hereto has jointly participated in the negotiation and drafting of this
Agreement. In the event of any ambiguity or a question of intent or
interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly
by each of the parties hereto and no presumptions or burdens of proof shall
arise favoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of
this Agreement.

                                    * * * * *


                                     -8-
<PAGE>   10




         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

                                    OMEGA HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, INC.


                                    By:
                                       -------------------------- 
                                    Name:
                                         ------------------------    

                                    Title:
                                          -----------------------   

                                    OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.


                                    By:
                                       -------------------------- 
                                    Name:
                                         ------------------------    

                                    Title:
                                          -----------------------   




<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.3


                                                                        12/13/97



                               SERVICES AGREEMENT


      This  Services  Agreement (this "Agreement") is made as of this ___ day of
_________  1998  (the  "Effective  Date"),  by  and  between  Omega   Healthcare
Investors, Inc., a Maryland corporation ("Omega"), and Omega  Worldwide, Inc., a
Maryland corporation ("Omega Worldwide").

      WHEREAS,  Omega  intends to consolidate its healthcare management business
and international operations and assets into Omega Worldwide and distribute
certain of the outstanding Common Stock of Omega Worldwide on a pro rata basis
to the holders of the Common Stock of Omega and sell some of the outstanding
Common Stock of Omega Worldwide to institutional investors; and 

      WHEREAS, Omega Worldwide wishes to purchase and acquire from Omega certain
administrative  services,  as  more  fully  described  in  Exhibit A hereto (the
"Services"),   designed   to   assist  Omega  Worldwide  in  the  cost-efficient
administration   of   Omega   Worldwide's corporate and business affairs, in the
manner   and   pursuant  to  terms and conditions as more specifically described
herein; and

      WHEREAS,  Omega  desires  to  provide or cause to be provided the Services
specified in this Agreement under the terms and conditions specified herein.

       NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  foregoing  and of the mutual
covenants  and  agreements  set  forth  herein,  and  other  good  and  valuable
consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the parties hereto agree as follows:

    Section 1. Disinterested Directors.

    As  used  herein,  the term "Disinterested Directors" means the member(s) of
Omega  Worldwide's  Board of Directors who are not, and are not associates of, a
direct,  indirect  or  beneficial  stockholder,  director,  officer, employee or
affiliate  of Omega or any of its affiliates.  For purposes of this Section, the
terms  "associate" and "affiliate" shall have the respective meanings given them
in   Rule  12b-2  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934, as
amended.

    Section 2. Services.

          2.1  Subject  to  the  terms  of this Agreement, Omega shall render to
Omega  Worldwide   those   routine   and  ordinary Services listed on Exhibit A,
attached    hereto    and   made   a   part  hereof.  Omega Worldwide shall give
Omega   written  notice  of its intent to terminate any Service at least 10 days
prior to the termination of the Service.






 
<PAGE>   2

                                                                        12/13/97

       2.2   From  time to time, Omega Worldwide may desire additional services 
not  specifically addressed in Exhibit A.  The provision of any such additional 
services by  Omega, and the amount of compensation therefor, shall, if material,
be approved  by a majority of the Disinterested Directors and the rates for such
compensation  shall  be  the  rates which allow Omega to recover the direct cost
for  such  services.   For  purposes of this subsection 2.2, the term "material"
shall  mean  an amount expected to be equal to or in excess of $_________ in any
calendar year.

       2.3  In  providing  the Services Omega shall not be obligated to (i) hire
any  additional  employees; (ii) maintain the employment of any specific current
Omega  employee;  (iii)  purchase, please or license any additional equipment or
software;  or  (iv) pay any costs related to the transfer or conversion of Omega
Worldwide's  data to Omega Worldwide or any alternate supplier of administrative
services.   Upon  the  termination of any of the Services, Omega Worldwide shall
be  obligated to return to Omega, as soon as practicable, any equipment or other
property  of  Omega  relating  to the Services which is owned or leased by Omega
and is or was in Omega Worldwide's possession or control.

       2.4  Omega  Worldwide shall compensate Omega quarterly for Omega's costs 
for  rendering  such Services  (including, without limitation, overhead expenses
such  as  salary expenses, rent, heating and air conditioning, electricity,  and
other  similar  expenses).  Omega's  costs for providing the Services  shall  be
determined  at  the end of each fiscal quarter by (i) dividing Omega Worldwide's
assets  at  the  end  of such fiscal quarter by the sum of Omega's assets at the
end  of  such  fiscal quarter and Omega Worldwide's assets, and (ii) multiplying
the quotient by the amount of Omega's overhead expenses.

       2.5  Omega  shall  bill Omega Worldwide within 30 days of the end of each
fiscal  quarter  for  the  amount  due  to  Omega for Services provided for such
fiscal  quarter.  All such bills shall contain reasonable detail with respect to
the  calculation of the fee and shall be due 30 days after receipt.  The failure
of   Omega  Worldwide  to pay any bill within 30 days of receipt shall result in
Omega Worldwide  owing  Omega  an additional handling charge equal to 1-1/4% per
month of the amount due from the date due to the payment date.

    Section 3. Term.

    The  initial  term  of  this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and
shall  extend  through December 31, 1999 (the "Initial Term").  Thereafter, this
Agreement  shall be renewed for consecutive one (1) year terms (each, a "Renewal
Term"),  provided  that  Omega  and  Omega 4. Worldwide mutually consent to each
such  renewal  not  less  than  ninety (90) days prior to the end of the current
term.   A  majority  of the Disinterested Directors must approve each renewal of
this  Agreement  and  approve the compensation payable by Omega Worldwide during
such Renewal Term for the Services.






                                       2
<PAGE>   3

                                                                        12/13/97

        Section 4. Confidentiality.

        Any  and  all  information  which  is not  generally known to the public
which  is  exchanged  between  the  parties  in  connection with this Agreement,
whether   of   a   technical  or  business   nature,   shall be considered to be
confidential.   The  parties  agree  that  confidential information shall not be
disclosed  to  any  third   party  or parties without the written consent of the
other  party.    Each  party  shall  take reasonable measures to protect against
nondisclosure  of  confidential  information  by  its   officers  and employees.
Confidential  information  shall  not  include  any  information (i) which is or
becomes  part  of  the  public domain, (ii) which is obtained from third parties
who  are not bound by confidentiality obligations, or (iii) which is required to
be  disclosed by law or the rules of any state or Federal regulatory agency, any
national  securities  exchange  or  the  NASDAQ  National  Market  System.   The
provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

        Section 5. Indemnification.

                5.1 Omega Worldwide  shall  indemnify,  defend  and  hold Omega,
and  its  directors,  officers,  and  employees  harmless  from  and against all
damages, losses and out-of-pocket expenses (including fees) incurred by them in
the course of performing the duties prescribed hereby, except for matters
covered by subsection 8.2 hereof.

                5.2 Omega   shall  indemnify,  defend  and hold Omega Worldwide,
its  directors,  officers  and  employees harmless from and against all damages,
losses  and  out-of-pocket expenses (including fees) caused by or arising out of
any  willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of any obligation
or agreement of Omega herein.

                5.3 Except   as  otherwise  provided  in  subsection 8.2 hereof,
Omega   does  not  assume  any responsibility under this Agreement other than to
render  the  Services  called  for  under  this  Agreement in good faith.  Omega
Worldwide's  sole  remedy  on  account  of  the  failure  of Omega to render the
Services  as  and  when     required  hereunder  shall  be  to  procure services
elsewhere   and  to charge Omega the difference between the reasonable increased
cost,  if  any, to procure new services, and the current cost to Omega Worldwide
to procure Services under this Agreement.

       Section 6. Notices.

       All  notices,  requests,  demands,  waivers   and   other  communications
(hereafter  "notices")  required  or  permitted  to  be  given  pursuant to this
Agreement  shall  be  in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i)
at  the time of delivery, if delivered by hand, (ii) on the date of termination,
if   sent  by  telegrams,  telex  or telecopy or (iii) three business days after
mailing,  if  mailed registered or certified first- class mail, postage prepaid,
return  receipt  requested.  Notices shall be delivered or sent, as the case may
be,  to  the  following  addresses or to such other addresses as the parties may
hereafter designate by like notice similarly provided:






                                       3
<PAGE>   4

                                                                        12/13/97

       If to Omega Worldwide:  Omega Worldwide, Inc.  
                               905 West Eisenhower Circle 
                               Suite 101 Ann Arbor,
                               Michigan 48103 
                               Attention: Chief Financial Officer

       If to Omega:            Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc.  
                               905 West Eisenhower Circle 
                               Suite 110 Ann
                               Arbor, Michigan 48103 
                               Attention: Vice President and Secretary

       Section 7. Force Majeure.

       Anything  else  in this Agreement notwithstanding, Omega shall be excused
from  performance  hereunder  while,  and to the extent that, its performance is
prevented  by  fire, drought, explosion, flood, invasion, rebellion, earthquake,
civil    commotion,  strike  or  labor  disturbance,  governmental  or  military
authority,  act of God, mechanical failure or any other event or casualty beyond
the  reasonable  control  of  Omega  ,  whether  similar  or dissimilar to those
enumerated   in  this  paragraph  (hereafter  a  "Casualty").  In the event of a
Casualty,   Omega  Worldwide shall be responsible for making its own alternative
arrangements with respect to the interrupted Services.

       Section 8. Independent Contractor.

       The  relationship  of Omega to Omega Worldwide which is created hereunder
is that of an independent contractor.  This Agreement is not intended to created
and  shall not be construed  as  creating between Omega Worldwide and Omega  the
relationship  of  affiliate, principal and agent, joint venture, partnership, or
any  other   similar   relationship,  the existence of which is hereby expressly
denied.

       Section 9. Waiver, Amendment or Modification.

        No   waiver,  amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid
unless in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith.

       Section 10. Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries.

       This   Agreement  shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the  parties  hereto, each of their respective successors and permitted assigns,
but  may  not  be  assigned by either party without the prior written consent of
the other party, and no other persons shall have or derive any right,






                                       4
<PAGE>   5

                                                                        12/13/97

benefit or obligation hereunder.  Omega  shall not be liable to any third party
in any way for any obligations or commitment pursuant to this Agreement or for
any act or omission hereunder.

        Section 11. Headings.

        The headings and titles of the various paragraphs of this Agreement are
inserted merely for the purpose of convenience, and do not expressly or by
implication limit, define, extend or affect the meaning or interpretation of
this Agreement or the specific terms or text of the paragraph so designated.

        Section 12. Severability.

        If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid by a court with
jurisdiction over the parties to this Agreement, then and in that event such
provision shall be deleted from the Agreement, which shall then be construed to
give effect to the remaining provisions thereof.  If any one or more of the
provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other instrument referred to
herein shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable
in any respect, then in that event, to the maximum extent permitted by law,
such invalidity, illegality or enforceability shall not affect any other
provisions of this Agreement or any other such instrument.

        Section 13. Counterparts.

        This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of 
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall be
considered one and the same instrument.

        Section 14. Governing Law.

        Despite any different result required by any conflicts of law 
provisions, this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of
Maryland.

        Section 15. Entire Agreement.

        This Agreement, together with the Exhibits hereto, constitutes and 
sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties pertaining to
the subject matter hereof, and no prior or contemporaneous written or oral
agreements, understandings, undertakings, negotiations, promises, discussions,
warranties or covenants not specifically referred to or contained herein or
attached hereto shall be valid and enforceable.  No supplement, modification,
termination in whole or in part, or waiver of this Agreement shall be binding
unless executed in writing by the party to be bound thereby.  No waiver of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a
waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall any
such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.






                                       5
<PAGE>   6

                                                                        12/13/97

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed on the day and year first above written.

                                   OMEGA HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, INC.



                                   By:_____________________________________
                                      Name: 
                                      Title:




                                   OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.



                                   By:_____________________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:






 
<PAGE>   7

                                                                        12/13/97

                                  EXHIBIT A

                       SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY OMEGA
                                      


1.       Corporate Accounting Services for:

         Payroll and related items; payment of operating expenses; payment of
         development costs; payment of mortgages and notes payable; collection
         of mortgages and notes receivable; payment of real estate, local
         privilege, sales, use, personal property taxes; over the counter
         deposits; cash management; investment of excess funds; coverage of
         controlled disbursement accounts; wire transfers in and out; bank
         account maintenance; bank account reconciliations; opening/closing of
         operating, security deposit, local depository and petty cash accounts;
         maintaining bank relationships; monitoring balances for bank
         compensation purposes; obtaining FEIN's; maintaining FEIN information;
         providing FEIN's to vendors and tenants; processing property insurance
         claims; maintenance of tax returns; labor allocations and related
         recoveries; travel and entertainment reimbursements; employee W-2's;
         tracking of pending deal expenses; tracking of relocation expenses;
         tracking of interviewing expenses; general accounting system
         maintenance; identification of ERISA issues; tracking benefit hours;
         tracking and paying wage garnishments and related orders; union
         reporting; dealing with investment houses for 401(k) plan; paying
         employee/employer match for 401(k); payroll bank account
         reconciliations; retirement plan discrimination tests; dealing with
         outside/tenant auditors for labor accounting; billing reports for
         employee insurance; dealing with taxing jurisdictions for state,
         federal and local employer taxes; dealing with payroll service bureau;
         dealing with insurance agency regarding employee/employer share of
         insurance payments; auto and equipment leasing; title and license
         propriety; taxable aspect of leased autos and gas; ad hoc reports
         concerning year-to-date overhead, projected overhead, direct payroll
         by company, department, etc.; corporate budget monitoring; maintenance
         of intercompany notes and related interest; workers' compensation
         billings and audits; head counts for fidelity bonds.

2.       Management Personnel Services for:

         Market evaluation; strategic and long range planning -- interfacing
         with leasing, operations and development to improve property
         performance; personnel training and development;  strategic
         advertising for certain properties; property training seminars and
         conferences; collateral material resources; hiring and terminating
         property personnel; property purchasing, contracts, payables and
         receivables; planning and executing special events; advertising
         campaigns; public relations including crisis communications training
         and management; designing and executing visual displays; merchant
         communication and meetings.






                                     A-1
<PAGE>   8

                                                                        12/13/97


3.       Human Resources Services for:

         Coordination  of  recruitment  (sourcing and interviewing) and staffing
         needs;  temporary  usage;  outplacement;  employee  and labor relations
         including   statutory   compliance,   affirmative   action,   workforce
         demographics  and  utilization  and EEO -- charges and annual reporting
         requirements;  compensation   administration;   office  services; Human
         Resources  Information  Systems; development of employment policies and
         procedures;  personnel  administration   --  processing  of  new hires,
         terminations,  transfers,  leaves  of absence, and miscellaneous status
         changes;  unemployment;  workers   compensation;   employee  assistance
         program; training and development including new  employee  orientation,
         supervisory skills and  management  development;  employee  relocation;
         health  and  welfare  programs -- group health, dental, life insurance,
         disability,  accidental  death  (AD&D),  supplemental  life  insurance;
         qualified  plans  including  401(k)  and  cash  balance;  miscellaneous
         employee  benefits  --  tuition  reimbursement,  key  employee medical;
         employee communications; desktop publishing; design  and print material
         coordination.

4.       Operations Services for:

         Coordination of mail in/out and messenger/overnight  mail; coordination
         of supply orders, copy services, records  storage,  facsimile  services
         and office maintenance.

5.       Computer Services for:

         Bookkeeping;  accounts payable and cash disbursement systems (including
         fraud control);  cash  management  system;  wire transfers;  short-term
         investments; tax  and  regulatory  reporting;  auditor support; payroll
         and  personnel  related  systems support; litigation management system;
         national  retail reporting; capital projects system; telephone services
         and  maintenance;  telephone  rate  negotiation;   telephone   services
         consultation;  configuring  telephone  systems  for   malls;  mainframe
         computer    operation   and  support;  local area network and wide area
         network  communications  support;  personal     computer    setup   and
         distribution;  personal  computer  maintenance and repair; hotline desk
         with hardware,   commercial  software  and proprietary program support;
         training and  orientation   of   new  employees;   advanced   training;
         documentation  support;  volume purchase discounts; electronic mail for
         internal  and  external  communications;  broker communication support;
         maintenance of broker names and mailing addresses.

6.       Financial Reporting/Asset Accounting for:

         Training  and  staffing;  hiring and reviews; general ledger review and
         maintenance;  outside  manager   relations/recording/reporting;  budget
         review   and approval; cash/tax/GAAP variance analysis -- asset review;
         cash flow, income tax and GAAP projections; cash generated






                                      A-2
<PAGE>   9

                                                                        12/13/97

         analysis  and  reporting;  periodic  historical cash/tax/GAAP financial
         reporting;  audit  support; investor reporting; technical review of SEC
         filings   including   EDGAR  support; acquisition/disposition analysis,
         cutoff,  prorations, reports and reviews; depreciation and amortization
         lapsing  schedules;   profit   and   loss   calculations;  distribution
         allocations;  preference  return   calculations;   lender   statements;
         contingent  interest  reports;  escalation  billing  statements/audits;
         maintenance of intercompany advances; maintenance of investment and
         capital account records.

7.       Legal Services for:

         Coordination of litigation of various forms; corporate and 
         regulatory records and filings; legal aspects of operational 
         issues and questions; equity offerings  and  debt financings; contract
         disputes; other miscellaneous matters.

8.       Insurance Services for:

         Claims  handling; processing property insurance claims; premiums/policy
         renewals;  loss  prevention  and   other  miscellaneous  administrative
         functions.






                                      A-3

<PAGE>   1
'                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.4

                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

         This CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of 
________, 1998, by and between Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc., a Maryland
corporation ("Omega") and Omega Worldwide, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the
"Company").

         WHEREAS, the Company is a newly formed corporation and a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Omega.

         WHEREAS, Omega desires to contribute to the Company all of Omega's
right, title and interest in and to certain of the assets of the business of
Omega in exchange for certain shares of common stock, $0.10 par value per share
of the Company (the "Common Stock"), and a contingent right to receive shares
of Series B Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company (the
"Series B Preferred").

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, mutual covenants and
agreements contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the parties hereto agree as follows:

        1.       Contribution of Assets.  Subject to the terms hereof, Omega
hereby contributes the following assets to the Company and the Company hereby
accepts such assets (the "Assets"):

         (a)     3,337,500 Class A voting ordinary shares of Principal
Healthcare Finance Limited, a private company incorporated with limited
liability in the Isle of Jersey ("Principal");

         (b)     Warrants to purchase (i) 10,000,000 Class B non-voting
ordinary shares of Principal expiring June 30, 2001 at an exercise price of
Pound 1.50 (approximately $2.40) per share and (ii) 554,583 Class A ordinary 
shares of Principal expiring December 31, 2000 at an exercise price of Pound
1.00 (approximately $1.60) per share;

         (c)     Subordinated debt in the amount of Pound 15,000,000 
(approximately $24,000,000) provided by Omega to Principal maturing on 
December 31, 2000;

         (d)     A ten-year British pound currency swap contract for the right
to exchange Pound 20,000,000 (approximately $32,000,000) for $31,740,000 on 
October 15, 2007;

         (e)     An Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement by and between
Principal and Omega dated as of July 21, 1995;

         (f)     Such other assets of Omega set forth on Schedule I having an
aggregate carrying value of not more than $150,000.





 
<PAGE>   2



        2.       Payment of Purchase Price.  In exchange for the Assets, the
Company shall issue 6,399,000 shares of Common Stock and agrees to
automatically issue 65,000 shares of the Series B Preferred to Omega for each
$0.0625 above $8.625 per share of the Company's Common Stock that more than
12,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock are traded on any single day prior
to April ___, 1998; provided, however, that the Company shall not cumulatively
issue more than 5,000,000 shares of the Series B Preferred to Omega under this
Agreement.

        3.       Representations and Warranties.  Each party hereto represents
to the other party that it is a corporation duly incorporated and validly
existing under the laws of its state of incorporation and that it has the
requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its
obligations hereunder.  Omega represents and warrants that it has good and
marketable title to the Assets and owns such Assets free and clear of all
liens, encumbrances, claims, security interests and defects.  The Company
represents that the Common Stock and the Series B Preferred have been duly
issued and will be outstanding as fully-paid and non-assessable stock of the
Company.  Each party hereto represents to the other that this Agreement has
been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the parties hereto and
constitutes the valid and binding agreement, enforceable against such party in
accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by general
equitable principles.

        4.       Further Assurances.  Each of Omega and the Company shall do
such acts and shall execute such further documents, conveyances, deeds,
assignments, transfers and the like, and will cause the doing of such acts and
will cause the execution of such further documents as are within its power as
the other party may at any time and from time to time reasonably request be
done or executed, in order to give full effect to the provisions of this
Agreement.

        5.       Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs,
successors, assigns and affiliates, but shall not be assignable by any party
hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

        6.       Headings.  The section headings of this Agreement are for
convenience only and in no way limit or enlarge the scope or meaning of the
language hereof.

        7.       Governing Law.  This Agreement shall, in all respects, be
governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the law of the
State of Maryland excluding the effect of principles of conflicts of laws.

        8.       Entire Agreement and Amendments.  This Agreement embodies the
entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings relating to this transaction.  This Agreement may be amended or
supplemented only by an instrument in writing executed by the party against
whom enforcement is sought.



                                      2

 
<PAGE>   3


        9.    Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original,
and all of such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same
original Agreement.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

                                        OMEGA HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, INC.



                                        By:____________________________
                                        Name:__________________________
                                        Title:_________________________


                                        OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.


                                        By:____________________________
                                        Name:__________________________
                                        Title:_________________________





 

<PAGE>   1



                                                              EXHIBIT 10.5










 

                     AMENDED AND RESTATED ADVISORY AGREEMENT
 
                                     BETWEEN
 
                      PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 
                                       AND
 
                        OMEGA HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, INC.




<PAGE>   2


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>                                                                  <C>
1.  DUTIES OF THE ADVISOR.  .............................................1

2.  NO PARTNERSHIP OR JOINT VENTURE......................................3

3.  RECORDS..............................................................3

4.  BANK ACCOUNTS........................................................3

5.  BOND.................................................................4

6.  INFORMATION FURNISHED ADVISOR........................................4

7.  CONSULTATION AND ADVICE..............................................4

8.  ANNUAL BUSINESS PLAN AND BUDGET......................................4

9.  DEFINITIONS..........................................................5

10.  INVESTED ASSETS FEE; INCENTIVE FEE..................................6

11.  STATEMENTS..........................................................7

12.  COMPENSATION FOR ADDITIONAL SERVICES................................7

13.  EXPENSES OF THE ADVISOR.............................................7

14.  EXPENSES OF THE COMPANY.............................................8

15.  OTHER ACTIVITIES OF ADVISOR.........................................9

16.  TERM; TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.....................................10

17.  AMENDMENTS.........................................................11

18.  DEFAULT, BANKRUPTCY, ETC...........................................11

19.  ASSIGNMENT.........................................................11

20.  ACTION UPON TERMINATION............................................12
</TABLE>


                                       2
<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<S>  <C>                                                                <C>
21.  LIMITS OF ADVISOR RESPONSIBILITY...................................12

22.  NOTICES............................................................13

23.  HEADINGS...........................................................14

24.  GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.............................14

25.  JOINDER............................................................15

26.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT...................................................15
</TABLE>

                                        3
<PAGE>   4

         THE ADVISORY AGREEMENT ("Agreement") dated as of July 21, 1995 between
PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED, a company incorporated with limited
liability under the laws of Jersey (the "Company"), and OMEGA HEALTHCARE
INVESTORS, INC., a Maryland corporation (the "Advisor") is hereby amended and
restated effective as of November __, 1997 in its entirety to read as follows:
 
 
                                    RECITALS:

         A. The Company is a limited liability company under the laws of Jersey,
formed to acquire real estate in the United Kingdom to be used for the provision
of health care services, which real estate will be leased to and operated by
independent health care operators.

         B. The Advisor is engaged in the United States in the business of
owning and leasing health care facilities to third party operators and in making
mortgage loans to such third party operators.
 
         C. The Advisor and its employees have extensive experience in the
administration of real estate assets used to provide health care services and
the origination, structuring and evaluation of real estate and mortgage
investments and leasing activities related to the health care industry.

         D. The Company and the Advisor have agreed to amend certain of the
terms of the Agreement, and in connection therewith, to amend and restate the
Agreement in its entirety.
 
         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:
 
         1. DUTIES OF THE ADVISOR. The Advisor shall provide such services and
activities relating to the assets, operations and business plans of the Company
as may be appropriate, including:
 
             (a) assisting in the preparation of annual budgets and business
plans for approval by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Business
Plans");
 
             (b) using its best efforts to present to the Company a continuing
investment program consistent with the investment policies and objectives of the
Company as set forth in the Business Plans;
 
             (c) using its best efforts to present to the Company investment
opportunities consistent with the Business Plans and such investment program as
the Board of Directors may adopt from time to time;
 

<PAGE>   5

             (d) furnishing or obtaining and supervising the performance of the
ministerial functions in connection with the administration of the day-to-day
operations of the Company, including the investment of reserve funds and surplus
cash in short-term money market investments;
 
             (e) serving as one of the Company's investment and financial
advisors and providing research, economic, and statistical data in connection
with the Company's investments and investment and financial policies;
 
             (f) assisting the Company in investigating, selecting and
negotiating with borrowers, lenders, mortgagors, brokers, investors, builders,
developers and others;
 
             (g) consulting with the Directors of the Company and furnishing the
Directors with advice and recommendations with respect to the making, acquiring
(by purchase, investment, exchange, or otherwise), holding, and disposition
(through sale, exchange, or otherwise) of investments consistent with the
Business Plans of the Company;
 
             (h) advising the Directors of the Company with respect to such
services as may be required in acquiring and disposing of investments,
disbursing and collecting the funds of the Company, paying the debts and
fulfilling the obligations of the Company, and handling, prosecuting, and
settling any claims of the Company, including foreclosing and otherwise
enforcing leases and mortgages and other liens securing investments;
 
             (i) assisting the Company in obtaining such services as may be
required for property management, loan disbursements, and other activities
relating to the investments of the Company, provided, however, the compensation
for such services shall be agreed to by the Company and the service provider;

             (j) advising the Company in connection with capital market
activities, but in no event in such a way that the Advisor could be deemed to be
acting as a broker-dealer or underwriter or subject to the jurisdiction of any
governmental authority;
 
             (k) quarterly, and at any time requested by the Board of Directors
of the Company, making reports to the Board of Directors of the Company
regarding the Company's performance to date in relation to the Company's current
approved Business Plan and its various components, as well as the Advisor's
performance of its services under this Agreement;
 
             (l) making or providing appraisal reports, where appropriate, on
investments or contemplated investments of the Company;
 
             (m) assisting in preparation of reports and other documents
necessary to satisfy the reporting and other requirements of any governmental
bodies or agencies and assisting in maintaining effective communications with
shareholders of the Company; and



                                       2
<PAGE>   6

             (n) doing all things necessary to ensure its ability to render the
services contemplated herein, including providing office space and office
furnishings, computing and accounting equipment and personnel necessary for the
performance of the foregoing services as Advisor, all at its own expense, except
as otherwise expressly provided for herein.

     In performing its services under this Agreement, the Advisor acknowledges
that it is doing so pursuant to a delegation of day to day management by the
Board of Directors of the Company, which delegation remains under the
supervision and control of the Board of Directors of the Company, and further
that the Board of Directors of the Company and not the Advisor maintains
ultimate authority for the conduct of the business of the Company. The Company
acknowledges that the Advisor shall perform its services under this Agreement
primarily through facilities, personnel and support services located at its
United States offices through personnel of Advisor's selection.

     In performing its services under this Agreement, the Advisor may utilize
facilities, personnel and support services of various of its Affiliates, whether
located within or outside of the United Kingdom. The Advisor shall reimburse
such Affiliates for their services and facilities out of the compensation
provided for in Section 10 hereof. Notwithstanding the above, the Company may
request, and will pay for the direct costs of, additional services (as described
in Section 12 of this Agreement). As set forth in Section 15 of this Agreement,
the Advisor will engage in numerous other activities related to real estate and
not related to the Company or its assets.

     2. NO PARTNERSHIP OR JOINT VENTURE. The Company and the Advisor are not
partners or joint venturers with each other, and nothing herein shall be
construed so as to make them such partners or joint venturers or impose any
liability as such on either of them. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall
authorize either party to act as agent or representative of the other party or
to authorize either party to create any obligation on behalf of the other party.
 
     3. RECORDS. At all times the Advisor shall keep proper books of account and
records of the Company's affairs which shall be accessible for inspection by the
Company at the Advisor's principal office in the United States and in at any
time during ordinary business hours.
 
     4. BANK ACCOUNTS. The Advisor may establish and maintain one or more bank
accounts in its own name, and may collect and deposit into any such account or
accounts, and disburse from any such account or accounts, any money on behalf of
the Company, under such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors of the
Company may approve, provided that no funds in any such account shall be
commingled with funds of the Advisor or another party; and the Advisor shall
from time to time render appropriate accounting of such collections and payments
to the Board of Directors of the Company and to the auditors of the Company.
 



                                       3
<PAGE>   7

     5. BOND. If required by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Advisor
shall maintain a fidelity bond with a responsible surety company in such amount
as may be required by the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time,
covering all directors, officers, employees, and agents of the Advisor handling
funds of the Company and any investment documents or records pertaining to
investments of the Company. Such bond shall inure to the benefit of the Company
in respect to losses of any such property from acts of such directors, officers,
employees, and agents through theft, embezzlement, fraud, negligence, error, or
omission or otherwise, the premium for said bond to be at the expense of the
Company. If any director of the Company is an Affiliate of the Advisor, the
approval of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company who are not so
affiliated shall be required for the Company to require such a bond for the
Advisor.
 
     6. INFORMATION FURNISHED ADVISOR. The Board of Directors of the Company
shall have the right to change a Business Plan at any time. The Board of
Directors of the Company shall promptly furnish a copy of any changes to any
Business Plan to the Advisor. The Company shall furnish the Advisor with a
certified copy of all financial statements, a signed copy of each report
prepared by independent certified public accountants, and such other information
with regard to the Company's affairs as the Advisor may from time to time
reasonably request.
 
     7. CONSULTATION AND ADVICE. In addition to the services described above,
the Advisor shall consult with the Board of Directors of the Company, and shall,
at the request of the Board of Directors, furnish advice and recommendations
with respect to any aspect of the business and affairs of the Company, including
any factors that in the Advisor's best judgment should influence the policies of
the Company. The Advisor and the Company shall confer as required concerning the
Advisor's staffing and personnel assigned to perform the services of the Advisor
hereunder, with the goal that the Advisor employ highly qualified professional
staff, in whom both the Advisor and the Company repose confidence and trust.

     8. ANNUAL BUSINESS PLAN AND BUDGET. The Advisor shall assist the Company in
the preparation of a Business Plan for each Fiscal Year of the Company for
submission to the Board of Directors of the Company. Such Business Plan shall
include a twelve-month projection of operations and cash flow with explicit
assumptions and a general plan for asset sales or acquisitions, leasing,
lending, foreclosure and borrowing activity, other investments or ventures and
proposed securities offerings or repurchases or any proposed restructuring of
the Company. To the extent possible, the Business Plan shall set forth the
Advisor's recommendations and the basis therefor with respect to all material
investments of the Company. Upon approval by the Board of Directors of the
Company, the Advisor shall advise and assist in the conduct of the business of
the Company in accordance with the explicit provisions of the Business Plan,
specifically including the borrowing, leasing, maintenance, capital
improvements, renovations and sale of investments set forth in the Business
Plan. Within forty five (45) days of the end of each calendar quarter, the
Advisor shall provide the Board of Directors of the Company with a report
comparing the Company's actual performance for such quarter against the Business
Plan.

                                       4

<PAGE>   8
 
     9. DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings
set forth below:

             (a) "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income" shall mean for any fiscal
period, the consolidated net income for the Company and its consolidated
subsidiaries, (i) increased by (x) the amount of income allocable to such fiscal
period from zero-coupon investments or similar deferred payment investments and
(y) the amount of any increase in appraisal write-up valuation of assets of the
Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as reported in annual valuations for
such fiscal period and decreased by the amount of any reduction in appraisal of
assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as reported in annual
valuations for such fiscal period.
 
             (b) "Aggregate Book Value of Invested Assets" shall mean the Book
Value of Invested Assets for all of the following as a group: (i) the Company;
(ii) each Person that is an Affiliate of the Company; and (iii) each
Securitization Entity.

             (c) "Affiliate" shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person
which owns beneficially, directly, or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding
capital stock, shares or equity interests of such Person or of any other Person
which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person or
is an officer, retired officer, director, employee, or partner of such Person or
of any other Person which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control
with, such Person.
 
             (d) "Book Value" of an asset or assets shall mean the value of such
asset or assets as recorded on the books of any Person, (i) before any appraisal
write-up in accordance with United Kingdom GAAP; (ii) before provision for
amortization, depreciation, depletion or valuation reserves; and (iii) deducting
any indebtedness or other liability in respect thereof.
 
             (e) "Book Value of Invested Assets" shall mean the Book Value of
the total assets of any nature or description owned, leased, managed or operated
by any Person (without deduction of any liabilities), but excluding (i) goodwill
and other intangible assets, (ii) cash, and (iii) cash equivalent investments
with terms which mature in one year or less, and increased by the amount of any
increase in appraisal write-up of assets of the Company and its consolidated
subsidiaries as reported in annual valuations for such fiscal period and
decreased by the amount of any reduction in appraisal of assets of the Company
and its consolidated subsidiaries as reported in annual valuations for such
fiscal period. 

             (f) "Business Plan" shall mean the Company's investment policies
and objectives and the capital and operating budget based thereon for the
relevant fiscal year of the Company as approved by the Board of Directors of the
Company, as thereafter modified or amended.


             (g) "Change of Control" shall mean, as to the Advisor, (i) the
election to the board of directors of the Advisor in a contested election of
directors of individuals comprising a majority of directors who, immediately
prior to the contested election, were not members of the 

                                       5
<PAGE>   9

board of directors of the Advisor, or (ii) a change in the duties of the
Chairman and/or the Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor, which change
precludes the active involvement of such officer or officers of the Advisor in
the performance of the Advisor's services under this Agreement.

             (h) "Earnings per Share" shall mean the Adjusted Consolidated Net
Income of the Company for any fiscal period, divided -by the weighted average
number of ordinary shares outstanding for such fiscal period.

             (i) "Invested Assets" shall mean the assets of any Person which are
managed by the Advisor.
 
             (j) "Leases" shall mean all leases and subleases from the Company
and its Affiliates to third party lessees and sublessees.
 
             (k) "Mortgage Loans" shall mean notes, debentures, bonds, and other
evidences of indebtedness or obligations, whether negotiable or non-negotiable,
and which are secured or collateralized by mortgages, including first,
wraparound, construction and development, and junior mortgages.
 
             (l) "Person" shall mean and include individuals, corporations,
limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, joint
stock companies or associations, joint ventures, associations, companies,
trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts, or other entities
and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.
 
             (m) "Real Property" shall mean and include land, rights in land,
leasehold interests (including but not limited to interests of a lessor or
lessee therein), and any buildings, structures, improvements, fixtures, and
equipment located on or used in connection with land, leasehold interests, and
rights in land or interests therein.

             (n) "Securitization Entity" shall mean any Person formed or availed
of for the purposes of financing and/or acquiring assets now owned, leased,
managed and/or operated by or to be owned, leased, managed and/or operated by
the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

      All calculations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be based on
statements (which may be unaudited, except as provided herein) prepared on an
accrual basis consistent with United Kingdom generally accepted accounting
principles, regardless of whether the Company may also prepare statements on a
different basis.
 

      10. INVESTED ASSETS FEE; INCENTIVE FEE. On or before the twenty-eighth day
of each month during the term hereof, the Company shall pay to the Advisor, as
compensation for the management and advisory services rendered to the Company
hereunder, a fee at the rate of 0.075% per month of the average of the Aggregate
Book Value of the Invested Assets ("Invested Assets Fee") at the beginning and
at the end of the next preceding calendar month.

                                       6
<PAGE>   10

The annual rate of the Invested Assets Fee shall be 0.90% per annum.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent Invested Assets include assets held
by a Securitization Entity, the Invested Assets Fee with respect to such assets
shall accrue monthly and be paid semi-annually (i) in advance on the date of
closing of the securitization and (ii) thereafter on the date the Securitization
Entity makes a regularly scheduled payment of interest and/or principal.

      On or before the first day of the third calendar month following the
Company's receipt of its audited financial statements for the prior fiscal year,
the Company's auditors (or other third party acceptable to the Advisor and the
Company) shall determine whether the Earnings Per Share for the fiscal year then
ended based on fully diluted weighted shares outstanding exceeded by at least
twenty percent (20%) the Earnings Per Share for the preceding fiscal year (the
"Target Earnings Per Share"). In the event the Company shall have achieved
Target Earnings Per Share for any Fiscal Year, then the Company shall pay to the
Advisor an Incentive Fee equal to two-tenths of one percent (0.2%) of the
average of Aggregate Book Value of Invested Assets. For purposes of the
Incentive Fee, the average of Aggregate Book Value of Invested Assets shall be
determined as the average of the Aggregate Book Value of Invested Assets on the
first day of the fiscal year and the Aggregate Book Value of Invested Assets on
the last day of the fiscal year.

      Certain expenses and reimbursements described in Sections 13 and 14 of
this Agreement may be allocated in part to the account of the Advisor and in
part to the account of the Company, as may be agreed by the parties hereto.
 
      11. STATEMENTS. Upon request, the Advisor shall furnish to the Company not
later than the tenth (10th) day of each calendar month, beginning with the
second (2nd) calendar month of the term of this Agreement, a statement showing
the computation of the fees, if any, payable in respect to the next preceding
calendar month.

      12. COMPENSATION FOR ADDITIONAL SERVICES. If and to the extent that the
Company shall request the Advisor or any director, officer, partner, or employee
of the Advisor or Affiliates of the Advisor to render services for the Company
other than those required to be rendered by the Advisor hereunder, such
additional services, if performed, will be compensated separately on terms to be
agreed upon between such party and the Company from time to time.
 
      13. EXPENSES OF THE ADVISOR. The Advisor shall bear the following
expenses, (subject to the allocation provisions of Section 10 of this
Agreement):
 
             (a) employment expenses of the personnel employed by the Advisor
including, but not limited to, fees, salaries, wages, payroll taxes, travel
expenses, and the cost of employee benefit plans and temporary help expenses
(including fees, salaries, and expenses paid to directors, officers, and
employees of the Advisor who are also directors, officers or employees of the
Company, when acting in such capacities as directors, officers or employees of
the Advisor);


                                       7
<PAGE>   11
 
             (b) advertising and promotional expenses incurred in seeking
investments for the Company;
 
             (c) rent, telephone, utilities, office furniture and furnishings,
and other office expenses of the Advisor;
 
             (d) the cost of any internal accounting, statistical, bookkeeping
or computer equipment or computer time necessary for maintaining the books and
records of the Company; and

             (e) miscellaneous administrative expenses relating to performance
by the Advisor of its functions hereunder.
 
      14. EXPENSES OF THE COMPANY. The Company shall pay all of its expenses not
assumed by or allocated to the Advisor, including without limitation, the
following expenses:
 
             (a) the cost of money borrowed by the Company;
 
             (b) income taxes, taxes and assessments on real property, and all
other taxes applicable to the Company;

             (c) legal, auditing, accounting (other than internal accounting),
preparing all tax returns, underwriting, brokerage, listing, registration and
other fees, printing, and engraving and other expenses, and taxes incurred in
connection with the issuance, distribution, transfer, registration, and stock
exchange listing of the Company's securities;
 
             (d) fees, salaries, and expenses paid to directors, officers, and
employees of the Company;

             (e) fees and expenses paid to independent advisors, independent
contractors, mortgage services, consultants, managers, local property managers
or management firms, accountants, attorneys and other agents employed by or on
behalf of the Company;
 
             (f) expenses directly connected with the origination or purchase of
Mortgage Loans and with the acquisition, disposition, and ownership of real
estate equity interests, Leases or other property, including the costs of
foreclosure, insurance, legal, protective, brokerage, maintenance, repair, and
property improvement services;

             (g) expenses of maintaining and managing real estate equity
interests;
 
             (h) insurance, as required by the Board of Directors of the Company
(including Board of Directors' liability insurance for the Directors);
 

                                       8
<PAGE>   12

             (i) the expenses of organizing, revising, amending, converting,
modifying, or terminating the Company;
 
             (j) expenses connected with payments of dividends or interest or
distributions in cash or any other form made or caused to be made by the Board
of Directors of the Company to holders of securities of the Company;
 
             (k) all expenses connected with communications to holders of
securities of the Company and the other bookkeeping and clerical work necessary
in maintaining relations with holders of securities, including the cost of
printing and mailing certificates for securities and proxy solicitation
materials and reports to holders of the Company's securities;
 
             (l) the cost of any outside auditing necessary for maintaining the
books and records of the Company and the costs for preparing and filing all
required tax returns;
 
             (m) transfer agent's, registrar's, and indenture trustee's fees and
charges;
 
             (n) legal, accounting, investment banking, and auditing fees and
expenses charged by independent parties for services provided to the Company;
 
             (o) out of pocket expenses incurred by the Advisor, arising from
the sales of Company properties, including those expenses related to carrying
out foreclosure and lease termination proceedings;
 
             (p) costs and expenses associated with risk management (i.e.
insurance relating to the Company's assets);
 
             (q) loan refinancing compensation; and
 
             (r) expenses associated with special services requested by the
Board of Directors of the Company pursuant to Section 12 hereof.
 

      15. OTHER ACTIVITIES OF ADVISOR. Except as provided in the last sentence
of this paragraph of this Section 15, the Advisor, its officers, directors, or
employees or any of its Affiliates (and such Affiliate's officers, directors, or
employees) may engage in other business activities related to real estate
investments or act as advisor to any other Person, including those with
investment policies similar to the Company, and the Advisor and its officers,
directors, or employees and any of its Affiliates (and such Affiliate's
officers, directors, or employees) shall be free from any obligation to present
to the Company any particular investment opportunity that comes to the Advisor
or such persons, regardless of whether such opportunity is in accordance with
the Company's Business Plans. In addition, nothing herein shall prevent any
director, officer or employee of the Advisor, or any Affiliate (and such
Affiliate's officers, directors, or 


                                       9
<PAGE>   13

employees) from engaging in any other business or from rendering services of any
kind to any other Person (including competitive business activities).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor its Affiliates, nor their
respective directors, officers, or employees, shall act as an advisor to, or
agree to act as an advisor to, any other Person with respect to real property
located in the United Kingdom and used for health care purposes, without the
prior written consent of the Board of Directors of the Company.

             Directors, officers, employees and agents of the Advisor or of its
affiliates may serve as directors, employees, agents, nominees or signatories of
the Company. When executing documents or otherwise acting in such capacities for
the Company, such persons shall use their respective titles in the Company.
 
      16. TERM; TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall commence on the
date hereof (the "Effective Date") and, subject to the automatic extension and
early termination provisions of this Agreement, shall continue until December
31, 2000, and continue thereafter unless terminated by either party as set forth
below. Beginning on January 1, 1998 and continuing as of each January 1
thereafter, the Term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for one
additional year unless either party exercises the early termination rights
described in the following sentence. By written notice delivered to the other
party not later than November 15 of any calendar year, either party may elect to
avoid the automatic extension of the term. For example, if a party gives notice
on or before November 15, 1998 of its election to avoid the automatic extension
provision of this Agreement, the term of this Agreement would end on December
31, 2001.

      During the ninety (90) day period following a Change in Control, the
Company shall have the right to elect to terminate this Agreement, by notice
given to the Advisor. Such termination shall be effective one hundred eighty
(180) days following the Advisor's receipt of notice of termination from the
Company.

      If any director of the Company is an Affiliate of the Advisor, the
approval of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company who are not so
affiliated shall be required for the Company to make the election described in
the preceding paragraph. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this
Section 16, such termination shall be without further liability or obligation of
either party to the other as of the Termination Date, except as provided in
Section 20 hereof; provided however, that in no event shall such termination
limit the Advisor's right to indemnification pursuant to Section 21 hereof with
respect to any acts or omission undertaken by Advisor prior to such termination.

      17. AMENDMENTS. This Agreement shall not be changed, modified, terminated
or discharged in whole or in part except by an instrument in writing signed by
both parties hereto, or their respective successors or assigns, or otherwise as
provided herein. If any director of the Company is an Affiliate of the Advisor,
the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors of 

                                       10
<PAGE>   14

the Company who are not so affiliated shall be required for the Company to amend
this Agreement.
 
      18. DEFAULT, BANKRUPTCY, ETC. At the option solely of the Board of
Directors of the Company, this Agreement shall be and become terminated
immediately upon written notice of termination from the Board of Directors of
the Company to the Advisor if any of the following events shall occur:
 
             (a) If the Advisor shall violate any provision of this Agreement,
and after notice of such violation shall not cure such default within thirty
(30) days, or, such longer period as may be appropriate if not susceptible of
being cured within the thirty (30) days; or
 
             (b) If the Advisor shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent by a
court of competent jurisdiction, or an order shall be made by a court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, or trustee
of the Advisor or of all or substantially all of its property by reason of the
foregoing, or approving any petition filed against the Advisor for its
reorganization, and such adjudication or order shall remain in force or unstayed
for a period of sixty (60) days; or

             (c) If the Advisor shall institute proceedings for voluntary
bankruptcy or shall file a petition seeking reorganization under the Federal
bankruptcy laws, or for relief under any law for the relief of debtors, or shall
consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or of all or substantially
all its property, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally,
as they become due.
 
      The Advisor agrees that if any of the events specified in subsections (b)
and (c) of this Section 18 shall occur, it will give written notice thereof to
the Board of Directors of the Company within seven (7) days after the occurrence
of such event. If any director of the Company is an Affiliate of the Advisor,
the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company who are not
so affiliated shall be required for the Company to give any notice described in
this Section.


      19. ASSIGNMENT. The Advisor may assign this Agreement to any Affiliate of
the Advisor, provided that at the time of the assignment the assignee (x)
assumes and agrees to be bound by this Agreement and (y) is controlled by a
board of directors, a majority of whom are members of the Board of Directors of
the Advisor and (z) has as its chief executive officer the individual who is
Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Advisor. Such an assignment or any
other assignment of this Agreement by the Advisor shall bind the assignee
thereunder in the same manner as the Advisor is bound hereunder. The Advisor may
also assign this Agreement to a corporation, association, trust, or other
successor organization which may take over the property and carry on the affairs
of the Advisor, provided that following such assignment the persons who
controlled the operations of the Advisor immediately prior to the assignment
shall control the operation of the successor organization, including the
performance of its duties under this Agreement, and they shall be bound by the
same restrictions by which they were bound to 


                                       11
<PAGE>   15

such assignment. This Agreement shall not otherwise be assignable by the Advisor
without the prior written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall not be
assignable by the Company without the prior written consent of the Advisor,
except in the case of any assignment by the Company to a corporation or other
organization which is the successor to the Company, in which case such successor
shall be bound hereby and by the terms of said assignment in the same manner and
to the same extent as the Company is bound hereby.
 
      20. ACTION UPON TERMINATION. From and after the effective date of
termination of this Agreement, pursuant to Sections 16, 18 or 19 hereof, the
Advisor shall not be entitled to compensation for further services hereunder but
shall be paid all compensation accruing to the date of termination. The Advisor
shall be deemed to have earned one-twelfth of the Incentive Fee for each full
calendar month during which it provides services to the Company under this
Agreement. The Advisor shall forthwith upon such termination:
 
             (a) pay over to the Company all monies collected and held for the
account of the Company pursuant to this Agreement;
 
             (b) deliver to the Board of Directors of the Company a full
accounting, including a statement showing all payments collected by it and a
statement of any monies held by it, covering the period following the date of
the last accounting furnished to the Board of Directors of the Company; and
 
             (c) deliver to the Board of Directors of the Company all property
and documents of the Company then in the custody of the Advisor.

      For a period of one year following the date of termination of this
Agreement, neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company shall, directly
or indirectly, offer employment (including, but not limited to consulting
arrangements) to any employee of the Advisor or any Affiliate of the Advisor
without the prior written consent of the Advisor, which consent may be freely
withheld.

      21. LIMITS OF ADVISOR RESPONSIBILITY. The Advisor assumes no
responsibility other than to render the services described herein in good faith
and shall not be responsible for any action of the Company in following or
declining to follow any advice or recommendation of the Advisor. The Advisor,
its shareholders, directors, officers, agents, employees and Affiliates will not
be liable to the Company, its shareholders, or others, except by reason of acts
constituting bad faith, willful or wanton misconduct or gross negligence. The
Company shall reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless the Advisor, its
shareholders, directors, officers, agents and employees and its Affiliates for
and from any and all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges
and claims of any nature whatsoever in respect to or arising from any acts or
omissions of the Advisor undertaken in good faith and in accordance with the
standard set forth above pursuant to the authority granted to it by this
Agreement.
 

                                       12
<PAGE>   16

      22. NOTICES. Any notice, report, or other communication required or
permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing unless some other method of
giving such notice, report, or other communication is accepted by the party to
whom it is given, and shall be effective when transmitted by telecopier,
delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice or notice sent by overnight
courier, upon receipt thereof as conclusively evidenced by the signed receipt
therefor by being delivered at the following addresses of the parties hereto:
 
      The Board of Directors of the Company and/or the Company:

                           Principal Healthcare Finance Limited
                           c/o Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc.
                           905 W. Eisenhower Circle, Suite 110
                           Ann Arbor, MI 48103
                           Attention:  Managing Director
                           Telephone:       (313) 747-9790
                           Fax:             (313) 996-0020

                           with a copy to:

                           Principal Healthcare Finance Limited
                           P.O. Box 404
                           Pirouet House
                           Union Street
                           St. Helier, Jersey JE4 9WG
                           Channel Islands
                           Telephone:       011 44 153 450-4401
                           Fax:             011 44 153 435-328


                           with an additional copy to:

                           Gottesman Jones & Partners
                           Aldwych House
                           Aldwych
                           London WC2B 4HN
                           England
                           Telephone:       (0171) 242-8953
                           Fax:             (0171) 405-3190
                                            (0171) 405-0527
 
         The Advisor:
 
                           Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc.
                           905 W. Eisenhower Circle, Suite 110


                                       13
<PAGE>   17

                           Ann Arbor, MI 48103
                           Attention:  Essel W. Bailey, Jr.
                                              President
                           Telephone:       (313) 747-9790
                           Fax:             (313) 996-0020

                           with a copy to:

                           Argue Pearson Harbison & Myers, LLP
                           801 South Flower Street
                           Suite 500
                           Los Angeles, California 90017-4699
                           Attention: William A. Jones
                           Telephone:       (213) 622-3100
                           Fax:             (213) 622-7881


Either party may at any time give notice in writing to the other party of a
change of its address for the purpose of this Section 22.
 
      23. HEADINGS. The section headings hereof have been inserted for
convenience of reference only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning,
construction, or effect of this Agreement.

      24. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. This agreement shall be
governed and controlled as to validity, enforcement, interpretation,
construction, effect and in all other respects by the statutes, laws and
decisions of the state of Michigan. The Company consents to in personam
jurisdiction before the state and federal courts in the state of Michigan and
agrees that all disputes concerning this agreement may be litigated, in
Advisor's sole discretion and at Advisor's sole election, only in courts located
in the state of Michigan. The Company agrees that service of process may be
effected upon it under any method permissible under the laws of the state of
Michigan and irrevocably waives any objection to venue in the state or federal
courts of the state of Michigan.
 
      25. JOINDER. The Company shall cause each Affiliate and Securitization
Entity to join in this Agreement for purposes of determining the Invested Assets
Fees and Incentive Fees payable to the Advisor under this Agreement.

      26. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of
the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and
cancels any pre-existing agreements with respect to such subject matter.
 

                                       14
<PAGE>   18

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED and OMEGA
HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, INC. by their duly authorized representatives, have signed
these presents all as of November __, 1997.
 
                                    PRINCIPAL HEALTHCARE FINANCE LIMITED
 

                                    By:   /s/  J. G. West
                                    Name:      J. G. West
                                    Title:        Chairman

 
                                    OMEGA HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, INC.


                                    By:  /s/   James P. Flaherty
                                    Name:     James P. Flaherty
                                    Title:       Vice President--International


                                       15

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6

================================================================================




                               RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                      
                                   between
                                      
                            OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.
                                      
                                     and
                                      
                                 Rights Agent

                          Dated as of ________, 1998





================================================================================
<PAGE>   2



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     Page
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
Section 1.  Certain Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
                                                                                                    
Section 2.  Appointment of Rights Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                                                                                                    
Section 3.  Issuance of Right Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                                                                                                    
Section 4.  Form of Right Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
                                                                                                    
Section 5.  Countersignature and Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
                                                                                                    
Section 6.  Transfer, Division, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates;                     
            Mutilated,Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
                                                                                                    
Section 7.  Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
                                                                                                    
Section 8.  Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
                                                                                                    
Section 9.  Availability of Preferred Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
                                                                                                    
Section 10.  Preferred Shares Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
                                                                                                    
Section 11.  Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares or Number of Rights . . . . . . . . . .  12
                                                                                                    
Section 12.  Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
                                                                                                    
Section 13.  Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power . . . . . . . . .  18
                                                                                                    
Section 14.  Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
                                                                                                    
Section 15.  Rights of Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
                                                                                                    
Section 16.  Agreement of Right Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
                                                                                                    
Section 17.  Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                                                                                                    
Section 18.  Concerning the Rights Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                                                                                                     
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
Section 19.  Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                                                                                                    
Section 20.  Duties of Rights Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
                                                                                                    
Section 21.  Change of Rights Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
                                                                                                    
Section 22.  Issuance of New Right Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
                                                                                                    
Section 23.  Redemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
                                                                                                    
Section 24.  Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
                                                                                                    
Section 25.  Notice of Certain Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
                                                                                                    
Section 26.  Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
                                                                                                    
Section 27.  Supplements and Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
                                                                                                    
Section 28.  Successors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
                                                                                                    
Section 29.  Benefits of this Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
                                                                                                    
Section 30.  Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
                                                                                                    
Section 31.  Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
                                                                                                    
Section 32.  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
                                                                                                    
Section 33.  Descriptive Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
                                                                                                    
Section 34.  Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32

Exhibit A -      Form of Articles Supplementary of Omega Worldwide, Inc.

Exhibit B -      Form of Right Certificate
                                          
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   4

                                RIGHTS AGREEMENT


         Agreement, dated as of ___________, 1998 between Omega Worldwide,
Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Corporation"), and _________________, a 
national banking association (the "Rights Agent").

         The Board of Directors of the Corporation has authorized and declared
a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a "Right") for each Common
Share (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation outstanding as of the close
of business on __________, 1998 (the "Record Date"), each Right representing
the right to purchase one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share (as hereinafter
defined), upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, and
has further agreed to authorize and direct the issuance of one Right with
respect to each Common Share that shall become outstanding between the Record
Date and the first to occur of the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration
Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined).

         Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

         Section  1.  Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement, the
following terms have the meanings indicated:

                 "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person (as hereinafter
         defined) who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates (as
         such terms are hereinafter defined) of such Person, shall be the
         Beneficial Owner (as hereinafter defined) of 10% or more of the Common
         Shares of the Corporation then outstanding, but shall not include
         Omega Healthcare, the Corporation, any Affiliate or Subsidiary (as
         hereinafter defined) of the Corporation, any employee benefit plan of
         the Corporation or of any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Corporation
         or any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of
         any such plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall become
         an "Acquiring Person" as the result of (i) an acquisition of Common
         Shares by the Corporation which, by reducing the number of Common
         Shares outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Common
         Shares beneficially owned by such Person to 10% or more of the Common
         Shares of the Corporation then outstanding, or (ii) the acquisition by
         such Person of newly issued Common Shares directly from the
         Corporation (it being understood that a purchase from an underwriter
         or other intermediary is not directly from the Corporation); provided,
         however, that if a Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of 10% or
         more of the Common Shares of the Corporation then outstanding, by
         reason of Common Share purchases by the Corporation or the receipt of
         newly issued Common Shares directly from the Corporation and shall,
         after such Common Share purchases or direct issuance by the
         Corporation, become the Beneficial Owner of any additional Common
         Shares of the Corporation, then such Person
<PAGE>   5

         shall be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person"; provided further,
         however, that any transferee from such Person who becomes the
         Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of the Common Shares of the
         Corporation then outstanding shall nevertheless be deemed to be an
         "Acquiring Person." Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board of
         Directors of the Corporation determines in good faith that a Person
         who would otherwise be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to
         the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, has become such
         inadvertently, and such Person divests as promptly as practicable (and
         in any event within ten Business Days after notification by the
         Corporation) a sufficient number of Common Shares so that such Person
         would no longer be an Acquiring Person, as defined pursuant to the
         foregoing provisions of this paragraph, then such Person shall not be
         deemed to be an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Agreement.

                 "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings
         ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and
         Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this
         Agreement.

                 A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of and shall
         be deemed to "beneficially own" any securities:

                          (i)  which such Person or any of such Person's
                 Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or 
                 indirectly;

                          (ii)  which such Person or any of such Person's
                 Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has (A) the
                 right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable
                 immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any
                 agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether written or
                 oral (other than customary agreements with and between
                 underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona
                 fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of
                 conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than the
                 Rights), warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however,
                 that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or
                 to beneficially own, securities tendered pursuant to a tender
                 or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any
                 of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered
                 securities are accepted for purchase or exchange; (B) the sole
                 or shared right to vote or dispose (including any such right
                 pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding,
                 whether written or oral); provided, however, that a Person
                 shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to
                 beneficially own, any security if the agreement, arrangement
                 or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from
                 a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response
                 to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to,
                 and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations
                 promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then
                 reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any
                 comparable or successor report); or (C) "beneficial ownership"
                 (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and
                 Regulations under the Exchange Act); or



                                      2
<PAGE>   6

                          (iii)  which are beneficially owned, directly or
                 indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate
                 thereof) with which such Person or any of such Person's
                 Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or
                 understanding (other than customary agreements with and
                 between underwriters and selling group members with respect to
                 a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of
                 acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated
                 by the proviso to clause (B) of subparagraph (ii) of this
                 definition) or disposing of any securities of the Corporation.

                 Notwithstanding anything in this definition of Beneficial
         Ownership to the contrary, the phrase "then outstanding," when used
         with reference to the Beneficial Ownership of securities of the
         Corporation by any Person, shall mean the number of such securities
         then issued and outstanding together with the number of such
         securities not then actually issued and outstanding which such Person
         would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder.

                 "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a
         Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in New York are
         authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

                 "Close of business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M.,
         Eastern time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is
         not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., Eastern time, on the next
         succeeding Business Day.

                 "Common Shares" when used with reference to the Corporation
         shall mean the shares of common stock, par value $0.10 per share, of
         the Corporation.  "Common Shares" when used with reference to any
         Person other than the Corporation shall mean the capital stock (or
         equity interest) with the greatest voting power of such other Person
         or the equity securities or other equity interest having power to
         control or direct the management of such other Person.

                 "Distribution Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
         Section 3 hereof.

                 "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
         as amended.

                 "Final Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
         Section 7 hereof.

                 "Omega Healthcare" shall mean Omega Healthcare Investors,
         Inc., a Maryland corporation, together with its wholly owned
         subsidiaries, Affiliates and Associates.

                 "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other
         entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of
         such entity.





                                       3
<PAGE>   7

                 "Preferred Shares" shall mean the shares of Series A Junior
         Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the
         Corporation having the rights and preferences set forth in the form of
         Articles Supplementary attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A.

                 "Purchase Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4
         hereof.

                 "Redemption Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
         7 hereof.

                 "Right Certificate" shall have the meaning set forth in
         Section 3 hereof.

                 "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
         amended.

                 "Shares Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of public
         announcement (which, for purposes of this definition, shall include,
         without limitation, a report filed pursuant to Section 13(d)
         promulgated under the Exchange Act) by the Corporation or an Acquiring
         Person that an Acquiring Person has become such.

                 "Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any corporation or other
         entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity
         securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by
         such Person.

                 "Triggering Event" shall mean any event described in Section 
         11(a)(ii) or Section 13(a).

         Any determination or interpretation required in connection with any of
the definitions contained in this Section 1 shall be made by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation in their good faith judgment, which determination
shall be final and binding on the Rights Agent.

         Section 2.  Appointment of Rights Agent.  The Corporation hereby
appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Corporation and the holders 
of the Rights (who, in accordance with Section 3 hereof, shall prior to the 
Distribution Date also be the holders of the Common Shares) in accordance with 
the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such
appointment.  The Corporation may from time to time appoint such co-Rights
Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable.

         Section 3.  Issuance of Right Certificates.

         (a)     Until the earlier of (i) the close of business on the tenth
day after the Shares Acquisition Date, or (ii) the close of business on the
tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the
Board of Directors prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring
Person) after the date of the commencement by any Person (other than Omega
Healthcare, the Corporation, any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Corporation,
any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of any Affiliate or Subsidiary
of the Corporation or any entity holding Common





                                       4
<PAGE>   8

Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) of, or of the first
public announcement of the intention of any Person (other than Omega
Healthcare, the Corporation, any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Corporation,
any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of any Affiliate or Subsidiary
of the Corporation or any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the
terms of any such plan) to commence, a tender or exchange offer the
consummation of which would result in any Person becoming the Beneficial Owner
of Common Shares aggregating 10% or more of the then outstanding Common Shares,
(including any such date which is after the date of this Agreement and prior to
the issuance of the Rights; the earlier of such dates being herein referred to
as the "Distribution Date"), (x) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the
provisions of Section 3(b) hereof) by the certificates for Common Shares
registered in the names of the holders thereof (which certificates shall also
be deemed to be certificates for Rights) and not by separate certificates, and
(y) the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the
underlying Common Shares (including a transfer to the Corporation).  As soon as
practicable after the Distribution Date, the Corporation will prepare and
execute, the Rights Agent will countersign, and the Corporation will send or
cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested, send) by
first-class, insured, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common
Shares as of the close of business on the Distribution Date, at the address of
such holder shown on the records of the Corporation, a Right Certificate, in
substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto (a "Right Certificate"), evidencing
one Right for each Common Share so held.  As of the Distribution Date, the
Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates.

         (b)     With respect to certificates for Common Shares outstanding as
of the Record Date, until the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced
by such certificates registered in the names of the holders thereof, and
registered holders of Common Shares shall also be the registered holders of the
associated Rights (regardless of whether such ownership is indicated on the
Common Share certificates).  Until the Distribution Date (or the earlier of the
Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date), the transfer of any certificate
for Common Shares shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated
with the Common Shares represented thereby.

         (c)     Rights shall be issued in respect of all Common Shares which
are issued after the Record Date but prior to the earliest of the Distribution
Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date.  Certificates
representing such Common Shares shall also be deemed to be certificates for
Rights.  Certificates representing both Common Shares and Rights in accordance
with this Section 3 which are executed and delivered (whether the Common Shares
represented thereby are originally issued or are presented for transfer) by the
Corporation (including, without limitation, certificates representing
reacquired Common Shares referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph
(c)) after the Record Date but prior to the earliest of the Distribution Date,
the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date shall have impressed on,
printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them a legend that by itself or
together with prior legends is substantially to the following effect:

                 This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof
                 to certain rights as set forth in the Rights Agreement between
                 Omega Worldwide, Inc., (the





                                       5
<PAGE>   9

                 "Corporation") and First Chicago Trust Company of New York,
                 dated as of ________, 1998 (the "Rights Agreement"), the terms
                 of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a
                 copy of which is on file at the principal offices of the
                 Corporation.  Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the
                 Rights Agreement, the Rights will be evidenced by separate
                 certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this
                 certificate.  The Corporation will mail to the holder of this
                 certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement, as in effect on
                 the date of mailing, without charge promptly after receipt of
                 a written request therefor.  Under certain circumstances set
                 forth in the Rights Agreement, Rights issued to, or held by,
                 any Person who is, was or becomes an Acquiring Person or an
                 Affiliate or Associate thereof (as such terms are defined in
                 the Rights Agreement), whether currently held by or on behalf
                 of such Person or by any subsequent holder, shall become null
                 and void.

Until the Distribution Date, the Rights associated with the Common Shares shall
be evidenced by the certificates representing the associated Common Shares
alone (regardless of whether any such certificate contains the above legend),
and the transfer of any such certificate shall also constitute the transfer of
the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented thereby.  In the event
that the Corporation purchases or acquires any Common Shares after the Record
Date but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such Common
Shares shall be deemed cancelled and retired so that the Corporation shall not
be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Shares which are
no longer outstanding.

         Section 4.  Form of Right Certificates.

         (a)     The Right Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase
Preferred Shares and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall
be substantially the same as Exhibit B hereto and may have such marks of
identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements
printed thereon as the Corporation may deem appropriate and as are not
inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to
comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant
thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the
Rights may from time to time be listed, or to conform to usage.  Subject to the
provisions of Section 11 and Section 22 hereof, the Right Certificates shall
entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one one-hundredths of a
Preferred Share as shall be set forth therein at the price per one
one-hundredth of a Preferred Share set forth therein (the "Purchase Price"),
but the amount and type of securities purchasable upon the exercise of each
Right and the Purchase Price thereof shall be subject to adjustment as provided
herein.

         (b)     Any Right Certificate issued pursuant to Section 3(a) or
Section 22 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by:  (i) an
Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a
transferee of an Acquiring Person (or any Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a
transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes an Acquiring Person, or (iii) a
transferee of an Acquiring Person (or any Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a
transferee prior to or





                                       6
<PAGE>   10

concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights
pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the
Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to
any Person with whom the Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement,
arrangement or understanding, whether written or oral, regarding the
transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which is part of a plan, arrangement or
understanding, whether written or oral, which has as a primary purpose or
effect the avoidance of Section 7(e) hereof, and any Right Certificate issued
pursuant to Section 6 or Section 11 hereof upon transfer, exchange, replacement
or adjustment of any other Right Certificate referred to in this sentence,
shall contain (to the extent feasible and otherwise reasonably identifiable as
such) the following legend:

                 The Rights represented by this Right Certificate are or were
                 beneficially owned by a Person who was or became an Acquiring
                 Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person (as
                 such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement).  Accordingly,
                 this Right Certificate and the Rights represented hereby may
                 become void in the circumstances specified in Section 7(e) of
                 such Agreement.

The provisions of Section 7(e) shall apply whether or not any Right Certificate
actually contains the foregoing legend.

         Section 5.  Countersignature and Registration.  The Right Certificates
shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board,
the President, any of its Vice Presidents, or its Secretary, either manually or
by facsimile signature, shall have affixed thereto the Corporation's seal or a
facsimile thereof, and shall be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Corporation, either manually or by facsimile signature. The
Right Certificates shall be manually countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall
not be valid for any purpose unless countersigned.  In case any officer of the
Corporation who shall have signed any of the Right Certificates shall cease to
be such officer of the Corporation before countersignature by the Rights Agent
and issuance and delivery by the Corporation, such Right Certificates,
nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered
by the Corporation with the same force and effect as though the person who
signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the
Corporation; and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the
Corporation by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right
Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Corporation to sign such Right
Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Rights Agreement any
such person was not such an officer.

         Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause
to be kept, at its office designated for such purpose, books for registration
and transfer of the Right Certificates issued hereunder.  Such books shall show
the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Right Certificates,
the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right Certificates
and the date of each of the Right Certificates.





                                       7
<PAGE>   11

         Section 6.  Transfer, Division, Combination and Exchange of Right
Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates.  Subject
to the provisions of Sections 4(b), 7(e), 14 and 24 hereof, at any time after
the close of business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the close of
business on the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, any
Right Certificate or Right Certificates may be transferred, divided, combined or
exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates, entitling the
registered holder to purchase a like number of Preferred Shares (or, following a
Triggering Event, Common Shares or other securities or property, as the case may
be) as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled
such holder to purchase.  Any registered holder desiring to transfer, divide,
combine or exchange any Right Certificate or Right Certificates shall make such
request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Right
Certificate or Right Certificates to be transferred, divided, combined or
exchanged at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose. 
Neither the Rights Agent nor the Corporation shall be obligated to take any
action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Right
Certificate until the registered holder shall have completed and signed the
certificate contained in the form of assignment on the reverse side of such
Right Certificate and the Corporation shall have been provided with such
additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former
Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Corporation shall
reasonably request.  Thereupon the Rights Agent shall, subject to Sections 4 and
7 hereof, countersign and deliver to the person entitled thereto a Right
Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested.  The
Corporation may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer,
division, combination or exchange of Right Certificates.

         Upon receipt by the Corporation and the Rights Agent of evidence
reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation
of a Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of
indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, at the
Corporation's request, reimbursement to the Corporation and the Rights Agent of
all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights
Agent and cancellation of the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Corporation
will make and deliver a new Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent
for countersignature and delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Right
Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

         Section 7.  Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of
Rights.

         (a)     Subject to Section 7(e) hereof, the registered holder of any
Right Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as
otherwise provided herein) in whole or in part at any time after the
Distribution Date upon surrender of the Right Certificate, with the form of
election to purchase on the reverse side thereof duly executed, to the Rights
Agent at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together
with payment of the Purchase Price with respect to each surrendered Right for
the total number of Preferred Shares (or Common Shares or other securities or
property, as the case may be) as to which the Rights are exercised, at or prior
to the earliest of (i) the close of business on _______, 2008 (the "Final
Expiration Date"), (ii) the time at which the





                                       8
<PAGE>   12

Rights are redeemed as provided in Section 23 hereof (the "Redemption Date") or
(iii) the time at which such Rights are exchanged as provided in Section 24
hereof.

         (b)     The Purchase Price for each one one-hundredth of a Preferred
Share pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be $______, shall be
subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and 13
hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in
accordance with paragraph (c) below.

         (c)     Upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing exercisable
Rights, with the form of election to purchase and the certificate on the
reverse side of the Right Certificate duly executed, accompanied by payment of
the Purchase Price for the Preferred Shares (or Common Shares or other
securities or property, as the case may be) to be purchased and an amount equal
to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Right
Certificate in accordance with Section 9 hereof by certified check, cashier's
check or money order payable to the order of the Corporation, the Rights Agent
shall thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the
Preferred Shares (or make available, if the Rights Agent is the transfer agent
of the Preferred Shares) certificates for the number of Preferred Shares to be
purchased and the Corporation hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent
to comply with all such requests, or (B) if the Corporation shall have elected
to deposit the Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights with a
depositary agent, requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts
representing such number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share as are to
be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares represented
by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary
agent) and the Corporation will direct the depositary agent to comply with such
request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Corporation the amount of
cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with
Section 14 hereof, (iii) after receipt of such certificates or depositary
receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered
holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be
designated by such holder, and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt, deliver
such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right
Certificate.  In the event that the Corporation is obligated to issue other
securities (including Common Shares) of the Corporation, pay cash and/or
distribute other property pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Corporation
will make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities, cash and/or
property are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when
appropriate.

         (d)     In case the registered holder of any Right Certificate shall
exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate
evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be
issued by the Rights Agent and delivered to the registered holder of such Right
Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of
Section 14 hereof.

         (e)     Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
from and after the occurrence of a Triggering Event, any Rights beneficially
owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring
Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such





                                       9
<PAGE>   13

Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person
becomes an Acquiring Person or (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or
any Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently
with the Acquiring Person becoming an Acquiring Person and receives such Rights
pursuant to either (x) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the
Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to
any Person with whom the Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement,
arrangement or understanding, whether written or oral, regarding the
transferred Rights or (y) a transfer which the Board of Directors otherwise
concludes in good faith is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding,
whether written or oral, which has as a primary purpose or effect the avoidance
of this Section 7(e), shall become null and void without any further action,
and any holder of such Rights shall thereupon have no rights whatsoever with
respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of this Agreement or
otherwise, from and after the occurrence of a Triggering Event.  The
Corporation shall use all reasonable efforts to insure that the provisions of
this Section 7(e) hereof are complied with, but shall have no liability to any
holder of Rights for the inability to make any determinations with respect to
an Acquiring Person or its Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder.

         (f)     Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
neither the Rights Agent nor the Corporation shall be obligated to undertake
any action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any
purported exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless the certificate
contained in the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of
the Right Certificate surrendered for such exercise shall have been completed
and signed by the registered holder thereof and the Corporation shall have been
provided with such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner
(or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the
Corporation shall reasonably request.

         (g)     The Corporation covenants and agrees that it will cause to be
reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares
(and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Shares and/or
other securities), the number of Preferred Shares (and, following the
occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Shares and/or other securities) that
will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights.

         Section 8.  Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates.  All
Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, division,
combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Corporation or to any of
its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in cancelled
form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be cancelled by it, and no
Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted
by any of the provisions of this Rights Agreement.  The Corporation shall
deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights
Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Right Certificate purchased or
acquired by the Corporation otherwise than upon the exercise thereof.  The
Rights Agent shall deliver all cancelled Right Certificates to the Corporation,
or shall, at the written request of the Corporation, destroy such cancelled
Right Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction
thereof to the Corporation.





                                       10
<PAGE>   14

         Section 9.  Availability of Preferred Shares.  The Corporation 
covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to 
ensure that all Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering 
Event, Common Shares and/or other securities) delivered upon exercise of Rights 
shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such Preferred Shares 
(and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Shares and/or other
securities), subject to payment of the Purchase Price, be duly and validly
authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

         The Corporation further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due
and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may
be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right Certificates or
of any Preferred Shares (or Common Shares and/or other securities, as the case
may be) upon the exercise of Rights.  The Corporation shall not, however, be
required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any
transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a person other than, or the
issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred
Shares (or Common Shares and/or other securities, as the case may be) in a name
other than that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing
Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or
depositary receipts for Preferred Shares (or Common Shares and/or other
securities, as the case may be) upon the exercise of any Rights until any such
tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such
Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to
the Corporation's reasonable satisfaction that no such tax is due.

         Section 10.  Preferred Shares Record Date.  Each person in whose name
any certificate for Preferred Shares (or Common Shares and/or other securities,
as the case may be) is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all
purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares or
securities represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the
date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly
surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer
taxes) was made; provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and
payment is a date upon which the Preferred Shares (or Common Shares and/or
other securities, as the case may be) transfer books of the Corporation are
closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such
shares or securities on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next
succeeding Business Day on which the Preferred Shares (or Common Shares and/or
other securities, as the case may be) transfer books of the Corporation are
open.  Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a
Right Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Preferred
Shares (or Common Shares and/or other securities, as the case may be) for which
the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to
vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive
rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of
the Corporation, except as provided herein.

         Section 11.  Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares or Number
of Rights.  The Purchase Price, the number of Preferred Shares covered by each
Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time
to time as provided in this Section 11.





                                       11
<PAGE>   15

         (a)     (i)  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the
date of this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Shares payable
in Preferred Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Shares, (C)
combine the outstanding Preferred Shares into a smaller number of Preferred
Shares or (D) issue any of its shares in a reclassification of the Preferred
Shares (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation
or merger in which the Corporation is the continuing or surviving entity),
except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a) and Section 7(e) hereof, the
Purchase Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of
the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification, and
the number and kind of shares issuable on such date, shall be proportionately
adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be
entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares which, if such
Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the
Preferred Shares transfer books of the Corporation were open, he would have
owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such
dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification; provided, however, that
in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right
be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of the Corporation issuable
upon exercise of one Right.  If an event occurs which would require an
adjustment under both Section 11(a)(i) and Section 11(a)(ii), the adjustment
provided for in this Section 11(a)(i) shall be in addition to, and shall be
made prior to, any adjustment required pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii).

                 ii.      Subject to Section 24 of this Agreement, in the event
any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right, except as
provided below and in Section 7(e) hereof, shall thereafter have a right to
receive, upon exercise thereof at a price equal to the then current Purchase
Price multiplied by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for
which a Right is then exercisable, in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Shares, such number of Common Shares of the
Corporation as shall equal the result obtained by (A) multiplying the then
current Purchase Price by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share
for which a Right is then exercisable and dividing that product by (B) 50% of
the then current per share market price of the Corporation's Common Shares
(determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of the occurrence of
such event.  In the event that any Person shall become an Acquiring Person and
the Rights shall then be outstanding, the Corporation shall not take any action
which would eliminate or diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the
Rights.

                 iii.     In lieu of issuing Common Shares of the Corporation
in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the Corporation may, in the sole
discretion of the Board of Directors, elect to (and, in the event that the
Board of Directors has not exercised the exchange right contained in Section 24
hereof and there are not sufficient issued but not outstanding and authorized
but unissued Common Shares to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in
accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii), the Corporation shall) take
all such action as may be necessary to authorize, issue or pay, upon the
exercise of the Rights, cash (including by way of a reduction of the Purchase
Price), property, other securities or any combination thereof having an
aggregate value equal to the value of the Common Shares of the Corporation
which otherwise would have been issuable pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii), which
aggregate value shall be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors.
For purposes of the preceding sentence, the value of the Common Shares shall be
determined





                                       12
<PAGE>   16

pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof and the value of any equity securities which a
majority of the Board of Directors determines to be equivalent to a Common
Share (including the Preferred Shares, in such ratio as the Board of Directors
shall determine) shall be deemed to have the same value as the Common Shares.
Any such election by the Board of Directors must be made and publicly announced
within 60 days following the date on which the event described in Section
11(a)(ii) shall have occurred.  Following the occurrence of the event described
in Section 11(a)(ii), a majority of the Board of Directors then in office may
suspend the exercisability of the Rights for a period of up to 60 days
following the date on which the event described in Section 11(a)(ii) shall have
occurred to the extent that the Board of Directors has not determined whether
to exercise the Corporation's right of election under this Section 11(a)(iii).
In the event of any such suspension, the Corporation shall issue a public
announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily
suspended.

         (b)     In case the Corporation shall fix a record date for the
issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Shares
entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days after such record
date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Shares (or shares having the same
rights, privileges and preferences as the Preferred Shares ("equivalent
preferred shares")) or securities convertible into Preferred Shares or
equivalent preferred shares at a price per Preferred Share or equivalent
preferred share (or having a conversion price per share, if a security
convertible into Preferred Shares or equivalent preferred shares) less than the
then current per share market price of the Preferred Shares (as defined in
Section 11(d)) on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after
such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in
effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of
which shall be the number of Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date
plus the number of Preferred Shares which the aggregate offering price of the
total number of Preferred Shares and/or equivalent preferred shares so to be
offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible
securities so to be offered) would purchase at such current market price and
the denominator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares outstanding on
such record date plus the number of additional Preferred Shares and/or
equivalent preferred shares to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into
which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible);
provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the
exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of the
Corporation issuable upon exercise of one Right.  In case such subscription
price is paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other
than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, whose determination shall be
described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on
the Rights Agent.  Preferred Shares owned by or held for the account of the
Corporation shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such
computation.  Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record
date is fixed; and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not
so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which
would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

         (c)     In case the Corporation shall fix a record date for the making
of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Shares (including any such
distribution made in connection with a





                                       13
<PAGE>   17

consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is the continuing or surviving
entity) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than a regular periodic
cash dividend or a dividend payable in Preferred Shares) or subscription rights
or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase
Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying
the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the then current per share market
price of the Preferred Shares on such record date, less the fair market value
(as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation,
whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights
Agent) of the portion of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be
distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants attributable to one
Preferred Share and the denominator of which shall be such current per share
market price of the Preferred Shares; provided, however, that in no event shall
the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the
aggregate par value of the shares of the Corporation to be issued upon exercise
of one Right.  Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a
record date is fixed; and in the event that such distribution is not so made,
the Purchase Price shall again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would
then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

         (d)     (i)      For the purpose of any computation hereunder, other
than under Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the "current per share market price" of
any security (a "Security" for the purpose of this Section 11(d)(i)) on any
date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of
such Security for the 30 consecutive Trading Days (as such term is hereinafter
defined) immediately prior to such date, and for the purpose of any computation
under Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the "current per share market price" of a
Security on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing
prices per share of such Security for thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days
immediately following such date; provided, however, that in the event that the
current per share market price of the Security is determined during a period
following the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (A) a dividend or
distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or securities
convertible into such shares (other than the Rights), or (B) any subdivision,
combination or reclassification of such Security and prior to the expiration of
30 Trading Days after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution,
or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then,
and in each such case, the "current per share market price" shall be
appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per share equivalent
(ex-dividend) of such Security.  The closing price for each day shall be the
last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day,
the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with
respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock
Exchange or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the New
York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction
reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national
securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading or,
if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities
exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high
bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System
("NASDAQ") or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the
Security is not quoted by any such organization,





                                       14
<PAGE>   18

the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional
market maker making a market in the Security selected by the Board of Directors
of the Corporation.  If on any such date no market maker is making a market in
the Security, the fair value of such Security on such date (as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be used.  The
term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which the principal national securities
exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the
transaction of business or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to
trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.

                 (ii)     For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the
"current per share market price" of the Preferred Shares shall be determined in
accordance with the method set forth in Section 11(d)(i).  If the Preferred
Shares are not publicly traded, the "current per share market price" of the
Preferred Shares shall be conclusively deemed to be the current per share
market price of the Common Shares of the Corporation as determined pursuant to
Section 11(d)(i) (appropriately adjusted to reflect any share split, share
dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof), multiplied by
one hundred.  If neither the Common Shares of the Corporation nor the Preferred
Shares are publicly held or so listed or traded, "current per share market
price" shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors of the Corporation, whose determination shall be described
in a statement filed with the Rights Agent.

         (e)     Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment
in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an
increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; provided, however,
that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(e) are not required to
be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent
adjustment.  All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the
nearest cent or to the nearest one one-millionth of a Preferred Share or one
ten-thousandth of any other share or security, as the case may be.
Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(e), any adjustment
required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i)
three years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or
(ii) the date of the expiration of the right to exercise any Rights.

         (f)     If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a)
or Section 13(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall
become entitled to receive any shares of the Corporation other than Preferred
Shares, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise
of any Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and
on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to
the Preferred Shares contained in this Section 11, and the provisions of
Sections 7, 9, 10, 13 and 14 with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply
on like terms to any such other shares.

         (g)     All Rights originally issued by the Corporation subsequent to
any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to
purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of one one-hundredths of a
Preferred Share purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the
Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.





                                       15
<PAGE>   19

         (h)     Unless the Corporation shall have exercised its election as
provided in Section 11(i), upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a
result of the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and (c), each Right
outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter
evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of
one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share (calculated to the nearest one
one-millionth of a Preferred Share) obtained by (i) multiplying (A) the number
of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share covered by a Right immediately prior
to such adjustment by (B) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to
such adjustment of the Purchase Price and (ii) dividing the product so obtained
by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the
Purchase Price.

         (i)     The Corporation may elect on or after the date of any
adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights, in
substitution for any adjustment in the number of one one-hundredths of a
Preferred Share purchasable upon the exercise of a Right.  Each of the Rights
outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable
for the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was
exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment.  Each Right held of record
prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of
Rights (calculated to the nearest one ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the
Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price
by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase
Price.  The Corporation shall make a public announcement of its election to
adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment,
and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made.  This
record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day
thereafter, but, if the Right Certificates have been issued, shall be at least
10 days later than the date of the public announcement.  If Right Certificates
have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this
Section 11(i), the Corporation shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be
distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record date
Right Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional
Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment,
or, at the option of the Corporation, shall cause to be distributed to such
holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Right Certificates
held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender
thereof, if required by the Corporation, new Right Certificates evidencing all
the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment.
Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and
countersigned in the manner provided for herein and shall be registered in the
names of the holders of record of Right Certificates on the record date
specified in the public announcement.

         (j)     Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price
or the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share issuable upon the
exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter
issued may continue to express the Purchase Price and the number of one
one-hundredths of a Preferred Share which were expressed in the initial Right
Certificates issued hereunder.

         (k)     Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment
reducing the Purchase Price below one one-hundredth of the then par value, if
any, of the Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise





                                       16
<PAGE>   20

of the Rights, the Corporation shall take any action which may, in the opinion
of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and
legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Preferred Shares at such adjusted
Purchase Price.

         (l)     In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an
adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a
specified event, the Corporation may elect to defer until the occurrence of
such event the issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such record
date of the Preferred Shares and other securities of the Corporation, if any,
issuable upon such exercise over and above the Preferred Shares and other
securities of the Corporation, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis
of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however,
that the Corporation shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other
appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such
additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

         (m)     Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding,
the Corporation shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase
Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11,
as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be
advisable in order that any consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred
Shares, issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred Shares at less than the
current market price, issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Shares or
securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for
Preferred Shares, dividends on Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares or
issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to hereinabove in Section
11(b), hereafter made by the Corporation to holders of its Preferred Shares
shall not be taxable to such shareholders.

         (n)     In the event that at any time after the date of this Agreement
and prior to the Distribution Date, the Corporation shall (i) declare or pay
any dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares or (ii) effect a
subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Shares (by
reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Shares)
into a greater or lesser number of Common Shares, then in any such case (x) the
number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share purchasable after such event
upon proper exercise of each Right shall be determined by multiplying the
number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share so purchasable immediately
prior to such event by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
Common Shares outstanding immediately before such event and the denominator of
which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event,
and (y) each Common Share outstanding immediately after such event shall have
issued with respect to it that number of Rights which each Common Share
outstanding immediately prior to such event had issued with respect to it.  The
adjustments provided for in this Section 11(n) shall be made successively
whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such a subdivision, combination
or consolidation is effected.

         (o)     So long as the shares issuable upon the exercise of the Rights
may be listed on any national securities exchange, the Corporation shall use
its best efforts to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become
exercisable, all shares reserved for such issuance to be listed on such
exchange upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise.





                                       17
<PAGE>   21

         (p)     The Corporation shall use its best efforts to (i) file, as
soon as practicable following the first occurrence of a Triggering Event, a
registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the securities
purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, (ii) cause such
registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such
filing, and (iii) cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a
prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until
the date of the expiration of the Rights.  The Corporation will also take such
action as may be appropriate under the blue sky laws of the various states.
The Corporation may temporarily suspend, for a period of time not to exceed 90
days, the exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file such
registration statement or in order to comply with such blue sky laws.  Upon any
such suspension, the Corporation shall issue a public announcement stating that
the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended.

         Section 12.  Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of
Shares.  Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Section 11 or 13 hereof,
the Corporation shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting forth such
adjustment, and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment,
(b) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common
Shares or the Preferred Shares a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief
summary thereof to each holder of a Right Certificate in accordance with
Section 25 hereof.  The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any
such certificate and on any adjustment therein contained and may assume that no
adjustment has been made unless and until it shall have received such
certificate.

         Section 13.  Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or
Earning Power.

         (a)     If after the Shares Acquisition Date, directly or indirectly,
(x) the Corporation shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other
Person other than Omega Healthcare, (y) any Person other than Omega Healthcare
shall consolidate with the Corporation, or merge with and into the Corporation
and the Corporation shall be the continuing or surviving entity of such merger
and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the Common Shares shall be
changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person (or
the Corporation) or cash or any other property, or (z) the Corporation shall
sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or
otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning power
aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Corporation and
its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any Person or Persons other than Omega
Healthcare, the Corporation or one or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries,
then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that (i) each
holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided herein) shall thereafter have
the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at a price equal to the then
current Purchase Price multiplied by the number of one one-hundredths of a
Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable, in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Shares, such number of validly
authorized and issued, fully paid, non-assessable and freely tradeable common
shares of the Principal Party (as hereinafter defined), free and clear of all
liens, rights of call or first refusal, encumbrances or other adverse claims,
as shall equal the result obtained by (A) multiplying the then current Purchase
Price by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a
Right is then





                                       18
<PAGE>   22

exercisable (or, if such Right is not then exercisable for a number of one
one-hundredths of a Preferred Share, the number of such fractional shares for
which it was exercisable immediately prior to an event described under Section
11(a)(ii) hereof) and dividing that product by (B) 50% of the then current per
share market price of the common shares of such Principal Party (determined
pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of consummation of such
consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; (ii) such Principal Party shall
thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such consolidation,
merger, sale or transfer, or otherwise, all the obligations and duties of the
Corporation pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) the term "Corporation" shall
thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party and (iv) such Principal
Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of
a sufficient number of its common shares in accordance with Section 9 hereof)
in connection with such consummation as may be necessary to assure that the
provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may
be, in relation to its common shares thereafter deliverable upon the exercise
of the Rights.

         (b)     "Principal Party" shall mean:

                 i.       In the case of any transaction described in (x) or
                          (y) of the first sentence of Section 13(a), the
                          Person that is the issuer of any securities into
                          which Common Shares of the Corporation are converted
                          in such merger or consolidation, and if no securities
                          are so issued, the Person that is the surviving
                          entity of such merger or consolidation (including the
                          Corporation if applicable); and

                 ii.      in the case of any transaction described in (z) of
                          the first sentence in Section 13(a), the Person that
                          is the party receiving the greatest portion of the
                          assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such
                          transaction or transactions;

provided, however, that in any such case described in clauses (b)(i) and
(b)(ii):  (1) if the common shares of such Person are not at such time and have
not been continuously over the preceding 12-month period registered under
Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and such Person is a direct or indirect
Subsidiary of another Person the common shares of which are and have been so
registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person; (2) in case
such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person,
the common shares of two or more of which are and have been so registered,
"Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of the
common shares having the greatest aggregate market value; and (3) in case such
Person is owned, directly or indirectly, by a joint venture formed by two or
more Persons that are not owned, directly or indirectly, by the same Person,
the rules set forth in (1) and (2) above shall apply to each of the chains of
ownership having an interest in such joint venture as if such party were a
"Subsidiary" of both or all of such joint venturers and the Principal Parties
in each such chain shall bear the obligations set forth in this Section 13 in
the same ratio as their direct or indirect interests in such Person bear to the
total of such interests.





                                       19
<PAGE>   23

         (c)     The Corporation shall not consummate any such consolidation,
merger, sale or transfer unless the Principal Party shall have sufficient
common shares authorized to permit the full exercise of the Rights and prior
thereto the Corporation and such Principal Party shall have executed and
delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement providing for the terms
set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 13 and further providing
that, as soon as practicable after the date of any consolidation, merger or
sale of assets mentioned in paragraph (a) of this Section 13, the Principal
Party will:

                 (i)  prepare and file a registration statement under the
         Securities Act, with respect to the Rights and the securities
         purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, and
         will use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to (A)
         become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (B)
         remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the
         requirements of the Securities Act) until the Expiration Date;

                 (ii)  deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial
         statements for the Principal Party and each of its Affiliates which
         comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form
         10 under the Exchange Act; and

                 (iii)  take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate
         under the blue sky laws of the various states.

The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers
or consolidations or sales or other transfers.  In the event that one of the
transactions described in this Section 13(a) shall occur at any time after the
occurrence of a transaction described in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the Rights
which have not theretofore been exercised shall thereafter become exercisable
in the manner described in Section 13(a).

         Section 14.  Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.

         (a)     The Corporation shall not be required to issue fractions of
Rights or to distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights.
In lieu of such fractional Rights, there may be paid to the registered holders
of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would
otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the
current market value of a whole Right.  For the purposes of this Section 14(a),
the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the
Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such
fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable.  The closing price for
any day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale
takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices,
regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated
transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to
trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Rights are not listed or
admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the
principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities
listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Rights are
listed or admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to
trading on any national securities





                                       20
<PAGE>   24

exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high
bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by NASDAQ
or such other system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not
quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked
prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the
Rights selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  If on any such
date no such market maker is making a market in the Rights, the fair value of
the Rights on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors
of the Corporation shall be used.

         (b)     The Corporation shall not be required to issue fractions of
Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one
one-hundredth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of the Rights or to
distribute certificates which evidence fractional Preferred Shares (other than
fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred
Share).  Fractions of Preferred Shares in integral multiples of one
one-hundredth of a Preferred Share may, at the election of the Corporation, be
evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between
the Corporation and a depositary selected by it; provided, that such agreement
shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the
rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial
owners of the Preferred Shares represented by such depositary receipts.  In
lieu of fractional Preferred Shares that are not integral multiples of one
one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, the Corporation may, to the extent
necessary to reduce such fraction to an integral multiple of one one-
hundredth, pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such
Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same
fraction of the current market value of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share.
For the purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of one
one-hundredth of a Preferred Share shall be one one-hundredth of the closing
price of a Preferred Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of
Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of
such exercise.

         (c)     Following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, the
Corporation shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares upon
exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional
Common Shares.  In lieu of fractional Common Shares, the Corporation may pay to
the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are
exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of
the current market value of one Common Share.  For purposes of this Section
14(c), the current market value of one Common Share shall be the closing price
of one Common Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section
11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such
exercise.

         (d)     The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right expressly
waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon
exercise of a Right (except as provided above).

         Section 15.  Rights of Action.  All rights of action in respect of
this Agreement, excepting the rights of action given to the Rights Agent under
Section 18 hereof, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Right
Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of
the Common Shares); and any registered holder of any Right Certificate (or,
prior to the





                                       21
<PAGE>   25

Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), without the consent of the Rights
Agent or of the holder of any other Right Certificate (or, prior to the
Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), may, in his own behalf and for his
own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or
proceeding against the Corporation to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of,
his right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate in the
manner provided in such Right Certificate and in this Agreement.  Without
limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it
is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an
adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to
specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against
actual or threatened violations of the obligations of any Person subject to,
this Agreement.

         Section 16.  Agreement of Right Holders.  Every holder of a Right, by
accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Corporation and the Rights
Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

         (a)     prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be
transferable only in connection with the transfer of the Common Shares;

         (b)     after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates are
transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at
the principal office of the Rights Agent, duly endorsed or accompanied by a
proper instrument of transfer;

         (c)     the Corporation and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the
person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date,
the associated Common Shares certificate) is registered as the absolute owner
thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of
ownership or writing on the Right Certificates or the associated Common Shares
certificate made by anyone other than the Corporation or the Rights Agent) for
all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Corporation nor the Rights Agent shall
be affected by any notice to the contrary; and

         (d)     notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
neither the Corporation nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any
holder of a Right or any other Person as a result of its inability to perform
any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of any preliminary or
permanent injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court of
competent jurisdiction or by a governmental, regulatory or administrative
agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order
promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority prohibiting or otherwise
restraining performance of such obligation.

         Section 17.  Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder.  No
holder, as such, of any Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive
dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Shares or
any other securities of the Corporation which may at any time be issuable on
the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained
herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of
any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights





                                       22
<PAGE>   26

of a shareholder of the Corporation or any right to vote for the election of
trustees or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof,
or to give or withhold consent to any trust action, or to receive notice of
meetings or other actions affecting shareholders (except as provided in Section
25 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until
the Right or Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been
exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

         Section 18.  Concerning the Rights Agent.  The Corporation agrees to
pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it
hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable
expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the
administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance
of its duties hereunder.  The Corporation also agrees to indemnify the Rights
Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, or expense,
incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the
Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection
with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs
and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises.

         The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for,
or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection
with, its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Right
Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Shares or Common Shares or for
other securities of the Corporation, instrument of assignment or transfer,
power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent,
certificate, statement, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine
and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by
the proper person or persons, or otherwise upon the advice of counsel as set
forth in Section 20 hereof.

         Section 19.  Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights
Agent.  Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights
Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation
resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any
successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the
stock transfer or corporate trust business of the Rights Agent or any successor
Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto; provided, that such corporation would be eligible
for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21
hereof.  In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the
agency created by this Agreement, any of the Right Certificates shall have been
countersigned but not delivered; any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the
countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Right
Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right
Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may
countersign such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor
Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such
cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right
Certificates and in this Agreement.





                                       23
<PAGE>   27

         In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and
at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but
not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior
name and deliver Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time
any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights
Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in
its changed name; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the
full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

         Section 20.  Duties of Rights Agent.  The Rights Agent undertakes the
duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and
conditions, by all of which the Corporation and the holders of Right
Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

         (a)     The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be
legal counsel for the Corporation), and the opinion of such counsel shall be
full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any
action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such
opinion.

         (b)     Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement
the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter
be proved or established by the Corporation prior to taking or suffering any
action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof
be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and
established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board,
the President, any Vice President, or the Secretary of the Corporation and
delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization
to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under
the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

         (c)     The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Corporation
and any other Person only for any and all losses, liabilities, costs, damages
and expenses (including attorneys' fees) arising out of or in connection with
the Rights Agent's negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.  Anything in
this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Rights
Agent be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any
kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Rights
Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless
of the form of the action.

         (d)     The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any
of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the
Right Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to
verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed
to have been made by the Corporation only.

         (e)     The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in
respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof
(except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the
validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its countersignature
thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Corporation of any
covenant or condition





                                       24
<PAGE>   28

contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be
responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the
Rights becoming void pursuant to Section 7(e) hereof) or any adjustment in the
terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided
for in Section 3, 11, 13, 23 or 24, or the ascertaining of the existence of
facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to
the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates after receipt of a
certificate furnished pursuant to Section 12 describing a change or
adjustment); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any
representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any
Preferred Shares or Common Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or
any Right Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Shares or Common Shares
will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and
nonassessable.

         (f)     The Corporation agrees that it will perform, execute,
acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and
delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may
reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing
by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

         (g)     The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept
instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any
one of the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the
Secretary of the Corporation, and to apply to such officers for advice or
instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any
action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of
any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those
instructions.  Any application by the Rights Agent for written instructions
from the Corporation may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set forth in
writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Rights Agent under
this Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or
such omission shall be effective.  The Rights Agent shall not be liable for any
action taken by, or omission of, the Rights Agent in accordance with a proposal
included in any such application on or after the date specified in such
application (which date shall not be less than five Business Days after the
date any officer of the Corporation actually receives such application, unless
any such officer shall have consented in writing to an earlier date) unless,
prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an
omission), the Rights Agent shall have received written instructions in
response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

         (h)     The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or
employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or
other securities of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries or become pecuniarily
interested in any transaction in which the Corporation or its Subsidiaries may
be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Corporation or its
Subsidiaries or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights
Agent under this Agreement.  Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent
from acting in any other capacity for the Corporation or its Subsidiaries or
for any other legal entity.





                                       25
<PAGE>   29

         (i)     The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or
powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or
through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable
or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such
attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Corporation resulting from any such
act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in
the selection and continued employment thereof.

         (j)     If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to the
Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate attached to the form of
assignment or form of election to purchase, as the case may be, has either not
been completed or indicates an affirmative response to clause 1 and/or 2
thereof, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to
such requested exercise of transfer without first consulting with the
Corporation.

         Section 21.  Change of Rights Agent.  The Rights Agent or any
successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this
Agreement upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to the Corporation and to each
transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares by registered or
certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class
mail.  The Corporation may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights
Agent upon 30 days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor
Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common
Shares or Preferred Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders
of the Right Certificates by first-class mail.  If the Rights Agent shall
resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the
Corporation shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent.  If the Corporation
shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after giving
notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such
resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by
the holder of a Right Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his
Right Certificate for inspection by the Corporation), then the registered
holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent.  Any successor Rights
Agent, whether appointed by the Corporation or by such a court, shall be a
corporation or bank organized and doing business under the laws of the United
States or of any other state of the United States, which is authorized under
such laws to exercise corporate trust or stock transfer powers and is subject
to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at
the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of
at least $100 million.  After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be
vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had
been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the
predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights
Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver
any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose.  Not
later than the effective date of any such appointment the Corporation shall
file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each
transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares, and mail a notice
thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Right Certificates.
Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any
defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or
removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent,
as the case may be.





                                       26
<PAGE>   30

         Section 22.  Issuance of New Right Certificates.  Notwithstanding any
of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the
Corporation may, at its option, issue new Right Certificates evidencing Rights
in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any
adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of
shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Right Certificates
made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

         Section 23.  Redemption.

         (a)     The Board of Directors of the Corporation may, at its option,
at any time prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person,
redeem all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a redemption
price of $.01 per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any share split,
share dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such
redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price").  The
redemption of the Rights by the Board of Directors may be made effective at
such time on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in
its sole discretion may establish.  The Corporation may, at its option, pay the
Redemption Price in cash, Common Shares (based on the current per share market
price of the Common Shares at the time of redemption) or any other form of
consideration deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors.

         (b)     Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation ordering the redemption of the Rights (or at the effective time of
such redemption established by the Board of Directors of the Corporation
pursuant to the last sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section 23), and without
any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights
will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be
to receive the Redemption Price.  The Corporation shall promptly give public
notice of any such redemption; provided, however, that the failure to give, or
any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the validity of such
redemption.  Within 10 days after such action of the Board of Directors
ordering the redemption of the Rights or, if later, the effectiveness of the
redemption of the Rights pursuant to the last sentence of paragraph (a), the
Corporation shall mail a notice of redemption to all the holders of the then
outstanding Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry
books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry
books of the transfer agent for the Common Shares.  Any notice which is mailed
in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder
receives the notice.  Each such notice of redemption will state the method by
which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.  The Corporation may,
at its option, discharge all of its obligations with respect to the Rights by
(i) issuing a press release announcing the manner of redemption of the Rights,
(ii) depositing with a bank or trust company having a capital and surplus of at
least $100,000,000, funds necessary for such redemption, in trust, to be
applied to the redemption of the Rights so called for redemption and (iii)
arranging for the mailing of the Redemption Price to the registered holders of
the Rights; then, and upon such action, all outstanding Rights Certificates
shall be null and void without further action by the Corporation.  Neither the
Corporation nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or
purchase for value any





                                       27
<PAGE>   31

Rights at any time in any manner other than that specifically set forth in this
Section 23, in Section 24 hereof, or in connection with the purchase of Common
Shares prior to the Distribution Date.

         Section 24.  Exchange.

         (a)     The Board of Directors of the Corporation may, at its option,
at any time after a Triggering Event, exchange all or part of the then
outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have
become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) for Common
Shares at an exchange ratio of one Common Share per Right, appropriately
adjusted to reflect any share split, share dividend or similar transaction
occurring after the date hereof (such exchange ratio being hereinafter referred
to as the "Exchange Ratio").  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of
Directors shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any
Person (other than Omega Healthcare, the Corporation, any Affiliate or
Subsidiary of the Corporation, any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or
of any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Corporation or any entity holding Common
Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan), together with all
Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50%
or more of the Common Shares then outstanding.

         (b)     Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of
this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the
right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of
a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of Common Shares equal
to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange
Ratio.  The Corporation shall promptly give public notice of any such exchange;
provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice
shall not affect the validity of such exchange.  The Corporation promptly shall
mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at
their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights
Agent.  Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be
deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice.  Each such notice
of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the Common Shares
for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the
number of Rights which will be exchanged.  Any partial exchange shall be
effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have
become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) held by each
holder of Rights.

         (c)     In any exchange pursuant to this Section 24, the Corporation,
at its option, may substitute Preferred Shares (or equivalent preferred shares,
as such term is defined in Section 11(b) hereof) for Common Shares exchangeable
for Rights, at the initial rate of one one- hundredth of a Preferred Share (or
equivalent preferred share) for each Common Share, as appropriately adjusted to
reflect adjustments in the voting rights of the Preferred Shares pursuant to
the terms thereof, so that the fraction of a Preferred Share delivered in lieu
of each Common Share shall have the same voting rights as one Common Share.





                                       28
<PAGE>   32

         (d)     In the event that there shall not be sufficient Common Shares
or Preferred Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to
permit any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with this Section
24, the Corporation shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize
additional Common Shares or Preferred Shares for issuance upon exchange of the
Rights.

         (e)     The Corporation shall not be required to issue fractions of
Common Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common
Shares.  In lieu of such fractional Common Shares, the Corporation shall pay to
the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such
fractional Common Shares would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to
the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Common Share.  For the
purposes of this paragraph (e), the current market value of a whole Common
Share shall be the closing price of a Common Share (as determined pursuant to
the second sentence of Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately
prior to the date of exchange pursuant to this Section 24.

         Section 25.  Notice of Certain Events.

         (a)     In case the Corporation shall propose at any time after the
Distribution Date (i) to pay any dividend payable in shares of any class to the
holders of its Preferred Shares or to make any other distribution to the
holders of its Preferred Shares (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend),
(ii) to offer to the holders of its Preferred Shares rights or warrants to
subscribe for or to purchase any additional Preferred Shares or shares of any
class or any other securities, rights or options, (iii) to effect any
reclassification of its Preferred Shares (other than a reclassification
involving only the subdivision of outstanding Preferred Shares), (iv) to effect
any consolidation or merger into or with, or to effect any sale or other
transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any sale or
other transfer), in one or more transactions, of 50% or more of the assets or
earning power of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to,
any other Person, (v) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation, or (vi) to declare or pay any dividend on the Common Shares
payable in Common Shares or to effect a subdivision, combination or
consolidation of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise than by
payment of dividends in Common Shares), then, in each such case, the
Corporation shall give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance
with Section 26 hereof, a notice of such proposed action, which shall specify
the record date for the purposes of such share dividend, or distribution of
rights or warrants, or the date on which such reclassification, consolidation,
merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take
place and the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Shares
and/or Preferred Shares, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall
be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above at
least 10 days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Preferred
Shares for purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action,
at least 10 days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the
date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Shares and/or
Preferred Shares, whichever shall be the earlier.

         (b)     In case any of the events set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) 
hereof shall occur, then the Corporation shall as soon as practicable 
thereafter give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in





                                       29
<PAGE>   33

accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event,
which notice shall describe such event and the consequences of such event to
holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

         Section 26.  Notices.  Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement
to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right
Certificate to or on the Corporation shall be sufficiently given or made if
sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is
filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

                          Omega Worldwide, Inc.
                          905 W. Eisenhower Circle
                          Suite 101
                          Ann Arbor, Michigan 48103
                          Attention:  Secretary

         Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand
authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Corporation or by the
holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently
given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until
another address is filed in writing with the Corporation) as follows:

                             ___________________
                             ___________________
                             ___________________

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the
Corporation or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate shall be
sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry
books of the Corporation.

         Section 27.  Supplements and Amendments.  The Corporation may from
time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any
holders of Right Certificates in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or
supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or
inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions
with respect to the Rights (including, without limitation, changes to the
Purchase Price) which the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable, any such
supplement or amendment to be evidenced by a writing signed by the Corporation
and the Rights Agent; provided, however, that from and after such time as any
Person becomes an Acquiring Person, this Agreement shall not be amended in any
manner which would adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights.

         Section 28.  Successors.  All the covenants and provisions of this
Agreement by or for the benefit of the Corporation or the Rights Agent shall
bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns
hereunder.





                                       30
<PAGE>   34

         Section 29.  Benefits of this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement
shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Corporation, the Rights
Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the
Distribution Date, the Common Shares) any legal or equitable right, remedy or
claim under this Agreement; and this Agreement shall be for the sole and
exclusive benefit of the Corporation, the Rights Agent and the registered
holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the
Common Shares).

         Section 30.  Severability.  If any term, provision, covenant or
restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or
other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the
terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in
full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

         Section 31.  Governing Law.  This Agreement and each Right Certificate
issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the
State of Maryland and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts to be made and
performed entirely within such State, except that those provisions of this
Agreement affecting the rights, duties and responsibilities of the Rights Agent
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of
New York.

         Section 32.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be
deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute
but one and the same instrument.

         Section 33.  Descriptive Headings.  Descriptive headings of the
several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall
not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions
hereof.

         Section 34.  Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors.
The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the exclusive power and
authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers
specifically granted to the Directors or the Corporation or as may be necessary
or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including, without
limitation, the right and power to (a) interpret the provisions of this
Agreement, and (b) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for
the administration of this Agreement (including a determination to redeem or
not redeem the Rights or to amend this Agreement).  All such actions,
interpretations and determinations (including, for purpose of clause (b) above,
all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which are done or made by the
Directors in good faith, shall (x) be final, conclusive and binding on the
Corporation, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Right Certificates and all
other parties, and (y) not subject the Directors to any liability to the
holders of the Right Certificates.





                                       31
<PAGE>   35


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.


                                  OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.



                                  By  __________________________________
                                      Essel W. Bailey, Jr.
                                      President

Attest:


By  _______________________________
    Susan A. Kovach
    Secretary


                                  ______________________________________



                                  By  __________________________________
                                      Name:_________________
                                      Title:____________________________

Attest:


By  __________________________________
    Name:____________________
    Title:____________________________





                                       32
<PAGE>   36

                                                                       EXHIBIT A



                                    FORM OF
                             ARTICLES SUPPLEMENTARY
                           RIGHTS OF SERIES A JUNIOR
                         PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

                                       of

                             OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.

         The undersigned, being a duly authorized officer of Omega Worldwide,
Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Corporation"), do hereby certify to the
State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland pursuant to Section
8-203(b) of the Annotated Code of Maryland that:

         FIRST:  The Board of Directors has classified _________ unissued
shares of the Corporation as shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock.

         SECOND:  The following is a description of the Series A Preferred
Shares (as defined below), including the preferences, conversion and other
rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends,
qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption thereof:

         Section 1.  Designation and Amount.  There shall be a series of
preferred stock of the Corporation, $1.00 par value per share, which shall be
designated "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock," $1.00 par value per
share (the "Series A Preferred Shares"), and the number of shares constituting
that series shall be __________.  Such number of shares may be increased or
decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors and by the filing of articles
supplementary in accordance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law
of the State of Maryland stating that such increase or reduction has been so
authorized; provided, however, that no decrease shall reduce the number of
Series A Preferred Shares to a number less than the number of Series A Preferred
Shares then outstanding plus the number of Series A Preferred Shares issuable
upon exercise of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of
outstanding securities issued by the Corporation.

         Section 2.  Dividends and Distributions.

         (A)     Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any
shares of any class or series of preferred shares of the Corporation ranking
prior and superior to the Series A Preferred Shares with respect to dividends,
the holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, when, as
and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for
the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash to holders of record on the
last Business Day of January, April, July and October in each year (each such
date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"),
(commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first
issuance
<PAGE>   37

of a Series A Preferred Share or fraction thereof) in an amount per share
(rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1.00 or (b) subject
to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate
per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share
amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other
than a dividend payable in Common Shares (hereinafter defined) or a subdivision
of the outstanding Common Shares (by a reclassification or otherwise), declared
on the shares of common stock, par value $0.10 share, of the Corporation (the
"Common Shares") since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the
first issuance of any Series A Preferred Share or fraction thereof.  In the
event the Corporation shall at any time following _______, 1998 (i) declare any
dividend on Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the
outstanding Common Shares or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a
smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount to which holders of
Series A Preferred Shares were entitled immediately prior to such event under
clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying each such
amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares
outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the
number of Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

         (B)     The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on
the Series A Preferred Shares as provided in paragraph (A) above at the time it
declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Shares (other than a dividend
payable in Common Shares).

         (C)     No dividend or distribution (other than a dividend or
distribution payable in Common Shares) shall be paid or payable to the holders
of Common Shares unless, prior thereto, all accrued but unpaid dividends to the
date of that dividend or distribution shall have been paid to the holders of
Series A Preferred Shares.

         (D)     Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on
outstanding Series A Preferred Shares from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date
next preceding the date of issuance of such Series A Preferred Shares, unless
the date of issuance of such shares is prior to the record date for the first
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall
begin to accrue and be cumulative from the date of issuance of such shares, or
unless the date of issuance is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date
after the record date for the determination of holders of Series A Preferred
Shares entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to
accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued
but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on the Series A
Preferred Shares in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at
the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a
share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.  The Board
of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of Series A
Preferred Shares entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution
declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the
date fixed for the payment thereof.





                                       2
<PAGE>   38


         Section 3.  Voting Rights.  The holders of Series A Preferred Shares
shall have the following voting rights:

         (A)     Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth,
each one one-hundredth of a Series A Preferred Share shall entitle the holder
thereof to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of
the Corporation.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time following
________, 1998 (i) declare any dividend on Common Shares payable in Common
Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares or (iii) combine the
outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such
case the number of votes per share to which holders of Series A Preferred
Shares were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by
multiplying such number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of
which is the number of Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to
such event.

         (B)     Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law, the
holders of Series A Preferred Shares and the holders of Common Shares and any
other capital shares of the Corporation having general voting rights shall vote
together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the
Corporation.

         (C)     (i)      Whenever, at any time or times, dividends payable on
         any Series A Preferred Shares shall be in arrears in an amount equal
         to at least six full quarterly dividends (whether or not declared and
         whether or not consecutive), the holders of record of the outstanding
         Series A Preferred Shares shall have the exclusive right, voting
         separately as a single class, to elect two directors of the
         Corporation at a special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation or
         at the Corporation's next annual meeting of shareholders, and at each
         subsequent annual meeting of shareholders, as provided below.  At
         elections for such directors, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares
         shall be entitled to cast one vote for each one one-hundredth of a
         Series A Preferred Share held, subject to adjustment.

                 (ii)     Upon the vesting of such right of the holders of the
         Series A Preferred Shares, the maximum authorized number of members of
         the Board of Directors shall automatically be increased by two and the
         two vacancies so created shall be filled by vote of the holders of the
         outstanding Series A Preferred Shares as hereinafter set forth.  A
         special meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation then entitled
         to vote shall be called by any Co-Chairman, Managing Director, Senior
         Vice President or the Secretary of the Corporation, if requested in
         writing by the holders of record of not less than 10% of the Series A
         Preferred Shares then outstanding.  At such special meeting, or, if no
         such special meeting shall have been called, then at the next annual
         meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, the holders of the Series
         A Preferred Shares shall elect, voting as above provided, two
         directors of the Corporation to fill the aforesaid vacancies created
         by the automatic increase in the number of members of the Board of
         Directors.  At any and all such meetings for such election, the
         holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares
         shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for such election, whether
         present in person or by proxy, and such two directors shall





                                       3
<PAGE>   39

         be elected by the vote of at least a plurality of shares held by such
         shareholders present or represented at the meeting.  Any director
         elected by holders of Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to this
         Section may be removed at any annual or special meeting, by vote of a
         majority of the shareholders voting as a class who elected such
         director, with or without cause.  In case any vacancy shall occur
         among the directors elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred
         Shares pursuant to this Section, such vacancy may be filled by the
         remaining director so elected, or his successor then in office, and
         the director so elected to fill such vacancy shall serve until the
         next meeting of shareholders for the election of directors.  After the
         holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall have exercised their
         right to elect directors in any default period and during the
         continuance of such period, the number of directors shall not be
         further increased or decreased except by vote of the holders of Series
         A Preferred Shares as herein provided or pursuant to the rights of any
         equity securities ranking senior to or pari passu with the Series A
         Preferred Shares.

                 (iii)    The right of the holders of the Series A Preferred
         Shares, voting separately as a class, to elect two members of the
         Board of Directors of the Corporation as aforesaid shall continue
         until, and only until, such time as all arrears in dividends (whether
         or not declared) on the Series A Preferred Shares shall have been paid
         or declared and set apart for payment, at which time such right shall
         terminate, except as herein or by law expressly provided, subject to
         revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the
         character above-mentioned.  Upon any termination of the right of the
         holders of the Series A Preferred Shares as a class to vote for
         directors as herein provided, the term of office of all directors then
         in office elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Shares pursuant
         to this Section shall terminate immediately.  Whenever the term of
         office of the directors elected by the holders of the Series A
         Preferred Shares pursuant to this Section shall terminate and the
         special voting powers vested in the holders of the Series A Preferred
         Shares pursuant to this Section shall have expired, the maximum number
         of members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be such
         number as may be provided for in the Bylaws of the Corporation
         irrespective of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of this
         Section.

         (D)     Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law,
holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall have no special voting rights and
their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to
vote with holders of Common Shares as provided herein) for taking any corporate
action.

         Section 4.  Certain Restrictions.

         (A)     Whenever any quarterly dividends or other dividends or
distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Shares as provided in Section 2
are in arrears, then, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and
distributions, whether or not declared, on Series A Preferred Shares
outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:





                                       4
<PAGE>   40

                 (i)      declare or pay dividends on, make any other
         distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for
         consideration any shares ranking junior (either as to dividends or
         upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
         Shares, other than dividends paid or payable in such junior shares;

                 (ii)     declare or pay dividends on or make any other
         distributions on any shares ranking on a parity (either as to
         dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the
         Series A Preferred Shares, except dividends paid ratably on the Series
         A Preferred Shares and all such parity shares on which dividends are
         payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the
         holders of all such shares are then entitled;

                 (iii)    redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for
         consideration shares ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or
         upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A
         Preferred Shares, provided that the Corporation may at any time
         redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any such parity shares in
         exchange for shares of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to
         dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the
         Series A Preferred Shares; or

                 (iv)     purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any
         Series A Preferred Shares, except in accordance with a purchase offer
         made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of
         Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board
         of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend
         rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective
         series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair
         and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

         (B)     The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the
Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this
Section, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such
manner.

         Section 5.  Reacquired Shares.  Any Series A Preferred Shares purchased
or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be
retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares
shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued preferred shares
and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred shares to be created by
resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions
and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

         Section 6.  Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.  (A)  Upon any
voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no
distribution shall be made to the holders of shares ranking junior (either as to
dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A
Preferred Shares unless, prior thereto, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares
shall have received $1.00 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid
dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of
such payment (the "Series A Liquidation Preference").





                                       5
<PAGE>   41

Following the payment of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation
Preference, no additional distributions shall be made to the holders of Series
A Preferred Shares unless, prior thereto, the holders of Common Shares shall
have received an amount per share (the "Common Adjustment") equal to the
quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Series A Liquidation Preference by (ii)
100 (as appropriately adjusted as set forth in subparagraph C below to reflect
such events as share splits, share dividends and recapitalizations with respect
to the Common Shares) (such number in clause (ii), the "Adjustment Number").
Following the payment of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference
and the Common Adjustment in respect of all outstanding Series A Preferred
Shares and Common Shares, respectively, holders of Series A Preferred Shares
and holders of Common Shares shall receive their ratable and proportionate
share of the remaining assets to be distributed in the ratio, on a per share
basis, of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect to such Series A Preferred
Shares and Common Shares, on a per share basis, respectively.

         (B)     In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets
available to permit payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Preference and
the liquidation preferences of all other series of preferred shares, if any,
which rank on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares, then such remaining
assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Series A Preferred
Shares and such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation
preferences.

         (C)     In the event the Corporation shall at any time following
__________, 1998 (i) declare any dividend on Common Shares payable in Common
Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares or (iii) combine the
outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such
case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be
adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of
which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event
and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

         Section 7.  Consolidation, Merger, etc.  In case the Corporation shall
enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which
the Common Shares are exchanged for or changed into other shares or securities,
cash and/or any other property, then in any such case, the Series A Preferred
Shares shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per
share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to
100 times the aggregate amount of shares, securities, cash and/or any other
property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each
Common Share is exchanged or changed.  In the event the Corporation shall at any
time (i) declare any dividend on Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (ii)
subdivide the outstanding Common Shares or (iii) combine the outstanding Common
Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount set
forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of Series
A Preferred Shares shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction
the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately
after such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares
that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.





                                       6
<PAGE>   42

         Section 8.  Redemption.  The Series A Preferred Shares shall not be
redeemable by the Corporation.  The preceding sentence shall not limit the
ability of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise deal in such shares to the
extent permitted by law.

         Section 9.  Ranking.  The Series A Preferred Shares shall rank junior
to all other series of the Corporation's preferred stock (whether with or
without par value) as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of
assets, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise.

         Section 10.  Amendment.  Neither the Corporation's Amended and
Restated Articles of Incorporation, nor any Articles Supplementary relating to
the Series A Preferred Shares shall be amended in any manner which would
materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the
Series A Preferred Shares so as to affect the holders of Series A Preferred
Shares adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or
more of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, voting separately as a
class.

         Section 11.  Fractional Shares.  Series A Preferred Shares may be
issued in fractions of a share that are integral multiples of one-one hundredth
of a share, which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's
fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends and participate
in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of
Series A Preferred Shares.

         THIRD: These Articles Supplementary have been approved by the Board of
Directors in the manner and by the vote required by law.

         FOURTH:  The undersigned officer acknowledges these Articles
Supplementary to be the act of the Corporation and further, as to all matters
or facts required to be verified under oath, such officer acknowledges that to
the best of his or her knowledge, information and belief, these matters and
facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under
the penalties of perjury.





                                       7
<PAGE>   43

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles Supplementary have been duly
executed by the undersigned officer this ___th day of _____, 1998.

                                OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.



                                By:____________________________________
                                Name:__________________________________
                                Title:_________________________________





                                       8
<PAGE>   44
                                                                      EXHIBIT B


                          [Form of Right Certificate]





Certificate No. R-               ________ Rights

         NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER ________, 2008 OR EARLIER IF THE RIGHTS EXPIRE
         UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES OR ARE EXCHANGED OR REDEEMED BY THE
         CORPORATION.  THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION, AT THE OPTION OF
         THE CORPORATION, AT $.01 PER RIGHT ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE
         RIGHTS AGREEMENT.  UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY
         OWNED BY AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS
         AGREEMENT) AND ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER OF SUCH RIGHTS MAY BECOME NULL
         AND VOID.  [THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE OR WERE
         BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY A PERSON WHO WAS OR BECAME AN ACQUIRING PERSON
         OR AN AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE
         DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT).  ACCORDINGLY, THIS RIGHT CERTIFICATE
         AND THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES
         SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7(e) OF SUCH AGREEMENT.]*

                               Right Certificate

                             OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.

         This certifies that                              , or registered
assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each
of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of ________, 1998 (the "Rights
Agreement"), between Omega Worldwide, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the
"Corporation"), and First Chicago Trust Company of New York (the "Rights
Agent") to purchase from the Corporation at any time after the Distribution
Date (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 p.m.
(Eastern time) on ________, 2008 or notice of redemption or exchange at the
office of the Rights Agent (or its successors as Rights Agent) designated for
such purpose, one one-hundredth of a fully paid, non-assessable Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Share (a "Preferred Share")





__________________________

     *         The portion of the legend in brackets shall be inserted only if
applicable and shall replace the preceding sentence.
<PAGE>   45

of the Corporation, at a purchase price of $_____ per one one-hundredth of a
Preferred Share (the "Purchase Price"), upon presentation and surrender of this
Right Certificate with the appropriate Form of Election to Purchase and related
Certificate duly executed.  The number of Rights evidenced by this Right
Certificate (and the number of Preferred Shares which may be purchased upon
exercise thereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price per Preferred Share
set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of ________, 1998, based
on the Preferred Shares as constituted at such date.  Capitalized terms not
defined in this Right Certificate that are defined in the Rights Agreement
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Rights Agreement.

         Upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event, if the Rights evidenced by
this Right Certificate are beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an
Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person, (ii) under certain
circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement, a transferee of any such
Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate, or (iii) under certain circumstances
specified in the Rights Agreement, a transferee of a person who, after such
transfer, became an Acquiring Person, or an Affiliate or Associate of an
Acquiring Person, such Rights shall become null and void and no holder hereof
shall have any right with respect to such Rights from and after the occurrence
of any such Triggering Event.

         As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number
and kind of Preferred Shares or other securities, which may be purchased upon
the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are subject to
modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.

         This Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are
hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which
Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights,
limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the
Rights Agent, the Corporation and the holders of the Right Certificates, which
limitations of rights include the temporary suspension of the exercisability of
such Rights under certain circumstances specified in such Rights Agreement.
Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the above-mentioned office of the
Rights Agent and are also available upon written request to the Rights Agent.

         This Right Certificate, with or without other Right Certificates, upon
surrender at the principal corporate trust office of the Rights Agent, may be
exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like tenor and
date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number
of Preferred Shares as the Rights evidenced by the Right Certificate or Right
Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase.  If this
Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to
receive upon surrender hereof another Right Certificate or Right Certificates
for the number of whole Rights not exercised.

         Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights
evidenced by this Certificate may be redeemed by the Corporation at its option
at a redemption price of $.01 per Right at any time





                                       2
<PAGE>   46

prior to the earlier of (i) such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person
or (ii) the close of business on the Final Expiration Date.

         No fractional Preferred Shares will be issued upon the exercise of any
Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions which are integral
multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, which may, at the election
of the Corporation, be evidenced by depositary receipts), but in lieu thereof a
cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement.

         No holder of this Right Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to
vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of Preferred
Shares or of any other securities of the Corporation which may at any time be
issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights
Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any
of the rights of a shareholder of the Corporation or any right to vote for the
election of trustees or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any
meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any trust action, or, to
receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting shareholders (except as
provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription
rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Right
Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.

         This Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any
purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

         WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the
Corporation and its seal.

Dated as of _______________ __, 19__

                                OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.


                                By:  __________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

Attest:  (SEAL)


________________________________
Name:
Title:





                                       3
<PAGE>   47

Countersigned:

FIRST CHICAGO TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

By:  _______________________________
     Authorized Signature       


















                                       4
<PAGE>   48


                   [Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate]

                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

         (To be executed  by the  registered  holder if such  holder  desires to
transfer the Right Certificate.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED __________________________________ hereby sells, assigns and 
transfers unto __________________________________
                  (Please print name and address of transferee)
this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and
does hereby irrevocably  constitute and appoint Attorney, to transfer the within
Right Certificate on the books of the within-named Corporation,  with full power
of substitution.

Date:_____________________________, 19               ___________________________
                                                              Signature

Signature Guaranteed:
                                   Certificate

     The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:

     (1)  this  Rights  Certificate  [ ] is [ ] is not being sold, assigned and
transferred by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring  Person or an
Affiliate or Associate of any such  Acquiring  Person (as such terms are defined
pursuant to the Rights Agreement);

     (2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [ ]
did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any
Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or
Associate of an Acquiring Person.

Date:______________________, 19                       __________________________
                                                              Signature

                                     NOTICE

         The  signature  to  the  foregoing   Assignment  and  Certificate  must
correspond  to the name as written  upon the face of this Right  Certificate  in
every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.


<PAGE>   49


                          FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

                      (To be executed if holder desires to
                      exercise Rights represented by the 
                      Right Certificate.)

To:      OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.

         The   undersigned   hereby   irrevocably   elects  to  exercise  Rights
represented by this Right  Certificate to purchase the Preferred Shares issuable
upon the exercise of the Rights (or such other  securities of the Corporation or
of any other person  which may be issuable  upon the exercise of the Rights) and
requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of:

Please insert social security 
or other identifying number:_______________________________________

______________________________________________________________
                      (Please print name and address)

         If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights  evidenced by this
Right Certificate,  a new Right Certificate for the balance of such Rights shall
be registered in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security 
or other identifying number:_______________________________________

______________________________________________________________
                      (Please print name and address)



Date:_______________________________, 19__            __________________________
                                                              Signature




<PAGE>   50


Signature Guaranteed:

                                   Certificate

     The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:

         (1) the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate  [ ] are [ ] are 
not being exercised by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring 
Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such 
terms are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement);

         (2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned,  it
[ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate 
from any Person who is, was or became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or 
Associate of an Acquiring Person.

Dated:____________, 19__                               _________________________
                                                              Signature


                                     NOTICE

         The  signature to the  foregoing  Election to Purchase and  Certificate
must  correspond to the name as written upon the face of this Right  Certificate
in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.


<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.7



                            INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

                  This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT is made as of the ___ day of
________ 1998 by and between Omega Worldwide, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the
"Corporation"), and the undersigned (the"Indemnitee" and, together with other
persons who may execute similar agreements, the "Indemnitees").

                  The Indemnitee currently is and in the future may be serving
in one or more capacities as a directoror officer of the Corporation or, at the
request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary,
or trustee of, or in a similar capacity for, another foreign ordomestic
corporation,  real estate investment trust,  partnership,  joint venture, trust,
employee  benefit  plan,  or  other  entity,  and in so  doing  is and  will  be
performing a valuable service to or on behalf of the  Corporation.  The Board of
Directors of the Corporation has determined that, in order to attract and retain
qualified individuals as directors and officers, the Corporation will supplement
the  Corporation's  liability  insurance  for  officers  and  directors  and the
protection  provided by the  Corporation's  By-Laws by providing the contractual
assurances herein contained.  The Indemnitee is willing to continue to serve and
to undertake such additional  duties and  responsibilities  for and on behalf of
the  Corporation  as may be  agreed  to on the  condition  that  [he]  [she]  be
indemnified contractually by the Corporation. As an inducement to the Indemnitee
to continue to serve the Corporation,  and in  consideration  for such continued
service, the Corporation has therefore agreed to indemnify the Indemnitee and to
advance certain expenses upon the terms set forth herein.

                  In   consideration   of  the  promises  and  mutual  covenants
contained herein,  and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Corporation and
the Indemnitee agree as follows:

         1.       Indemnification

                  (a)  Except  as  provided  in  Sections  3 and 5  hereof,  the
Corporation  shall  indemnify  the  Indemnitee  to the full extent  permitted by
Maryland  law  against  any  Liability  incurred  by  or  assessed  against  the
Indemnitee in connection  with any  Proceeding  in which the  Indemnitee  may be
involved,  as a party,  a witness or  otherwise,  by reason of the fact that the
Indemnitee is or was serving in any Official Capacity held now or in the future,
including,  without  limitation,  any Liability resulting from actual or alleged
breach or neglect of duty, error, misstatement,  misleading statement, omission,
negligence,  act giving rise to strict or product liability,  act giving rise to
liability for  environmental  contamination,  or other act or omission,  whether
occurring  prior  to or  after  the  date  of  this  Agreement.  As used in this
Agreement:

                  (1) "Liability" means any damage,  judgment,  amount paid in
settlement, fine, penalty, punitive damage or expense of any nature (including 
attorney's fees and expenses);

<PAGE>   2

                  (2) "Proceeding"  means any threatened,  pending,  or
completed action, suit, appeal, arbitration, or other proceeding of any nature,
whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, whether formal or
informal, and whether brought by or in the right of the Corporation, a class of
its security holders, or any other party; and

                  (3) "Official Capacity" means service to the Corporation as 
director or officer or, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, 
officer, employee, agent, fiduciary, or trustee of, or in a similar capacity 
for, another foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, 
partnership,  joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan (including a plan  
qualified under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974), or other 
entity.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding   Section  1(a)  hereof,   except  for  a
Proceeding  brought pursuant to Section 5(e) of this Agreement,  the Corporation
shall not  indemnify  the  Indemnitee  under this  Agreement  for any  Liability
incurred in a Proceeding  initiated by the  Indemnitee  unless the Proceeding is
authorized,  either before or after commencement of the Proceeding, by the Board
of Directors of the  Corporation.  An affirmative  defense or counterclaim of an
Indemnitee  shall not be deemed to  constitute  a  Proceeding  initiated  by the
Indemnitee.

         2.  Agreement to Serve and to  Cooperate  with the  Corporation  in any
Proceeding.  The Indemnitee shall serve or continue to serve for or on behalf of
the Corporation in each Official  Capacity held now or in the future for so long
as the  Indemnitee  is duly  elected  or  appointed  or until  such  time as the
Indemnitee  tenders a  resignation  in writing [for outside  Directors - or such
service is otherwise terminated pursuant to the Corporation's  Charter,  By-Laws
or the Maryland General  Corporation  Law]. [For officers - This Agreement shall
not be deemed an  employment  contract  between  the  Corporation  or any of its
subsidiaries  and any Indemnitee who is an employee of the Corporation or any of
its subsidiaries. The Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that the Indemnitee's
employment with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries,  if any, is at will,
and that the  Indemnitee  may be discharged at any time for any reason,  with or
without  cause,  except as may be otherwise  provided in any written  employment
contract between the Indemnitee and the Corporation or any of its  subsidiaries,
or other  applicable  formal  severance  policies  duly  adopted by the board of
directors of the  Indemnitee's  employer.] The Indemnitee  also shall  cooperate
with the  Corporation  in  connection  with the  investigation,  prosecution  or
defense  of any  Proceeding  for which  indemnification  or the  advancement  of
expenses may be claimed hereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement
shall continue in force after the Indemnitee has ceased to serve in any Official
Capacity for or on behalf of the  Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries  with
respect to claims based on matters  occurring  before the  Indemnitee  ceased to
serve in any Official Capacity.

                  3.       Exclusions.

                           (a)   The Corporation shall not be liable under this 
Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Liability incurred by the 
Indemnitee:


                                       2

<PAGE>   3



                                    (1)   to the extent payment for such 
Liability is made to or on behalf of the Indemnitee under an insurance policy;

                                    (2)   to the extent payment is made to or 
on behalf of the Indemnitee for such Liability by the Corporation under its
Charter, By-Laws, the Maryland General Corporation Law or otherwise than
pursuant to this Agreement;

                                    (3)   to the extent such Liability is 
determined in a final judgment  pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof to be based upon
or attributable  to the Indemnitee  receiving any improper  personal  benefit in
money, property or services;

                                    (4)   for which, in the case of a criminal 
proceeding,  the Indemnitee has been determined in a final judgment  pursuant to
Section 5(e) hereof to have had reasonable  cause to believe the act or omission
was unlawful;

                                    (5)   for which the conduct of the 
Indemnitee  has been  determined  in a final  judgment  pursuant to Section 5(e)
hereof to constitute  bad faith or active and deliberate  dishonesty,  in either
such case  material to the cause of action or claim at issue in the  Proceeding;
or

                                    (6)   to the extent such indemnification 
has been determined in a final judgment pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof to be
unlawful.

                           (b)   No act, omission, liability, knowledge, or 
other fact of or relating to any other person, including any other person who is
also an  Indemnitee,  shall be imputed to the  Indemnitee  for the  purposes  of
determining the applicability of any exclusion set forth herein.

                           (c)   The termination of a proceeding by judgment, 
order,  settlement,  conviction,  or  upon  a plea  of  nolo  contendere  or its
equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee is not
entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.

                  4.  Advancement  of Expenses.  The  Corporation  shall pay any
Liability in the nature of an expense  (including  attorneys' fees and expenses)
incurred in good faith by the Indemnitee in advance of the final  disposition of
a Proceeding  within  twenty (20) days of receipt of a demand for payment by the
Indemnitee,  and the Indemnitee  undertakes to repay any such amount if it shall
ultimately be determined  pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof that the Indemnitee is
not entitled to be indemnified by the  Corporation  pursuant to this  Agreement.
The  financial  ability of the  Indemnitee  to repay an  advance  shall not be a
prerequisite to the making of such advance.



                                       3


<PAGE>   4


                  5.       Indemnification Procedure.

                           (a)   The Indemnitee shall notify promptly the 
Secretary  of the  Corporation  of the  commencement  of any  Proceeding  or the
occurrence  of any  event  which  might  give  rise to a  Liability  under  this
Agreement,  but the failure to so notify the  Corporation  shall not relieve the
Corporation  of any obligation  which it may have to the  Indemnitee  under this
Agreement or otherwise.

                           (b)   The Corporation shall be entitled, upon notice
to the  Indemnitee,  to  assume  the  defense  of any  Proceeding  with  counsel
reasonably  satisfactory  to the Indemnitee  involved in such  Proceeding or, if
there be more than one Indemnitee involved in such Proceeding,  to a majority of
the Indemnitees involved in such Proceeding. The foregoing notwithstanding,  the
Indemnitee may elect to retain separate counsel to participate in the defense of
such  Proceeding  and the fees and expenses of such  separate  counsel  shall be
borne by Indemnitee  unless:  (i) the engagement of separate  counsel shall have
been  authorized by the orporation,  or (ii) the  Corporation  shall not in fact
have  employed  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to such  Indemnitee or to the
majority of Indemnitees  if more than one is involved,  to assume the defense of
such Proceeding.


                           (c)   The Corporation shall not be required to obtain
the consent of the  Indemnitee  to the  settlement of any  Proceeding  which the
Corporation  has undertaken to defend if the  Corporation  assumes full and sole
responsibility  for such  settlement and the settlement  grants the Indemnitee a
complete and  unqualified  release in respect of the  potential  Liability.  The
Corporation  shall  not be  liable  for  any  amount  paid by an  Indemnitee  in
settlement  of any  Proceeding  unless the  Corporation  has  consented  to such
settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                           (d)   In the event that a claim for indemnification 
against  liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") (other
than the payment by the Corporation of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,
officer,  or controlling  person of the Corporation in the successful defense of
any  action,  suit,  or  proceeding)  is asserted  by a  director,  officer,  or
controlling person in connection with securities being registered under the Act,
the Corporation  will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of competent  jurisdiction
the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is against  public  policy as
expressed  in the Act and will be  governed  by the final  adjudication  of such
issue.

                           (e)    If a claim under Section 1 of this Agreement 
is not paid in full by the  Corporation  within  sixty (60) days after a written
claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an
advancement  of expenses,  in which case the  applicable  period shall be twenty
(20) days,  the  Indemnitee  may at any time  thereafter  bring suit against the
Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, to the extent
successful in whole or in part, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid
the expense of prosecuting such suit. Any 

                                       4


<PAGE>   5



suit by the  Indemnitee  under this Agreement must be brought in Maryland in the
Circuit Court of Baltimore City. The Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled
to indemnification  under this Agreement upon submission of a written claim, and
thereafter  the  Corporation  shall  have the  burden of proof to  overcome  the
presumption  that the Indemnitee is not so entitled.  Neither the failure of the
Corporation (including its Board of Directors,  independent legal counsel or its
stockholders)  to have made a  determination  prior to the  commencement of such
suit that  indemnification  of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances nor
any actual  determination by the Corporation  (including its Board of Directors,
independent  legal  counsel  or its  stockholders)  that the  Indemnitee  is not
entitled  to  indemnification  shall  be a  defense  to the  suit  or  create  a
presumption that the Indemnitee is not so entitled except to the extent required
by law.

                           (f)   Upon a payment under this Agreement to the 
Indemnitee with respect to any Liability, the Corporation shall be subrogated to
the extent of such  payment to all of the  rights of the  Indemnitee  to recover
against any person with  respect to such  Liability,  and the  Indemnitee  shall
execute all documents and instruments required and shall take such other actions
as may be  necessary  to secure such  rights,  including  the  execution of such
documents as may be necessary for the  Corporation to bring suit to enforce such
rights.

                  6.  Non-Exclusivity.  The  rights  granted  to the  Indemnitee
pursuant to this Agreement shall not be deemed  exclusive of any other rights to
which the  Indemnitee  may be entitled  under  statute,  the  provisions  of any
articles of  incorporation,  by-laws,  or agreement,  a vote of  stockholders or
directors,  or otherwise,  both as to action in an Official  Capacity and in any
other capacity.

                  7. Reliance on Provisions.  The Indemnitee shall be deemed to
be  acting  in  any   Official   Capacity  in   reliance   upon  the  rights  of
indemnification  provided by this Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing,  the Corporation and the Indemnitee  acknowledge the existence of
Article VII of the  Corporation's  Charter and Article XII of the  Corporation's
By-Laws, and confirm that the Indemnitee is also acting in reliance thereon.

                  8.  Severability  and  Reformation.   Any  provision  of  this
Agreement which is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction
or under  any  circumstances  shall be  ineffective  only to the  extent of such
invalidity  or  unenforceability  and shall be  deemed  reformed  to the  extent
necessary to conform to the applicable law of such  jurisdiction  and still give
maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto. Any such determination shall
not invalidate or render unenforceable the remaining provisions hereof and shall
not invalidate or render  unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction
or under any other circumstances.

                  9. Notices. Any notice,  claim, request, or demand required or
permitted  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered
personally or sent by facsimile or by registered or certified mail, first class,
postage prepaid: (i) if to the Corporation,  to Omega Worldwide,  Inc., 905 West
Eisenhower Circle, Suite 101, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48103,  Attention:  Secretary,
or (ii) if to any Indemnitee,  to the address of such  Indemnitee listed 



                                       5

<PAGE>   6



on the signature page hereto, or to such other address as any party hereto shall
have specified in a notice duly given in accordance with this Section 9.

                  10.  Amendments;  Binding Effect. No amendment,  modification,
termination,  or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless signed
in  writing by the  Corporation  and the  Indemnitee.  This  Agreement  shall be
binding upon the  Corporation  and its successors and assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of the Indemnitee's heirs, executors,  administrators,  and personal
representatives.

                  11.  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and
construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of Maryland,  without regard
to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  undersigned  have  executed  this
Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

                                          OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.


                                          By:__________________________________
                                          Name:________________________________
                                          Title:_______________________________

Attest:


______________________
Secretary


                                          Indemnitee



                                          _____________________________________
                                          Name:

                                          Address:

                                          _____________________________________

                                          _____________________________________

                                          




                                       6

<PAGE>   1
                                                                      EXHIBIT 21
 
                              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SUBSIDIARY NAME                           JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION
                      ---------------                           -----------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>
Omega (UK) Limited..........................................           London, England
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated December 2, 1997 (except Note 10, as to which the
date is January 15, 1998) with respect to the financial statements of Principal
Healthcare Finance Limited in the Registration Statement (Amendment No. 1 to
Form S-1) dated March 2, 1998.
                                          /s/ Ernst & Young
Jersey, Channel Islands
March 2, 1998

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated December 18, 1997 with respect to the financial
statements of Omega Worldwide, Inc., in the Registration Statement (Amendment
No. 1 to Form S-1) dated March 2, 1998.
 
                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Detroit, Michigan
March 2, 1998

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.1

                VOID IF NOT RECEIVED BY THE SUBSCRIPTION AGENT
                  PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME,
                              ON MARCH __, 1998.

OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.                             RIGHTS CERTIFICATE NO. ______
CUSIP NO.________



Dear Shareholder:

         As the registered owner of this Rights Certificate, you are entitled to
subscribe for shares of common stock ("Shares") of Omega Worldwide, Inc. ("Omega
Worldwide") at the subscription price (the "Subscription Price") of $_____ per
Share and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus
dated March ___, 1998 (the "Prospectus"). You are entitled to subscribe for one
Share at the Subscription Price for every one Right held by you. If you were a
holder of Shares on March __, 1998 (the "Record Date") and if you have validly
exercised all of the Rights initially issued to you to the extent possible, you
have the further right to oversubscribe for additional Shares (the
"Oversubscription Privilege"), subject to the maximum number of Shares offered
in the Rights Offering and certain other restrictions described in the
Prospectus, including proration of available Shares. You may not purchase
fractional Shares.

         Certificates for Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of Rights
will be mailed as soon as practicable after the receipt of all required
documents and payment in full of the Subscription Price due for such Shares.
Certificates for Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the
Oversubscription Privilege will be mailed as soon as practicable after the
Expiration Date and the receipt of all required documents and payment in full of
the Subscription Price due for such Shares.

                   THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE

         Payment of the full Subscription Price for all Shares subscribed for
pursuant to the exercise of Rights must accompany this properly completed and
duly executed Rights Certificate, payable in United States currency by personal
check, cashier's check, bank draft or money order drawn on a bank located in the
United States, payable to "Omega Worldwide Rights Offering". Alternatively,
subscribers may return a completed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. PLEASE WRITE
YOUR RIGHTS CERTIFICATE NUMBER, SET FORTH ABOVE, IN YOUR CHECK, BANK DRAFT,
MONEY ORDER OR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               SECTION 1: DETAILS OF SUBSCRIPTION--PLEASE PRINT ALL INFORMATION
                     CLEARLY AND LEGIBLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   IF YOU WISH TO EXERCISE ALL OF YOUR RIGHTS:

             A: I SUBSCRIBE FOR MY FULL ENTITLEMENT OF SHARES:              

                         ______________ X  $______ = $ ______________ 
                             SHARES

                                 TOTAL AMOUNT ENCLOSED:   $__________

             B: OVERSUBSCRIPTION PRIVILEGE*:
 
                         ______________ X  $______ = $ ______________ 
                             SHARES
                      *I HAVE VALIDLY EXERCISED ALL RIGHTS INITIALLY
                      ISSUED TO ME TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE AND WAS
                      A HOLDER OF SHARES ON THE RECORD DATE.  I
                      UNDERTAKE TO PAY THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE FOR
                      SHARES PURCHASED PURSUANT TO THE OVER-
                      SUBSCRIPTION PRIVILEGE WITHIN FOUR BUSINESS
                      DAYS OF RECEIPT FROM OMEGA WORLDWIDE OF A
                      WRITTEN CONFIRMATION OF THE NUMBER OF SHARES
                      ALLOCATED TO ME UNDER THE OVERSUBSCRIPTION
                      PRIVILEGE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               IF YOU DO NOT WISH TO EXERCISE ALL OF YOUR RIGHTS:

 C: I SUBSCRIBE FOR ONLY _________ SHARES X $______ = $________(AMOUNT ENCLOSED)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                               <C>   

OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.               OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.              FIRST CHICAGO TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK


BY _______________________________  BY __________________________      BY _________________________________
         CHAIRMAN                                  SECRETARY                   MANAGING DIRECTOR

</TABLE>



<PAGE>   2


         To exercise all or part of your Rights, please complete part A. or C.
of Section 1 on the reverse side of this certificate and Section 2 below. To
exercise your Oversubscription Privilege, please also complete part B of Section
1 on the reverse side of this certificate.

         The completed Rights Certificate and payment or Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery should be mailed or delivered to the Subscription Agent as follows:


     By Regular Mail:                               By Hand:
First Chicago Trust Company                First Chicago Trust Company
      of New York                                 of New York
Attention: Tenders & Exchanges           Attention: Tenders & Exchanges
  P.O. Box 2565, Suite 4660                    c/o THE DEPOSITORY
 Jersey City, NJ 07303-2565                       TRUST COMPANY
                                            55 Water Street, DTC TAD
                                         Vietnam Veterans Memorial Plaza
                                               New York, NY 10041

 By Facsimile Transmission:                   By Overnight Courier:
       (201) 222-4720                       First Chicago Trust Company
       (201) 222-4721                              of New York
    Confirm by Telephone                  Attention: Tenders & Exchanges
       (201) 222-4707                             Suite 4680-EEG
                                            14 Wall Street, 8th Floor
                                               New York, NY 10005
                   Delivery other than as set forth above will not constitute a
valid delivery.


         FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPLETION AND EXECUTION OF THIS
FORM, PLEASE CONTACT OMEGA WORLDWIDE'S INFORMATION AGENT, ________, AT
____________.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             SECTION 2: TO SUBSCRIBE

         I acknowledge that I have received the Prospectus for th is Rights
Offering, and I hereby irrevocably subscribe for the number of Shares indicated
in Section 1 on the terms and conditions set forth in this Prospectus.

         I understand that my Rights will be deemed exercised only when a
properly completed and duly executed Rights Certificate and payment of the full
Subscription Price with respect to such exercise have been received by the
Subscription Agent.

SIGNATURE OF
SUBSCRIBER(S): __________________________            ___________________________

TELEPHONE NUMBER: (  )    __________________________________ (daytime)
                             AREA CODE

TELEPHONE NUMBER: (  )    __________________________________ (evening)
                             AREA CODE

Address for delivery of Shares if other than as shown on front:

[ ] Check here if permanent change.



<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 99.2

                          NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
                 FOR SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF
                              OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.

         As  set  forth  in  the  Prospectus   dated   ___________,   1998  (the
"Prospectus") of Omega Worldwide,  Inc.  ("Omega  Worldwide"),  this form or one
substantially  equivalent  hereto  must be used to  exercise a  holder's  rights
("Rights") to subscribe for shares of common stock ("Shares") of Omega Worldwide
and to oversubscribe for additional Shares (the  "Oversubscription  Privilege"),
if time will not permit all  required  documents  to reach First  Chicago  Trust
Company  of New York (the  "Subscription  Agent")  prior to 5:00  p.m.,  Eastern
Standard Time, on March __, 1998, unless extended (the "Expiration  Date"). This
form should be mailed or  delivered  or sent by  facsimile  transmission  to the
Subscription Agent as follows:

             By Regular Mail:                                By Hand:
       First Chicago Trust Company                 First Chicago Trust Company
               of New York                                 of New York
      Attention: Tenders & Exchanges              Attention: Tenders & Exchanges
        P.O. Box 2565, Suite 4660                       c/o THE DEPOSITORY
        Jersey City, NJ 07303-2565                        TRUST COMPANY
                                                     55 Water Street, DTC TAD
                                                 Vietnam Veterans Memorial Plaza
                                                        New York, NY 10041

        By Facsimile Transmission:                    By Overnight Courier:
              (201) 222-4720                       First Chicago Trust Company
              (201) 222-4721                               of New York
           Confirm by Telephone                   Attention: Tenders & Exchanges
              (201) 222-4707                              Suite 4680-EEG
                                                    14 Wall Street, 8th Floor
                                                        New York, NY 10005

                   Delivery  other than as set forth above will not constitute a
valid delivery.

         The commercial bank, trust company or credit union or member firm which
completes  this form must  communicate  this  guarantee and the number of Shares
subscribed for in connection with this guarantee (stating  separately the number
of  Shares   subscribed   for  pursuant  to  the  exercise  of  Rights  and  the
Oversubscription  Privilege)  to the  Subscription  Agent and must  deliver this
Notice of  Guaranteed  Delivery  to the  Subscription  Agent prior to 5:00 p.m.,
Eastern  Standard Time, on the  Expiration  Date,  guaranteeing  delivery of (a)
payment of the full Subscription Price for all Shares subscribed for pursuant to
the exercise of Rights and (b) a properly  completed  and duly  executed  Rights
Certificate  (which certificate and full payment must then be delivered no later
than the close of business of the third business day after the Expiration Date).
Failure to do so will result in a forfeiture of the Rights.

                                    GUARANTEE

         The  undersigned,  a  commercial  bank,  trust  company or credit union
having an office,  branch or agency in the United  States or a member  firm of a
Stock Transfer  Association  approved  medallion  program such as STAMP, SEMP or
MSP,  guarantees  delivery to the Subscription Agent by no later than 5:00 p.m.,
Eastern  Standard Time, on March ___, 1998 of (a) a properly  completed and duly
executed Rights  Certificate and (b) payment of the full Subscription  Price for
all Shares  subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of Rights,  as  subscription
for such Shares is indicated herein or in the Rights Certificate.
                           (Continued on reverse side)

<PAGE>   2


                                         Control Number:________________________

                              OMEGA WORLDWIDE, INC.

1.    Exercise of Rights:
         I subscribe to exercise___________________ Rights for _________________
         Shares x $______ = $______________________
                                             
                                                Total Payment:  $_______________



2.    Oversubscription Privilege:
         I apply for the Oversubscription Privilege* for _______________________
         Shares x $______ = $__________________
                                                         

         *I have  validly  exercised  all Rights  initially  issued to me to the
         extent  possible  and was a holder  of  Shares on March  ___,  1998.  I
         undertake to pay the Subscription  Price for Shares purchased  pursuant
         to the Oversubscription  Privilege within four business days of receipt
         from Omega Worldwide of a written  confirmation of the number of Shares
         allocated to me under the Oversubscription Privilege.



                                METHOD OF PAYMENT
          Payment must be made by March __, 1998, unless extended, to:
First Chicago Trust Company of New York, ABA #__________, Account #_________, 
Attn.: Omega Worldwide Rights Offering, by certified or cashier's check to one 
of the addresses on side 1 of this form.


________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________                       _______________________________
Name of Firm                                     Authorized Signature

__________________________                       _______________________________
Address                                          Print Name        Title

__________________________                       _______________________________
City    State     ZIP Code                       Telephone Number

__________________________                       _______________________________
Contact Name                                     Date

__________________________                       
DTC Participant Number

________________________________________________________________________________

                                  INSTRUCTIONS

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
A Notice of  Guaranteed  Delivery  may be submitted if the Notice is received by
the  Subscription  Agent  prior to 5:00  p.m.,  Eastern  Standard  Time,  on the
Expiration Date.

CONTROL NUMBER
First  Chicago  Trust  Company of New York will assign a control  number to this
Notice upon  receipt.  Such number may be confirmed by inquiry to First  Chicago
Trust Company of New York.

ITEM 1.  EXERCISE OF RIGHTS
State the number of Rights  exercised  and the number of Shares  subscribed  for
pursuant to the exercise of Rights and the corresponding  dollar amount. You are
entitled to  subscribe  for one Share at the  Subscription  Price of $______ for
every one Right held by you. The total payment represents the dollar amount that
the  Subscription  Agent  will  receive  from you  prior to 5:00  p.m.,  Eastern
Standard Time, on March __, 1998, unless extended.

ITEM 2.  OVERSUBSCRIPTION PRIVILEGE
State  the  number of  additional  Shares  oversubscribed  for  pursuant  to the
Oversubscription   Privilege  and  the  corresponding  dollar  amount.  You  may
oversubscribe for as many additional  Shares as desired,  subject to the maximum
number of Shares offered in the Rights  Offering and certain other  restrictions
described in the Prospectus, including proration of available Shares.




<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.3



                        [PRICE WATERHOUSE LETTERHEAD]



AUDITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF
EXCELER HEALTHCARE SERVICES LIMITED



We have audited the accounts on pages 4 to 13 which have been prepared under the
historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of certain fixed
assets and in accordance with the accounting policies set out on pages 6 and 7.

RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS

As described on page 2 the company's Directors are responsible for the
preparation of accounts. It is our responsibility to form an Independent
opinion, based on our audit, on those accounts and to report our opinion to
you.

BASIS OF OPINION

We conducted our audit in accordance with Auditing Standards issued by
the Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the accounts. It also
includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by the
Directors in the preparation of the accounts, and of whether the accounting
policies are appropriate to the company's circumstances, consistently applied
and adequately disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and
explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the accounts are free
from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or
error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the
presentation of information in the accounts.

OPINION

In our opinion the accounts give a true and fair view of the state of affairs
of the company as at 31 December 1995 and of its profit for the year then ended
and have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985.



Price Waterhouse
PRICE WATERHOUSE
Chartered Accountants
and Registered Auditors                                            1 July 1997






                                      1

<PAGE>   2
EXCELER HEALTHCARE SERVICES LIMITED

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1996

                                                     1996              1995
                                                    ------            ------
                                                  (pound)' 000     (pound)' 000
                                               
TURNOVER (Note 1(1))                           
Continuing operations                               12,449             1,425
Acquisitions                                         1,630             4,301
                                                    ------            ------
                                                    14,079             5,726
Cost of sales                                       (7,266)           (3,662)
                                                    ------            ------

GROSS PROFIT                                         6,823             2,064
                                               
Administrative expenses                             (5,063)           (1,006)
                                                    ------            ------

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS)(Note 2)                
Continuing operations                                1,380               372
Acquisitions                                           380               686
                                                    ------            ------
                                               
                                                     1,760             1,058


Interest payable                                       (94)              (86)
                                                    ------            ------

PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES                  
BEFORE TAXATION                                      1,666               972

Tax on profit on ordinary activities (Note 5)         (515)             (230)
                                                    ------            ------

PROFIT FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR                        1,151               742

DIVIDEND (Note 5)                                     (950)                -
                                                    ------            ------

PROFIT FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR TRANSFERRED TO   
RESERVES                                               201               742
                                                    ======            ======
                                               
                                               

There were no recognized gains or losses other than the profit for the year.

The notes on pages 6 to 13 form part of these accounts.



                                      2

<PAGE>   3
EXCELER HEALTHCARE SERVICES LIMITED

BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31 DECEMBER 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1996                         1995
                                                                  ----                         ----
                                               (pound)'000    (pound)'000    (pound)'000    (pound)'000 
<S>                                             <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
FIXED ASSETS
Intangible assets (Note 6)                                         833                          205
Tangible fixed assets (Note 7)                                   3,732                        2,242

CURRENT ASSETS
Stock (Note 7(III))                                 43                             17
Debtors (Note 9)                                 4,714                          7,058
Cash at bank and in hand                             4                              -

                                                 -----                          -----
                                                 4,761
CREDITORS - Amounts falling due
within one year (Note 10)                       (7,261)                        (7,658)
                                                 -----                          -----
                                                                                              
NET CURRENT LIABILITIES                                         (2,500)                        (783)
                                                                 -----                        -----

TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES                            1,865                        1,864

CREDITORS - Amounts falling due after
more than one year (Note 11)
Provision for liabilities and changes (Note 12)                    (13)                         (13)
                                                                 -----                        -----
                                                                 1,852                        1,651
                                                                 =====                        =====

CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Called up share capital (Notes 13, 14)                               -                            -
Revaluation reserve (Note 14)                                      871                          871
Profit and loss account (Note 14)                                  981                          780
                                                                 -----                        -----

SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS (Note 14)                                    1,852                        1,661
                                                                 =====                        =====

</TABLE>
Approved by the Board on 1 July 1997
and signed on its behalf by

C H Bradeen
Director

The notes on pages 4 to 11 form part of these accounts.



                                      3

<PAGE>   4
        EXCELER HEALTHCARE SERVICES LIMITED

        NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS - 31 DECEMBER 1996

1       ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        The accounts are prepared under the historical cost convention as
        modified to include the revaluation of land and buildings and in 
        accordance with applicable accounting standards.

        The accounts have been prepared on a going concern basis. The company's
        fellow subsidiary undertakings have confirmed that they will not
        call for repayment of balances owed to them in a manner which does not
        allow the company to meet its other liabilities as they fall due and
        carry on its business without significant curtailment of operations.

        PRIOR YEAR ADJUSTMENTS

        The directors have reviewed the leases with Principal Healthcare
        Finance Limited and, on the basis of advice received, are of the
        opinion that they should be treated as operating leases rather than as
        finance leases. Consequently a prior year adjustment has been made in
        these accounts in accordance with SSAP2 and the 1995 comparatives
        restated.

        The principal accounting policies are:

 i      TURNOVER

        Turnover is the total amount receivable in the ordinary course of
        business for services provided. The Directors consider that the
        only class of business which the company engages in is the provision of
        nursing care in the United Kingdom.

 ii     CASH FLOW STATEMENT

        Financial Reporting Standard Number 1 "Cash Flow Statements" exempts
        undertakings from the requirement to produce such a statement
        where they are wholly owned subsidiaries of undertakings which prepare
        a consolidated  cash flow statement in accordance with the Standard
        and which includes the cash flows of the company. Sun Healthcare Group
        International Limited, the company's ultimate UK parent undertaking,
        prepares such a statement and the company has therefore taken advantage
        of the exemption.

 iii    STOCK

        Stock, which comprises consumables, such as food and medical supplies,
        is valued at cost.


                                      4


<PAGE>   5
        EXCELER HEALTHCARE SERVICES LIMITED

        NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS - 31 DECEMBER 1996 (CONTINUED)

1       ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

  iv    FIXED ASSETS

        Fixed assets are stated at historical cost or revalued amount
        less accumulated depreciation.

        Depreciation is provided so as to write off the carrying values
        of tangible fixed assets to their residual values over their estimated
        useful lives by applying the straight line method and using the
        following annual rates:

        Long leasehold land and buildings     Nil
        Plant and equipment                   10%

        It is the company's practice to maintain land and buildings in
        a continual state of sound repair and to extend and make improvements
        thereto from time to time.  The Directors consider that the lives of
        these assets are so long, and residual values are so high that their
        depreciation is insignificant.  Any permanent diminution in the value
        of such properties would be charged to profit and loss account as
        appropriate.

   v    DEFERRED TAXATION

        Provision is made for deferred taxation using the liability
        method on all timing differences between the recognition of income and
        expenditure for tax and accounting purposes to the extent that, in the
        opinion of the Directors, it is probable that a liability or asset will
        crystallise in the foreseeable future.

   vi   LEASED ASSETS

        Fixed assets acquired under hire purchase and finance lease contracts 
        are recorded in the balance sheet as tangible fixed assets at their 
        equivalent capital value and are depreciated over the shorter of
        the lease term and the estimated useful life of the asset.  The
        corresponding liability is recorded as a creditor and the interest
        element is charged to the profit and loss account over the lease period
        so as to give a constant rate of charge on the remaining balance of the
        obligation.

        Operating lease rentals are charged to the profit and loss account on an
        accruals basis.

2       OPERATING PROFIT

        The operating profit is stated after charging:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1996            1995
                                                      ----            ----
                                               (pound)'000     (pound)'000
<S>                                               <C>               <C>
Depreciation                                            48              35
Amortisation of goodwill                                27               -
Operating lease rentals - Land and buildings         2,824             981
                                                     =====           =====
</TABLE>

The auditor's remuneration for audit services is borne by the company's
immediate parent company.  Exceler Health Care Group plc and is shown as part
of the charge in the accounts of that company.



                                      5

<PAGE>   6
        EXCELER HEALTHCARE SERVICES LIMITED

        NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS - 31 DECEMBER 1996 (CONTINUED)

3       INTEREST PAYABLE AND SIMILAR CHARGES

<TABLE>
<Caption
                                                                              1996           1995
                                                                              ----           ----
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>
                                                                         (pound)'000     (pound)'000

        Interest payable on bank loans, overdrafts and other loans
        -repayable within 5 years otherwise than by instalments                 94            86
                                                                              ====          ====
</TABLE>

4       DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES

        Staff costs during the period:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              1996           1995
                                                                              ----           ----
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>
                                                                          (pound)'000     (pound)'000
        Wages and salaries                                                    6,846         2,649
        Social security costs                                                   319           135
                                                                              -----         -----
                               
                                                                              7,165         2,784          
                                                                              =====         =====
</TABLE>

        The company does not operate or contribute to a pension scheme.
        
        The average number of employees during the period was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996           1995
                                                                              ----           ----
                                                                              Number       Number
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>
        Nursing and ancillary staff                                           1,131          460
                                                                              =====         ====
</TABLE>

        The Directors received no remuneration in respect of their services to
        the company.

5       TAX ON PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES

        The tax charge is based on the profit for the year and comprises:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996           1995
                                                                              ----           ----
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>
                                                                          (pound)'000     (pound)'000

        United Kingdom corporation tax at 33%                                   550          301
        Group relief                                                            (36)         (71)
                                                                              -----         ----
                                                                                515          230
                                                                              =====         ====

</TABLE>

        Group relief has been received from other group undertakings for (pound)
        Nil (1995: (pound)Nil) consideration.

                                       6


<PAGE>   7


EXCELER HEALTHCARE SERVICES LIMITED

NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS - 31 DECEMBER 1996 (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


6      DIVIDENDS                                                                     1996                      1995     
                                                                                  -----------               ----------- 
                                                                                  (pound)'000               (pound)'000 
                                                                                                                        
       Final dividend of (pound)2,000 on ordinary share (1995 pound Nil)                  200                         - 
                                                                                  ===========               =========== 
                                                                                                                        
7      TANGIBLE ASSETS                                                                                                  

                                                                     PROPERTY
                                                     LONG           HELD UNDER                 PLANT AND 
                                    FREEHOLD       LEASEHOLD         FINANCE        MOTOR       OFFICE       OFFICE      
                                    PROPERTY       PROPERTY          LEASE         VEHICLES     EQUIPMENT   EQUIPMENT     TOTAL
                                    --------       ---------        ----------     --------    ----------   ---------     -----
                                  (pound)'000    (pound)'000       (pound)'000    (pound)'000  (pound)'000  (pound)'000  (pound)'000
<S>                               <C>            <C>                <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
Cost or valuation
At 1 January 1996                       -          1,987             24,089             43          228          14        26,359
Adjustments to opening 
balances (see note)                     -              -            (24,089)             -            -           -       (24,089)
                                  -------        -------            -------        -------      -------     -------       -------
As restated                             -          1,987                  -             43          228          14         2,270
Additions                           2,242             26                  -             16          161          79         2,526
Completions
Transfers to group
  undertakings                     (4,710)             -                  -              -         (446)        (12)       (5,170)
Transfers from fellow 
  subsidiary undertakings           3,759              -                  -              -          409          12         4,180
                                  -------        -------            -------        -------      -------     -------       -------
At 31 December 1996                 1,291          2,015                  -             59          348          93         3,806
                                  =======        =======            =======        =======      =======     =======       =======

Depreciation
At 1 January 1996                       -              -                559              7           20           1           697
Adjustments to opening
balances (see note)                     -              -               (559)             -            -           -          (669)
                                  -------        -------            -------        -------      -------     -------       -------
                                        -              -                  -              7           20           1            26
Charged in the period                   -              -                  -              9           32           5            48
Transfer to fellow
  subsidiaries                          -              -                  -              -          (52)         (1)          (63)
Transfer from fellow
subsidiaries                            -              -                  -              -           52           1            63
                                  -------        -------            -------        -------      -------     -------       -------
At 31 December 1996                     -              -                  -             16           52           6            74
                                  =======        =======            =======        =======      =======     =======       =======

Net book value
At 31 December 1996                     -          1,987                  -             36          206          13         2,242
                                  =======        =======            =======        =======      =======     =======       =======
At 31 December 1996
as restated                         1,291          2,015                  -             43          296          87         3,732
                                  =======        =======            =======        =======      =======     =======       =======


</TABLE>







                                      7


<PAGE>   8

        EXCELER HEALTHCARE SERVICES LIMITED

        NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS - 31 DECEMBER 1996 (CONTINUED)

7       TANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

        The figures stated above for cost or valuation include valuations in
        respect of freehold and long leasehold land and building as follows:


<TABLE>
<S>    <C>                                                                                        <C>
                                                                                                   (pound)'000

        1994 valuation                                                                                    1,987
                                                                                                          =====
        The cost of freehold property stated at valuation is (pound) 1,116,000.

        Freehold and long leasehold properties were valued at 31 December 1994
        on an open market value in existing use basis as fully operational units
        by the Directors, after taking appropriate professional advice.

8       INTANGIBLE ASSETS

<CAPTION>

                                                                                                1996            1995
                                                                                                ----            ----
                                                                                           (pound)'000     (pound)'000
<S>    <C>                                                                                      <C>           <C>
        Goodwill

        Cost
        ----
        At 1 January 1996                                                                          206             205
        Additions                                                                                  455               -

                                                                                                ------          ------

        At 31 December 1996                                                                        660             205

                                                                                                ------          ------

        Amortisation                                                          
        ------------
        Charged in year                                                                             27               -

                                                                                                ------          ------

        At 31 December 1996                                                                         27               -

                                                                                                ------          ------

        Net book amount           
        ---------------
        At 31 December 1996                                                                        633             205

                                                                                                ======          ======

        Goodwill arises on the acquisition of nursing home businesses. 
        Goodwill is amortised over 20 years.

9       DEBTORS 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               1996            1995
                                                                                               ----            ----
                                                                                           (pound)'000     (pound)'000
<S>    <C>                                                                                    <C>             <C>
        Trade debtors                                                                              778             499
        Amounts owed by immediate parent undertaking                                             2,856           4,810
        Amounts owed by fellow subsidiary undertakings                                           1,052           1,704
        Other debtors and prepayments                                                               28              45

                                                                                                ------          ------

                                                                                                 4,714           7,058

                                                                                                ======          ======

</TABLE>


                                      8
       
<PAGE>   9
      EXCELER HEALTHCARE SERVICES LIMITED

      NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS - 31 DECEMBER 1996 (CONTINUED)


10    CREDITORS - Amounts falling due within  one year

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                   
                                                         1996             1995
                                                        ------           ------
                                                      (pound)'000       (pound)'000
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>
      Bank loans and overdraft (Note 11)                1,226            1,241
      Trade creditors                                     226              190
      Amount owed to subsidiary undertakings            4,775            5,823
      Social security and other taxes                      61               33
      Amounts due under finance leases                     98               70
      Other creditors                                     340              271
      Corporation tax                                     515              230
                                                        -----            -----
                                                        7,261            7,858
                                                        =====            =====

</TABLE>

      The bank overdraft and bank loan are secured by a fixed and floating
      charge over all the assets of the company.

11    ANALYSIS OF MATURITY OF DEBT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Bank           1996
                                           Overdraft       Loan           Total
                                          ----------     ----------     ----------
                                          (pound)'000     (pound)'000     (pound)'000
<S>                                           <C>          <C>            <C>
      Amount falling due:

      Within one year, or on demand           139          1,087          1,226
                                            =====          =====          =====
<CAPTION>
                                                           Bank           1996
                                           Overdraft       Loan           Total
                                          -----------     -----------     -----------
                                          (pound)'000     (pound)'000     (pound)'000
<S>                                           <C>          <C>            <C>
      Amount falling due:

      Within one year, or on demand           151          1,090          1,241
                                            =====          =====          =====

</TABLE>

12    PROVISION FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES

      Deferred Taxation

      The amounts provided for deferred taxation and the amount not provided
      are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         31 December 1996             31 December 1995
                                Provided       Unprovided       Provided    Unprovided   
                              -----------     -----------     -----------  -----------
                              (pound)'000     (pound)'000     (pound)'000  (pound)'000
<S>                              <C>            <C>              <C>         <C>
Fixed assets                       13            (371)            13            10
Capital gains rolled over           -               -              -           116
Finance leases                      -               -              -           (25)
Revaluation reserve                 -             329              -           330
                                  ---             ---            ---           ---
                                   13             (41)            13           431
                                  ===             ===            ===           ===

</TABLE>

                                      9

<PAGE>   10
        EXCELER HEALTHCARE SERVICES LIMITED

        NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS - 31 DECEMBER 1996 (CONTINUED)

13      SHARE CAPITAL



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1996          1995
                                                                                         ----          ----
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>

        Authorised: 1,000 ordinary shares of (pound) 1 each                              1,000        1,000

                                                                                        ======       ======

        Allotted, called up and fully paid: 100 ordinary shares of (pound) 1 each          100          100

                                                                                        ======       ======

</TABLE>

14      RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Called up                       Profit and                   Total
                                                             share        Revaluation         loss       shareholders'  funds
                                                            capital          reserve        account           1996      1995
                                                          -----------     -----------      -----------   -------------  -----
                                                          (pound)'000     (pound)'000      (pound)'000   (pound)'000   (pound)'000
        <S>                                               <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>

        Balance brought forward                                     -             871              489         1,360            909
        at 1 January 1998
        Adjustment for opening balance (see
        Note 1)                                                     -               -              291           291              -
                                                             --------      ----------       ----------      --------      ---------

        Balance brought forward                                     -               -              780         1,651            909
        Profit for the period                                       -               -            1,151         1,151            742
        Dividends                                                                                 (950)         (950)

        Balance carried forward                                     -             871              981         1,852          1,651
                                                             ========      ==========       ==========      ========      =========


</TABLE>
15      OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS

        The company has commitments under operating leases on land and buildings
        at 31 December 1996 to make payments totalling (pound) 3,825,000
        (1995; (pound) 2,690,000) in the year ending 31 December 1997, in
        respect of leases which expire in more than five years.

16      CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

        The company has given an unlimited guarantee in favour of its immediate
        parent undertaking. In the opinion of the directors, no liability 
        is expected to arise in the foreseeable future in respect of this
        guarantee.



                                      10


<PAGE>   11
        EXCELER HEALTHCARE SERVICES LIMITED

        NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS - 31 DECEMBER 1996 (CONTINUED)

17      PARENT UNDERTAKINGS

        The Directors consider that the ultimate parent undertaking of the
        company is Sun Healthcare Group Inc. a company incorporated in
        the United States of America.  Sun Healthcare Group Inc is the parent
        undertaking of the largest group of which the company is a member and
        for which group accounts are prepared.  Sun Healthcare Group
        International Limited is the parent undertaking of the smallest group
        of which the company is a member and for which group accounts are
        prepared.  The immediate parent undertaking of the company is Exceler
        Health Care Group plc, a company registered in England and Wales.

        Group accounts may be obtained from:

        Sun Healthcare Group Inc
        5600 Wyoming Boulevard N.E.
        Suite 140
        Albuquerque
        New Mexico 87109

        Sun Healthcare Group International Limited
        Exceler House
        79 High Street
        ETON
        Windsor
        Berkshire SL4 6AF

18      RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The company has taken advantage of the exemption available on wholly 
        owned subsidiaries under Financial Reporting Standard Number 8 
        not to provide details of transactions with other group undertakings
        of Sun Healthcare Group Inc.



<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 99.4


REPORT BY THE AUDITORS TO MEMBERS OF TAMARIS PLC

We have audited the financial statements on pages 29 to 54 which have been
prepared under the accounting policies set out on pages 34 and 35.

RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS
As described on page 27 the Directors are responsible for the preparation of
financial statements. It is our responsibility to form an independent opinion,
based on our audit, on those statements and to report our opinion to you.

BASIS OF OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with Auditing Standards issued by the
Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. It
also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by
the Directors in the preparation of the financial statements, and of whether the
accounting policies are appropriate to the circumstances, consistently applied
and adequately disclosed. 

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and
explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements
are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other
irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall
adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements.

OPINION
In our opinion the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state
of the affairs of the Company and the Group as at 31 March 1997 and of the
profit of the Group for the year then ended and have been properly prepared in
accordance with the Companies Act 1985.




Grant Thornton
Registered Auditors
Chartered Accountants
London
16 June 1997




                                     (1)

<PAGE>   2
TAMARIS PLC
CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
for the year ended 31 March 1997



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                   

                                                 Notes         1997          1996
                                                              (pound)'000   (pound)'000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                  <C>     <C>            <C>    
TURNOVER                                             2
Continuing operations                                        11,851         9,508
Acquisitions                                                  7,273             -
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         

                                                             19,124         9,508

Staff costs                                          5      (10,995)       (5,278)
Depreciation                                                   (332)         (207)
Other operating charges                                      (6,474)       (2,706)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         
OPERATING PROFIT                                     3
Continuing operations                                           945         1,317
Acquisitions                                                    378             -
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         
                                                              1,323         1,317

Share of profits of associated undertaking          13            -             3
Profit on sale of fixed assets                       4        1,622           295
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         
                                                              2,945         1,615

Net interest                                         7         (293)         (505)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION        2        2,652         1,110

Taxation                                             8         (359)         (142)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         
PROFIT FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR                        9        2,293           968

Dividends                                           10         (480)         (353)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         
PROFIT TRANSFERRED TO RESERVES                      22        1,813           615
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               
EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE                         11         0.46p         0.23p
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                                              
There were no recognised gains or losses other than the profit for the financial
year.

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these
financial statements.

                                                                     
                                      2

<PAGE>   3
TAMARIS PLC
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
at 31 March 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                        Notes         1997          1996
                                                                                     (pound)'000   (pound)'000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                        <C>       <C>          <C>   
FIXED ASSETS
Tangible assets                                                            12        7,995        13,416
Investments                                                                13          427           112
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
                                                                                     8,422        13,528
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
Debtors: amounts falling due after more than one year                      15          852         1,979
Debtors                                                                    14        4,167         1,321
Cash at bank and on deposit                                                          4,701           333
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
                                                                                     9,720         3,633

CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR                             16       (4,915)       (2,994)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
NET CURRENT ASSETS                                                                   4,805           639
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES                                               13,227        14,167

CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR                    17       (4,116)       (7,571)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
NET ASSETS                                                                           9,111         6,596
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      
CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Called up share capital                                                    21        1,333         1,170
Share premium account                                                      22        4,582         3,910
Revaluation reserve                                                        22            -           480
Other reserve                                                              22          715           848
Profit and loss account                                                    22        2,481           188
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS                                                        23        9,111         6,596
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                                                            
The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 June 1997


William Fitch
William Fitch

                                    Directors

Barbara-Ann Maxwell
Barbara-Ann Maxwell                                          


The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these
financial statements.



                                      
                                      3

<PAGE>   4
TAMARIS PLC
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
at 31 March 1997

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       Notes         1997          1996
                                                                                     (pound)'000   (pound)'000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<S>                                                                        <C>       <C>           <C>
FIXED ASSETS
Tangible assets                                                            12          476           426
Investments                                                                13        4,675         2,924
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
                                                                                     5,151         3,350
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CURRENT ASSETS                                                                                
Debtors: amounts falling due after more than one year                      15            -         1,600
Debtors                                                                    14        2,506         1,886
Cash at bank and on deposit                                                          1,441            55
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                

                                                                                     3,947         3,541

CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR                             16       (1,167)         (657)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
NET CURRENT ASSETS                                                                   2,780         2,884
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES                                                7,931         6,234

CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR                    17          (74)          (98)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
NET ASSETS                                                                           7,857         6,136
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     
CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Called up share capital                                                    21        1,333         1,170
Share premium account                                                      22        4,582         3,910
Merger reserve                                                             22        1,742           875
Profit and loss account                                                    22          200           181
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS                                                                  7,857         6,136
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                                                            

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 June 1997


William Fitch
William Fitch

                                    Directors

Barbara-Ann Maxwell
Barbara-Ann Maxwell                                           


The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these
financial statements.





                                      4

<PAGE>   5
TAMARIS PLC
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW SATEMENT
for the year ended 31 March 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                       Notes         1997          1996
                                                                                     (pound)'000   (pound)'000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<S>                                                                        <C>       <C>             <C>
NET CASH INFLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                  25        1,782           925
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               
RETURNS ON INVESTMENTS AND SERVICING OF FINANCE
Interest paid                                                                         (750)         (642)
Interest element of hire purchase agreements                                           (12)           (4)
Interest received                                                                      469           141
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
NET CASH OUTFLOW FROM RETURNS ON INVESTMENTS AND
SERVICING OF FINANCE                                                                  (293)         (505)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
Tax recovered/(paid)                                                                    52           (25)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE AND FINANCIAL INVESTMENT
Payments to acquire tangible fixed assets                                           (1,301)       (8,524)
Loan to associated undertaking                                                           -        (1,600)
Purchase of investments                                                               (325)          (21)
Receipts from sales of tangible fixed assets net of expenses                        13,714         9,480
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
NET CASH INFLOW/(OUTFLOW) FROM CAPITAL EXPENDITURE AND
FINANCIAL INVESTMENT                                                                12,088          (665)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
Purchase of subsidiary undertaking                                         28       (1,054)         (286)
Net overdraft on purchase of subsidiary undertaking                                      -        (2,391)
Purchase of care home businesses                                                    (4,588)            -
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
NET CASH OUTFLOW FROM ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS                                    (5,642)       (2,677)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
EQUITY DIVIDENDS PAID                                                                 (374)         (100)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
MANAGEMENT OF LIQUID RESOURCES
Deposits                                                                  19e       (2,830)            -
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
FINANCING
Capital element of hire purchase agreements                                            (57)          119
Receipts from borrowing                                                              1,000            97
Repayment of borrowing                                                              (4,480)            -
Issued ordinary share capital                                                          801         2,200
Expenses of share issue                                                                (99)         (453)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
NET CASH (OUTFLOW)/INFLOW FROM FINANCING                                            (2,835)        1,963
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH                                                          1,948        (1,084)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these
financial statements.






                                      5

<PAGE>   6
TAMARIS PLC
NOTE OF HISTORICAL COST PROFITS AND LOSSES
for the year 31 March 1997


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      1997          1996
                                                                                     (pound)'000   (pound)'000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<S>                                                                                  <C>           <C>  
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation                                        2,652         1,110
Realisation of revaluation surplus                                                     472             -
Difference between historical cost depreciation charge and depreciation charge
based on revalued amounts                                                                8            10
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
Historical cost profit on ordinary activities before taxation                        3,132         1,120
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      

Historical cost profit transferred to reserves                                       2,293           625
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these
financial statements.



                                      6

<PAGE>   7
TAMARIS PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the year ended 31 March 199?

1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES
a) ACCOUNTING CONVENTION
The financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention,
except in respect of revalued assets sold during the year.

b) ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with applicable
accounting standards. The principal accounting policies of the Group have
remained unchanged from the previous year and are set out below.

c) BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the
Company and its subsidiary undertakings (see note 13). The results of subsidiary
undertakings acquired during the year are included from the date of acquisition.
On acquisition of a subsidiary, all of the subsidiary's assets and liabilities
which exist at the date of acquisition are recorded at their fair values
reflecting their condition at that date.

The Company takes advantage of merger relief offered by Section 131 of the
Companies Act 1985 in respect of the consideration received in excess of the
nominal value of the equity shares issued in connection with the acquisitions of
Laudcare Limited, Maldcare Limited and Torrcare Limited.

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption permitted by Section 230 of the
Companies Act 1985 and has not published its own profit and loss account in the
financial statements.

d) ASSOCIATED UNDERTAKINGS
Undertakings, other than subsidiary undertakings, in which the Group has a long
term investment representing at least 20% of the voting rights and over which it
exerts significant influence, are treated as associated undertakings. The
Group's share of the profits less losses are included in the Group profit and
loss account.

The Group balance sheet includes the investment in the associated undertaking at
the Group's share of net assets. The Company balance sheet shows the investment
in the associated undertaking at cost.

e) INVESTMENTS
Investments are included at cost.

f) TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
Fixed assets are included at cost less depreciation.

The Group capitalises, as short leasehold interests, the costs associated with
the acquisition of the operating leases of the care home businesses that
comprise the continuing ordinary activities of the Group.

g) DEPRECIATION
Depreciation is provided on tangible fixed assets less estimated residual values
over their estimated useful lives at the following annual rates:

Freehold properties                       50 years
Short leasehold interests                 period of lease
Plant and equipment                       5% on net book value
Furniture and fittings                    15% on net book value
Office equipment                          10% on net book value
Motor vehicles                            25% on cost

h) HIRE PURCHASE AND LEASING CONTRACTS
Assets held under finance lease and hire purchase contracts are capitalised in
the balance sheet and depreciated over their useful lives. The interest element
of leasing payments represents a consistent proportion of the capital balance
outstanding and is charged to the profit and loss account over the period of the
agreement.



                                      7

<PAGE>   8
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
continued



1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
All other leases are regarded as operating leases and the payments made under
them are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight line basis over
the lease term.

i) GOODWILL
When a subsidiary company or business is acquired the difference at the date of
acquisition between the fair value of tangible assets and liabilities acquired
and the consideration is written off directly to reserves.

j) DEFERRED TAXATION
Deferred taxation is provided to take account of timing differences between the
treatment of certain items for accounts purposes and for taxation purposes, only
to the extent it is probable that a liability or asset will crystallise in the
foreseeable future.

k) PENSION COSTS
No Group or Company pension scheme exists. Where payments to an employee's own
pension scheme have been agreed the cost is charged to the profit and loss
account when incurred.

l) TURNOVER
Turnover represents the amount receivable for services provided.


2 TURNOVER AND PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION
The Group's turnover and results before taxation are principally attributable to
one activity, the provision and management of long term facilities for the
elderly and for the physically and mentally disabled.

The turnover arises solely from activities in the United Kingdom.

The amounts shown for continuing operations include the following in respect of
acquisitions:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1997
                                                                    Pound  '000
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ------------ 
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>
Staff costs                                                               4,048
Depreciation                                                                 75
Other operating charges                                                   2,772
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ------------ 

                                                                          6,895
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ------------ 

3 OPERATING PROFIT IS STATED AFTER CHARGING
                                                              1997         1996
                                                        Pound '000  Pound  '000
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ------------ 
Auditors' remuneration:
   Audit services                                               50           20
   Non audit services                                          152           30
   Less capitalised amounts on acquisitions                    (98)           -
Operating lease rentals: land and buildings                  3,056          801
Operating lease rentals: other                                  58           26
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ------------ 

4 EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS
                                                              1997         1996
                                                        Pound '000  Pound  '000
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ------------ 
Profit on sale of fixed assets in continuing operations -
see note 12                                                  1,622          295
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ------------ 
</TABLE>

Details of the properties sold are given at note 12.


                                      8

<PAGE>   9
TAMARIS PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
continued

5 STAFF COSTS
                                                              1997         1996
                                                        Pound '000   pound '000 
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ----------- 


Employee costs including Directors' emoluments 
during the year were:
Salaries and wages                                          10,375        4,971
Social security costs                                          578          284
Pension costs                                                   42           23
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ----------- 
                                                            10,995        5,278
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ----------- 

                                                            Number       Number
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ----------- 

The average numbers of staff employed during 
the year:
Management and administration                                   72           24
Nursing and ancillary services                               1,431          744
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ----------- 

                                                             1,503          768
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------  ----------- 


6 DIRECTORS' EMOLUMENTS
The information given in this note also constitutes part of the Report of the
Remuneration Committee.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Salary
                                            benefits       Annual                                    Pensions
                                            and fees        Bonus       Total       Total          Contributions
                                                1997         1997        1997        1996         1997        1996
                                          Pound '000   Pound '000  Pound '000  Pound '000   Pound '000  Pound '000
- ---------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- ----------- -----------  ----------- ----------- 
<S>                                      <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>     
Executive Directors
W Fitch - highest paid                           108          175         283         190            -           -
B A Maxwell                                       88           85         173         108           33          12
G Willis                                           -            -           -           -            -           -

Non-Executive Directors - fees
B McFadzean                                       25            -          25          16            -           -
R Pears                                           25            -          25          16            -           -
- ---------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- ----------- -----------  ----------- ----------- 


                                                 246          260         506         330           33          12
- ---------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- ----------- -----------  ----------- ----------- 
</TABLE>


The salary for Miss Maxwell includes benefits in kind valued at Pound 8,000 in
respect of company car, insurance, permanent health insurance and personal
accident and life cover. Her pension contributions, which are to a money
purchase scheme, include Pound 20,000 from bonus allocation.

Mr Willis was appointed a director on 19 March 1997 and none of his remuneration
paid as an employee in the year is considered to be emoluments as a Director.



                                      9

<PAGE>   10
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
continued


6 DIRECTORS' EMOLUMENTS (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         No. of       Date of        Date of       Exercise price
Share options                                            shares         grant       exercise                  (p)
- ----------------------------------------------    -------------    ----------   ------------       --------------  
<S>                                               <C>              <C>          <C>                <C>
William Fitch                                         3,536,570      9.9.1993   10.9.1995 to                    2
                                                                                    9.9.1998

CAP Investments Ltd                                   3,536,570      9.9.1993   10.9.1995 to                    2
(a company controlled by Barry McFadzean)                                           9.9.1998

Barbara-Ann Maxwell                                   3,536,570      9.9.1993   10.9.1996 to                 2.25
                                                                                    9.9.2003

Graeme Willis (granted as an employee)                  125,000     23.6.1995   24.6.1998 to                    2
                                                                                   23.6.2005
- ----------------------------------------------    -------------    ----------   ------------       --------------  
</TABLE>


Further information regarding options is given at notes 21(i) and 21(ii).

The market price of the shares at the year end was 3.0 pence per share and the
market price fluctuated from 2.25 pence per share to 3.5 pence per share during
the year.

A new bonus scheme was introduced with effect from 1 April 1996. The
remuneration committee initiated a bonus pool from which Crosshaven would
receive five parts and Miss Maxwell would receive three parts, paid as follows:
(1) an on account payment, representing 50% of the anticipated annual bonus,
would be made on publication of the interim results; and (2) the balance
immediately after the publication of the audited accounts. The pool is to be
funded by reference to a sliding scale based on the increase in the earnings per
share of the Company in any year, adjusted by the increase in RPI in the
previous calendar year. There is a cap on the pool of Pound 300,000. In
addition the pool will receive Pound 20,000 if the Price to Earnings ratio of
the Company at the end of the second working day following publication of its
annual results is more than 110% of the average of the Price to Earnings ratio
of the five to ten most comparable quoted companies in the opinion of the
Company's brokers. Conversely if the Price to Earnings ratio is less than 90%
Pound 20,000 will be withdrawn from the bonus pool.

In respect of the Directors, no options were granted, exercised or lapsed during
the year nor were there any changes between the year end and 16 June 1997,
except for the exercise by CAP Investments Limited of its option over 3,536,570
shares on 11 June 1997.



                                      10





<PAGE>   11
TAMARIS PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Continued


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
7  NET INTEREST
                                                            1997           1996
                                                      Pound '000     Pound '000
- --------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------


<S>                                                          <C>            <C>
Bank loans, overdrafts                                       587            480
Hire purchase interest                                        12              4
Other loan interest                                          163            162
- --------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------

                                                             762            646
Interest receivable                                         (469)          (141)
- --------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------

Net interest payable                                         293            505
- --------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------

<CAPTION>

8  TAXATION ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES
                                                            1997           1996
                                                      Pound '000     Pound '000
- --------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>

The tax charge is based on the profit for the 
year and represents:

Corporation tax at 33% (1996 - 33%)                          359            142
- --------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------
</TABLE>

The taxation charge for the year has been reduced by accelerated capital
allowances, loss relief and other timing differences.

9  PROFIT FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            1997           1996
                                                      pound '000     pound '000
- --------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>
Dealt with in the accounts of the holding Company            499          1,066
Dealt with by subsidiary undertakings                      1,794           (101)
Dealt wth by associated undertakings                           -              3
- --------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------
                                                           2,293            968
- --------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------

<CAPTION>

10  DIVIDENDS
                                                            1997           1996
                                                      Pound '000     Pound '000
- --------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>
Ordinary shares
Interim dividend of 0.024610p (1996: 0.021375p) 
per share paid 12 February 1997                              121            100

Proposed final dividend of 0.05663p (1996: 0.051482p)
per share                                                    359            253
- --------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------
                                                             480            353
- --------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------
</TABLE>

The proposed final dividend will be payable on the shares in issue on 4 July
1997.

11  EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE
The calculation of the earnings per share is based on the profits after taxation
of Pound 2,293,000 (1996 - Pound 968,000) and the weighted average of
501,068,052 ordinary shares (1996: - 426,892,000 ordinary shares) in issue
during the year. The fully diluted earnings per share is not materially
different to the basic calculation.


                                      11




<PAGE>   12
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Continued


12  TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Freehold         Short         Plant
                                             land     leasehold      fixtures        Motor
                                    and buildings     interests  and fittings     vehicles         Total
Group                                  Pound '000    Pound '000    Pound '000   Pound '000    Pound '000
- --------------------------------    -------------   -----------  ------------  -----------   -----------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Cost or valuation
At 1 April 1996                            11,969           624         1,164          123        13,880
Additions                                     196           509           537           59         1,301
Acquisitions                                1,146         4,566             -            -         5,712
Disposals                                 (12,125)            -          (299)           -       (12,424)
- --------------------------------    -------------   -----------  ------------  -----------   -----------
Cost at 31 March 1997                       1,186         5,699         1,402          182         8,469
- --------------------------------    -------------   -----------  ------------  -----------   -----------
Depreciation
At 1 April 1996                               119            13           299           33           464
Provided in year                              115            64           140           13           332
Disposals                                    (210)            -          (112)           -          (322)
- --------------------------------    -------------   -----------  ------------  -----------   -----------
At 31 March 1997                               24            77           327           46           474
- --------------------------------    -------------   -----------  ------------  -----------   -----------
Net book value at 31
March 1997                                  1,162         5,622         1,075          136         7,995
- --------------------------------    -------------   -----------  ------------  -----------   -----------
Net book value at 31 March 1996            11,850           611           865           90        13,416
- --------------------------------    -------------   -----------  ------------  -----------   -----------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Plant
                                                                     fixtures        Motor
                                                                 and fittings     vehicles         Total
Company                                                            Pound '000   Pound '000    Pound '000
- --------------------------------------------------------------   ------------  -----------   -----------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>           <C>
Cost
At 1 April 1996                                                           497          100           597
Additions                                                                  34           53            87
Disposals                                                                   -            -             -
- --------------------------------------------------------------   ------------  -----------   -----------
At 31 March 1997                                                          531          153           684
- --------------------------------------------------------------   ------------  -----------   -----------
Depreciation
At 1 April 1996                                                           142           29           171
Provided in year                                                           28            9            37
- --------------------------------------------------------------   ------------  -----------   -----------
At 31 March 1997                                                          170           38           208
- --------------------------------------------------------------   ------------  -----------   -----------
Net book value at 31 March 1997                                           361          115           476
- --------------------------------------------------------------   ------------  -----------   -----------
Net book value at 31 March 1996                                           355           71           426
- --------------------------------------------------------------   ------------  -----------   -----------
</TABLE>


                                      12


<PAGE>   13
TAMARIS PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Continued

12  TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS continued
Certain Group properties, including those revalued in 1994 and 1995, were sold
during the year under sale and leaseback arrangements. The profits realised were
as follows:-

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Total
                                                                      Pound '000
- --------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------
<S>                                                             <C>
Freehold properties held at revaluation, less depreciation                 5,100
Freehold properties held at cost, less depreciation                        6,815
- --------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------
                                                                          11,915
Sale proceeds, net of expenses                                            13,537
- --------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------
Profit on sale - see note 4                                                1,622
- --------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------
</TABLE>
                                                                           

The revaluation of Pound 480,000 has been released to profit and loss account -
see note 22.

The figures stated above include assets held under hire purchase contracts, as
follows:-



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               The Group                  The Company
                                                 Plant, fixtures        Motor   Plant, fixtures        Motor
                                                   land fittings     vehicles      and fittings     vehicles
                                                      Pound '000   Pound '000        Pound '000   Pound '000
- ----------------------------------------------   ---------------   ----------   ---------------  -----------
<S>                                              <C>               <C>          <C>              <C>
Net book amount at 31 March 1997                             160           69               112           57
- ----------------------------------------------   ---------------   ----------   ---------------  -----------

Net book amount at 31 March 1996                             125           29               125           12
- ----------------------------------------------   ---------------   ----------   ---------------  -----------

Depreciation provided in the year                             15           13                13            8
- ----------------------------------------------   ---------------   ----------   ---------------  -----------
<CAPTION>

13 FIXED ASSET INVESTMENTS
                                                           Cost     Additions         Disposals         Cost
                                                           1996                                         1997
Group                                                Pound '000    Pound '000        Pound '000   Pound '000
- ----------------------------------------------   --------------   -----------   ---------------  -----------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>           <C>              <C>
Own shares held through Tamerise Limited                    104            (2)                -          102
Interest in associated undertakings                           8           749              (757)           -
Other investment (unlisted)                                   -           325                 -          325
- ----------------------------------------------   --------------   -----------   ---------------  -----------
                                                            112         1,072              (757)         427
- ----------------------------------------------   --------------   -----------   ---------------  -----------

<CAPTION>
                                                           Cost     Additions         Disposals         Cost
                                                           1996                                         1997
Company                                              Pound '000    Pound '000        Pound '000   Pound '000
- ----------------------------------------------   --------------   -----------   ---------------  -----------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>
Shares in subsidiaries                                    2,815         1,433                 -        4,248
Shares in associates                                          5           749              (754)           -
Other investment (unlisted)                                   -           325                 -          325
Own shares held through Tamerise Limited                    104            (2)                -          102
- ----------------------------------------------   --------------   -----------   ---------------  -----------

                                                          2,924         2,505              (754)       4,675
- ----------------------------------------------   --------------   -----------   ---------------  -----------
</TABLE>


                                      13

<PAGE>   14
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Continued

13 FIXED ASSET INVESTMENTS continued
TAMERISE LIMITED
Tamerise Limited was incorporated in January 1991 and became the trustee of The
Tamaris Employees Share Option Scheme Trust ("the Trust") in the following
month. It is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tamaris plc but no director of Tamaris
is a director of Tamerise. Under the terms of the Trust, Tamerise may acquire
ordinary shares in Tamaris from time to time, either in the market, or by
subscription. Benefits may be conferred on selected employees of Tamaris and/or
its subsidiaries (both current and future subsidiaries) at the discretion of the
trustee by methods including a direct bonus payment in cash or in shares with no
payment required from the employee, a direct transfer of shares with payment of
all or part required by the employee or the transfer of shares to an employee
who exercises an option under Tamaris' existing share option schemes.

Tamerise Limited has bought the following Tamaris shares.

Year ended:                                                              Pound
- ------------------------------------------------------------------    ---------

31 March 1991                                                         1,500,000
31 March 1994                                                         2,917,684
31 March 1996                                                           883,536
- ------------------------------------------------------------------    ---------

                                                                      5,301,220
- ------------------------------------------------------------------    ---------


All acquisitions have been funded by non-interest bearing loans from Tamaris
plc. The total Tamerise holding of shares represents 0.93% of Tamaris' current
issued ordinary share capital. The market value of the shares held by Tamerise
at 31 March 1997 was Pound 159,000, calculated at 3p per share. Options granted
to Group employees under Tamaris' Approved Share Option Scheme will be satisfied
by the transfer of shares held by Tamerise, pursuant to the employees' trust.
Details of the options granted to date are detailed in note 21(i).

The dividends payable to Tamerise were credited against the cost of investment.
Any costs involved in the administration of Tamerise are charged to the general
overheads of Tamaris.

INTERESTS IN ASSOCIATED UNDERTAKING
On 27 March 1997, Tamaris disposed of its 49.99% holding in Triasma Homes
Limited, a property company incorporated in England, at par value.

On 11 June 1996, Tamaris subscribed Pound 449 for 49.9% of the shares in a
newly formed company, Continental Shelf 55 Limited, which on the same day
acquired the entire issued capital of Lodge Care PLC. Tamaris later increased
its investment in Continental Shelf 55 Limited to Pound 748,500 to finalise the
acquisition of Lodge Care PLC. On 27 March 1997, Tamaris disposed of its 49.9%
holding in Continental Shelf 55 Limited at par value.

OTHER INVESTMENTS (UNLISTED)
Tamaris has advanced Pound 325,000 for subscription to the ordinary share
capital of GIO Limited ("GIO"), a property investment company, registered in the
Isle of Man. The money has been utilised in placing a deposit on a property
portfolio but GIO has not yet commenced trading. GIO is seeking a NASDAQ
quotation at which time it is expected that the Company's interest will be less
than 10%. However the offer document has yet to be published.



                                      14

<PAGE>   15
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Continued


13 FIXED ASSET INVESTMENTS (continued)
INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES
The following were wholly owned subsidiary companies at 31 March 1997, all of
which have been consolidated in the Group financial statements. The share
capital of these companies was held either directly or indirectly (*) via an
intermediate holding company. All were 100% owned by the Group.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY                                                  CLASS OF SHARES    PRINCIPAL COUNTRY
                                                                                            OF OPERATION
- ----------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------    ----------------- 
<S>                                                         <C>                        <C>
CARE HOME OPERATING COMPANIES
Belmont Nursing Home Limited, The                                          Ordinary              England
Bewick Waverley Limited                                                    Ordinary              England
Cedarhurst Lodge Limited                                                   Ordinary     Northern Ireland
Chapelfield View Limited                                                   Ordinary              England
Chestnut Lodge Limited                                                     Ordinary     Northern Ireland
Doulton Court Limited                                                      Ordinary              England
Duncare Limited *#                                          Ordinary and preference             Scotland
Edgewater Lodge Limited                                                    Ordinary     Northern Ireland
Guthrie Court Limited                                                      Ordinary             Scotland
Keslaw Limited                                                             Ordinary              England
Laudcare Limited                                                           Ordinary              England
Leeland Limited                                                            Ordinary              England
Lisnisky Limited (formerly Tamaris (Ulster) Limited)                       Ordinary     Northern Ireland
Lodge Care Services Limited                                                Ordinary              England
Lunan House Limited                                                        Ordinary             Scotland
Maldcare Limited                                                           Ordinary              England
Osborne Limited                                                            Ordinary     Northern Ireland
Rosevale Lodge Limited                                                     Ordinary     Northern Ireland
Saintfield Limited                                                         Ordinary     Northern Ireland
Tamaris (England) Limited (formerly Ross Pear Limited)                     Ordinary              England
Tamaris (Scotland) Limited #                                           Ordinary and
                                                             convertible preference             Scotland
Tamaris (South East) Limited                                               Ordinary              England
Tamaris (Ulster) Limited +                                                 Ordinary     Northern Ireland
Torrcare Limited                                                           Ordinary              England
Westview Lodge Limited                                                     Ordinary              England

INVESTMENT AND INTERMEDIATE HOLDING COMPANY
Lifecare International Plc                                  Ordinary and preference              England

TRUSTEE FOR ESST
Tamerise Limited                                                           Ordinary              England
- ----------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------    ----------------- 
</TABLE>

  

All companies were incorporated in England and Wales except where indicated: #
registered in Scotland, + registered in Northern Ireland



                                      15


<PAGE>   16
TAMARIS PLC                                    NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                                                       continued

14 DEBTORS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997                        1996
                                                          Group       Company        Group       Company
                                                     Pound '000    Pound '000   Pound '000    Pound '000
- ------------------------------------------------    -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
Trade debtors                                             1,433            36          565            43
Other debtors                                             1,660           549          151            94
Amount owed by Group undertakings                             -         1,488            -         1,537
Prepayments and accrued income                            1,074           433          605           212
- ------------------------------------------------    -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
                                                          4,167         2,506        1,321         1,886
- ------------------------------------------------    -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
</TABLE>


Group and Company prepayments include costs of Pound 279,000 (1996: 132,000)
incurred on anticipated future care home acquisitions.

15 DEBTORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997                        1996
                                                          Group       Company        Group       Company
                                                     Pound '000    Pound '000   Pound '000    Pound '000
- ------------------------------------------------    -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
Other debtors                                               852             -        1,979         1,600
- ------------------------------------------------    -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
</TABLE>


A loan of Pound 1.6m was made to Triasma Homes Limited, an associated
undertaking, during the previous year. It was originally not expected to be
recovered within the next eight years. However, this loan was repaid on the sale
of the investment in Triasma Homes Limited.

The remaining debts relate to rent deposits which are not expected to be
recovered within a period of twenty years.

16  CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1997                       1996
                                                          Group       Company        Group       Company
                                                     Pound '000    Pound '000   Pound '000    Pound '000
- --------------------------------------------------  -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------

<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
Bank loans and overdrafts                                 1,032             -        1,442             -
Trade creditors                                             443           100          204            59
Amount owed to Group undertakings                             -             -            -            56
Corporation tax                                             679           202          230            73
Other taxes and social security costs                       217            14          170             -
Proposed dividends                                          359           359          253           253
Hire purchase agreements                                     49            43           28            28
Accruals and deferred income                              2,136           449          667           188
- --------------------------------------------------  -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------

                                                          4,915         1,167        2,994           657
- --------------------------------------------------  -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
</TABLE>


Details of the security provided for bank loans and overdrafts are given in note
19.

Further details of the repayment periods of borrowings are given in note 18.




                                      16
<PAGE>   17
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
continued

17  CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1997                        1996
                                                          Group       Company        Group       Company
                                                     Pound '000    Pound '000   Pound '000    Pound '000
- ----------------------------------------------      -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
Hire purchase agreements                                    123            74           98            98
Bank loans                                                  954             -        4,434             -
Unsecured loan notes                                      3,000             -        3,000             -
Unsecured loan                                               39             -           39             -
- ----------------------------------------------      -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
                                                          4,116            74        7,571            98
- ----------------------------------------------      -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
</TABLE>


Details of the security provided for bank loans and overdrafts are given in note
19.

Further details of the repayment periods of borrowings are given in note 18.

18  BORROWINGS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1997                        1996
                                                          Group       Company        Group       Company
                                                     Pound '000    Pound '000   Pound '000    Pound '000
- ----------------------------------------------      -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
Within one year
Hire purchase agreements                                     49            43           28            28
Bank loans and overdrafts                                 1,032             -        1,442             -

After one and within two years
Hire purchase agreements                                     49            44           31            31
Bank loans                                                   52             -          239             -

After two years and within five years
Hire purchase agreements                                     74            30           67            67
Bank loans                                                  175             -          756             -
Unsecured loan notes                                      3,000             -        3,000             -
Unsecured loan                                               39             -           39             -

After five years
Bank loans                                                  727             -        3,439             -
- ----------------------------------------------      -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------

                                                          5,197           117        9,041           126
- ----------------------------------------------      -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
</TABLE>
 


                                      17


<PAGE>   18
TAMARIS PLC                                   
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
continued


19  SECURED CREDITORS
a)  Lloyds Bank PLC
The loan secured by a first fixed and floating charge over the assets and
business of the subsidiary company, The Belmont Nursing Home Limited, was repaid
during the year.


b)  Midland Bank PLC
The loan secured by a fixed and floating charge over the assets and business of
Tamaris (South East) Limited was repaid during the year.


c)  Ulster Bank Limited

Ulster Bank Limited has, as security for overdraft facilities of Pound 223,000
for Edgewater Lodge Limited and Pound 156,000 for Rosevale Lodge Limited,
limited guarantees from Tamaris plc. The guarantees at the year end were Pound  
188,000 in respect of Edgewater Lodge and Pound 116,000 for Rosevale Lodge
and were increased to Pound 223,000 and Pound 156,000 respectively on 29
April 1997.
        

d)  Barclays Bank PLC
    i)Barclays Bank has a floating charge over the assets and business of the
      subsidiary company Lunan House Limited as its security for the loan
      facility of Pound 1,200,000. The period remaining for the repayment of
      the loan is 15 years and the loan carries interest at 2.0% over the Bank's
      base lending rate. The indebtedness to Barclays at the year end was
      Pound 1,000,000

    ii) Laudcare Limited has an overdraft facility of Pound 250,000 from
      Barclays Bank that is guaranteed by Tamaris plc. Barclays also has a
      floating charge over Laudcare's undertakings, property and assets.

    iii) Westview Lodge Limited has an overdraft facility of Pound 120,000 from
      Barclays Bank that is guaranteed by Tamaris plc. Barclays also has a
      floating charge over Westview Lodge's undertakings, property and assets.


e)  Clydesdale Bank Plc
Clydesdale Bank has a fixed and floating charge over the assets of Tamaris
(Scotland) Limited as its security for the guarantee facility of up to
Pound 3,080,000 made available to Tamaris (Scotland) Limited. A deposit of
Pound 2,830,000 has been made with Clydesdale Bank plc. It is included under
current assets but is not available for Group use unless replaced by comparable
security.

20  PROVISION FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES
The deferred taxation not provided for in the financial statements is set out
below and represents a contingent liability at the balance sheet date and is
calculated using tax rates of 33% for the Group. There are no unprovided amounts
for the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Group
                                                                      Unprovided
                                                                  1997          1996
                                                            Pound '000    Pound '000
- -----------------------------------------------------      -----------   -----------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>
Accelerated capital allowances                                      60           153
Other timing differences                                             -            20
- -----------------------------------------------------      -----------   -----------
                                                                    60           173
Less: Trading losses                                               (60)         (173)
- -----------------------------------------------------      -----------   -----------
                                                                     -             -
- -----------------------------------------------------      -----------   -----------
</TABLE>


No provision has been made for the taxation that arises on the chargeable
profits from the sale of the Group's properties as it is the Directors'
intention to claim roll-over relief on the acquisition of replacement assets.
The estimated amount of tax not provided is Pound   1,300,000.



                                      18
<PAGE>   19
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Continued


21  CALLED UP SHARE CAPITAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Ordinary shares of 0.25p                                                            Number     Pound '000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------       -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                            <C>            <C>
Authorised
At beginning of year                                                           640,000,000         1,600
Increase                                                                       160,000,000           400
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------       -----------    -----------
At end of year                                                                 800,000,000         2,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------       -----------    -----------
Allotted called up and fully paid
At beginning of year                                                           467,829,821         1,170
Allotment of new ordinary shares                                                65,331,429           163
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------       -----------    -----------
At end of year                                                                 533,161,250         1,333
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------       -----------    -----------
</TABLE>


Allotments during the year:


Pursuant to shareholders' authority, given at the Annual General Meeting of
shareholders on 7 September 1995, 23,600,000 new ordinary shares of 0.25p each
were allotted by a Placing on 8 May 1996 at 2.0p per share. The difference
between the total consideration of Pound 472,000 and the nominal value of the
allotted new shares of Pound 59,000 was, after deduction of expenses, credited
to the share premium account.


Pursuant to shareholders' authority, given at the Extraordinary General Meeting
of shareholders on 3 October 1996, regarding the acquisition of the investments
of Speciality Care Plc, 28,571,429 new ordinary shares of 0.25p each were
allotted on 9 December 1996 at 3.5p per share. The difference between the
allotment value of the shares, totalling Pound 1,000,000 and their par value of
Pound 71,429 was transferred to merger reserve.


Pursuant to shareholders' authority, given at the Annual General Meeting of
shareholders on 31 July 1996, 13,160,000 new ordinary shares of 0.25p each were
allotted by a Placing on 7 January 1997 at 2.5p per share. The difference
between the total consideration of Pound 329,000 and the nominal value of the
allotted new shares of Pound 32,900 was, after deduction of expenses, credited
to the share premium account.






                                      19
<PAGE>   20
TAMARIS PLC                                    
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued

21       CALLED UP SHARE CAPITAL continued
A total of 10,909,710 options over the company's 0.25p ordinary shares have been
granted, as follows:


i) Under the Company's Approved Executive Share Option Scheme, options will be
   satisfied by the transfer of existing shares held by Tamerise Limited
   pursuant to the Employees Trust:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Date of          Date of       Exercise
   Number of options                                                 grant         exercise      price (p)
   ----------------------------------------------------------    ---------     ------------      --------- 
   <S>                                                           <C>           <C>               <C>
   3,536,570                                                      9.9.1993     10.9.1996 to           2.25
                                                                                   9.9.2003

   100,000                                                       8.10.1993     9.10.1996 to              2
                                                                                  8.10.2003

   200,000                                                       23.6.1995     24.6.1998 to              2
                                                                                  23.6.2005   
   ----------------------------------------------------------    ---------     ------------      ---------
</TABLE>



ii)William Fitch and Barry McFadzean entered into option agreements with the
   Company on 9 September 1993 under which they were each granted options over
   3,536,570 ordinary shares at a price of 2p per share, exercisable at any time
   after the period of two years from the date of grant (but not later than five
   years from the date of grant) or within a period of six months in the event
   of death, cessation as a Director, change of control of the Company or it
   undergoing a scheme of arrangement. Barry McFadzean subsequently assigned the
   benefit of his option agreement to CAP Investments Limited, a company
   controlled by him.


During the year the Group acquired the Lodge Care Homes (see note 28) under
operating leases from Principal Healthcare Finance Limited ("Principal"). As
part of that transaction, on 1 August 1996, Tamaris issued to Principal a
warrant to subscribe up to 25,116,976 ordinary shares at an exercise price of
3.9p per share. The warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time
between the first and tenth anniversary of the issue of the warrant. The warrant
is transferable in whole or in part without restriction.


Allotments since the year end:


Pursuant to shareholders' authority, given at the Annual General Meeting of
shareholders on 31 July 1996, 35,000,000 new ordinary shares of 0.25p each were
allotted by a Placing on 19 May 1997 at 2.7p per share. The difference between
the total consideration of Pound 945,000 and the nominal value of the allotted
new shares of Pound 87,500 will, after deduction of expenses, be credited to
the share premium account.


Pursuant to the exercise of an option granted to Barry McFadzean, a Director, on
9 September 1993 and subsequently assigned to CAP Investments Limited ( a
company controlled by Barry McFadzean ) 3,536,570 new ordinary shares of 0.25p
each were allotted on 11 June 1997 at 2.0p each. The difference between the
total consideration of Pound 70,731 and the nominal value of the allotted new
shares of Pound 8,841 will, after deduction of expenses, be credited to the
share premium account.







                                      20
<PAGE>   21
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Continued)

22       SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT AND RESERVES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            SHARE
                                          PREMIUM   REVALUATION         OTHER       MERGER    PROFIT AND
                                          ACCOUNT       RESERVE       RESERVE      RESERVE  LOSS ACCOUNT
GROUP                                  POUND '000    POUND '000    POUND '000   POUND '000    POUND '000
- ------------------------------------   ----------   -----------   -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
At beginning of year                        3,910           480           848            -           188
Arising on share allotments                   709             -             -          929             -
Share issue expenses                          (37)            -             -          (62)            -
Goodwill written off                            -             -             -       (1,000)            -
Reserve movement                                -          (480)         (133)         133           480
Profit for year                                 -             -             -            -         1,813
- ------------------------------------   ----------   -----------   -----------  -----------  ------------
At 31 March 1997                            4,582             -           715            -         2,481
- ------------------------------------   ----------   -----------   -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>

The Other reserve represents a capital reserve arising on acquisition of
subsidiary companies in previous years.

The cumulative amount of goodwill arising from acquisitions in current and prior
years which has been written off to Group reserves, net of goodwill on acquired
interests since disposed of, is (pound)2,074,000 (1996: (pound)1,074,000).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SHARE
                                                                      PREMIUM       MERGER    PROFIT AND
                                                                      ACCOUNT      RESERVE  LOSS ACCOUNT
COMPANY                                                            POUND '000   POUND '000    POUND '000
- -------------------------------------------------------------     -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>
At beginning of year                                                    3,910          875           181
Arising on share allotments                                               709          929             -
Share issue expenses                                                      (37)         (62)            -
Profit for year                                                             -            -            19
- -------------------------------------------------------------     -----------  -----------  ------------
At 31 March 1997                                                        4,582        1,742           200
- -------------------------------------------------------------     -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>


23  RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1997          1996
                                                                                     GROUP         GROUP
                                                                                POUND '000    POUND '000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>           <C>
Retained profit for the financial year                                               1,813           615
New ordinary share capital subscribed                                                1,801         3,200
Costs of issue                                                                         (99)         (453)
Goodwill written off                                                                (1,000)       (1,044)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------    ----------
                                                                                     2,515         2,318

Opening shareholders' funds                                                          6,596         4,278
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------    ----------

Closing shareholders' funds                                                          9,111         6,596
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------    ----------
</TABLE>


24  COMMITMENTS UNDER OPERATING LEASES
The Company and Group have commitments under operating leases in respect of land
and buildings for payments of Pound 6,461,000 (1996: Pound 1,680,000) in the
year to 31 March 1998. The leases to which these amounts relate all expire after
more than five years.





                                      22
<PAGE>   22
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Continued)


25  NET CASH INFLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1997          1996
                                                                                     GROUP         GROUP
                                                                                POUND '000    POUND '000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>           <C>
Operating profit                                                                     1,323         1,317
Depreciation charges                                                                   332           207
Increase in debtors                                                                 (1,533)         (697)
Increase in creditors                                                                1,660            98
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------    ----------

Net cash inflow from operating activities                                            1,782           925
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------    ----------
</TABLE>



26  RECONCILIATION OF NET CASHFLOW TO MOVEMENT IN NET DEBT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1997          1996
                                                                                POUND '000    POUND '000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------   -----------
<S>                                                                            <C>           <C>
Increase/(decrease) in cash in the year                                              1,948        (1,084)
Cash outflow/(inflow) from financing                                                 3,537           (97)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------    ----------
Change in net debt resulting from cash flows                                         5,485        (1,181)
Inception of hire purchase agreements                                                 (103)         (119)
Loan notes/unsecured loan issued for non cash consideration                              -        (3,039)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------    ----------
Movement in net debt in the year                                                     5,382        (4,339)
Net debt at 1 April 1996                                                            (8,708)       (4,369)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------    ----------
Net debt at 31 March 1997                                                           (3,326)       (8,708)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------    ----------
</TABLE>



27  ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET DEBT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      AT 1 APRIL                  NON-CASH   AT 31 MARCH
                                                           1996     CASH FLOW        ITEMS          1997
                                                     POUND '000    POUND '000   POUND '000    POUND '000
- ------------------------------------------------    -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
Cash at bank and in hand                                    333         1,538            -         1,871
Bank overdrafts and short term loans                     (1,442)          410            -        (1,032)
- ------------------------------------------------    -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
                                                         (1,109)        1,948            -           839
Bank loans                                               (4,434)        3,480            -          (954)
Hire purchase agreements                                   (126)           57         (103)         (172)
Loan notes                                               (3,000)            -            -        (3,000)
Other loans                                                 (39)            -            -           (39)
- ------------------------------------------------    -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
                                                         (8,708)        5,485         (103)       (3,326)
- ------------------------------------------------    -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
</TABLE>



28  ACQUISITIONS
During the year the group acquired a number of care homes and, with one
exception, entered into simultaneous sale and leaseback arrangements. Details of
the capitalised values of each transaction are given below. In each case the
businesses concerned formed part of businesses where only certain assets were
acquired. In these circumstances, it is not practical to provide details of
profits or losses for these businesses for financial periods before acquisition.
Details of the contribution to and utilisation of Group cash flow is given at
note 29.





                                      22
<PAGE>   23
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Continued


28  ACQUISITIONS (continued)
Lodge Care Homes
On 11 June 1996, Tamaris subscribed (pound)499 for 49.9% of the shares in a
newly formed company, Continental Shelf 55 Limited ("CS55"). On the same day
CS55 acquired the entire issued share capital of Lodge Care PLC, a company
owning and operating six care homes, 257 beds, registered for the care of the
frail elderly.

The freehold properties, related fixed assets and business of the Lodge Care PLC
homes were then purchased by three newly incorporated wholly owned Tamaris
subsidiaries Doulton Court Limited, Keslaw Limited and Leeland Limited with the
freeholds being simultaneously sold to and leased back from Principal Healthcare
Finance Limited ("Principal") on 30 year operating leases.

The assets acquired were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 BOOK VALUE
                                                                        AND
                                                                 FAIR VALUE
                                                                 POUND '000
- -------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>                                                             <C>
Freehold land and buildings                                           5,847
Fixtures and fittings within the homes                                  611
- -------------------------------------------------------------   -----------

                                                                      6,458
Sale proceeds                                                        (5,500)
- -------------------------------------------------------------   -----------

                                                                        958
Costs of acquisition                                                    178
- -------------------------------------------------------------   -----------

Net assets acquired - Short leasehold interest                        1,136
- -------------------------------------------------------------   -----------

Satisfied by:
Cash                                                                  1,136
- -------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
</TABLE>


Parklands Care Homes
In June 1996, two newly incorporated wholly owned Tamaris subsidiaries, Bewick
Waverley Limited and Chapelfield View Limited acquired the freehold land and
buildings, related fixed assets and business of four homes, 170 beds, from
Parklands Care Homes Limited for an aggregate consideration of (pound)5,000,000.
The homes were simultaneously sold to Principal for (pound)4.5m and leased back
on 30 year operating leases.

The assets acquired were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     BOOK VALUE
                                                                 AND FAIR VALUE
                                                                     POUND '000
- --------------------------------------------------------------   --------------
<S>                                                              <C>
Purchase consideration                                                   5,000
Sale proceeds                                                           (4,500)
- --------------------------------------------------------------   --------------

                                                                           500
Costs of acquisition                                                       606
- --------------------------------------------------------------   --------------

Net assets acquired - Short leasehold interest                           1,106
- --------------------------------------------------------------   --------------

Satisfied by:
Cash                                                                     1,036
Amounts due at year end                                                     70
- --------------------------------------------------------------   --------------
                                                                         1,106
- --------------------------------------------------------------   --------------
</TABLE>







                                      23
<PAGE>   24
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Continued


28 ACQUISITIONS (continued)
Speciality Care Homes
With effect from 12 September 1996, Tamaris subscribed Pound 500,000 and
Speciality Care Pound 1,000,000 for respective 33.3% and 66.7% holdings in
three newly formed companies, Laudcare Limited, Maldcare Limited and Torrcare
Limited. The subscription monies of Pound 1,500,000 were used to purchase the
business and assets (other than leasehold property) of six leased care homes
from Speciality Care Limited subsidiaries, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         ORDINARY
                                        SHARES OF
                                     POUND 1 EACH       BUSINESS AND ASSETS OF             CONSIDERATION
                                       SUBSCRIBED       CARE HOME ACQUIRED:                   POUND '000

- ---------------------------------   -------------       ---------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                 <C>                 <C>                                <C>
Laudcare Limited                            1,063       Blackwell Vale                               319
                                                        Millbrow                                     224
                                                        Stanton Lodge                                291
                                                        Willoughby Grange                            229
- ---------------------------------   -------------       ---------------------------------  -------------
                                            1,063                                                  1,063
Maldcare Limited                              157       Stanton Grove                                157
Torrcare Limited                              280       Lakeside Gardens                             280
- ---------------------------------   -------------       ---------------------------------  -------------
                                            1,500                                                  1,500
- ---------------------------------   -------------       ---------------------------------  -------------
</TABLE>



The operating leases on these six care homes were then assigned to Laudcare,
Maldcare and Torrcare. Immediately thereafter, Tamaris acquired the Speciality
Care holding in the above companies for Pound)1,000,000, satisfied by the issue
of 28,571,429 new ordinary shares at a deemed price of 3.5p.


The purchase of Laudcare Limited, Maldcare Limited and Torrcare Limited has been
dealt with by the acquisition method of accounting. Advantage has been taken of
Section 131 of the Companies Act in respect of the premium on the issue of
shares to finance the acquisition.


The assets and liabilities of Laudcare Limited, Maldcare Limited and Torrcare
Limited were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                BOOK VALUE
                                                                       AND
                                                                FAIR VALUE
                                                                POUND '000
- -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                            <C>
Short leasehold interests                                              500
Costs of acquisition                                                   554
- -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
                                                                     1,054
Purchased goodwill                                                   1,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
                                                                     2,054
- -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------

Satisfied by:
Cash                                                                 1,054
Shares                                                               1,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
                                                                     2,054
- -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
</TABLE>

The goodwill of Pound 1,000,000 has been written off against merger reserve and
the remaining costs and short leasehold interest have been capitalised at
Pound)1,054,000.

Under the terms of the acquisition agreement, Tamaris may be liable to pay up to
a further Pound 220,000 satisfied by the issue to Speciality Care Limited of up
to 6,285,174 new ordinary shares at a deemed issue price of 3.5p, dependent on
the amount of post tax profits of the above homes in the period 1 April 1997 to
31 March 1998. However, the Directors are strongly of the opinion that no
further consideration will be payable based on the current trading position of
those homes.






                                      24
<PAGE>   25
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Continued


28  ACQUISITIONS (continued)
GUTHRIE COURT NURSING HOME
With effect from 17 September 1996, Continental Shelf 64 Limited, ("CS64"), a
wholly owned Tamaris subsidiary, acquired the business and assets of Guthrie
Court Nursing Home for Pound 4,000,000. The home was subsequently sold to and
leased back from Principal for Pound3,800,000 on a 30 year operating lease.
CS64 changed its name to Guthrie Court Limited on 19 September 1996.

The assets acquired were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              BOOK VALUE
                                                                     AND
                                                              FAIR VALUE
                                                              POUND '000

- ----------------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>                                                          <C>
Purchase consideration                                             4,000
Sale proceeds                                                     (3,800)
- ----------------------------------------------------------   -----------
                                                                     200
Costs of acquisition                                                 140
- ----------------------------------------------------------   -----------
Net assets acquired - Short leasehold interest                       340
- ----------------------------------------------------------   -----------
Satisfied by:
Cash                                                                 340
- ----------------------------------------------------------   -----------
</TABLE>

LUNAN HOUSE NURSING HOME
On 27 November 1996, Lunan House Limited, a wholly owned Tamaris subsidiary,
acquired the freehold property, related fixed assets and business of Lunan House
Nursing Home for (pound)1,146,000 financed by a loan facility of up to
(pound)1,280,000 from Barclays Bank Plc.

The assets acquired were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               BOOK VALUE
                                                                      AND
                                                               FAIR VALUE
                                                               POUND '000
- ------------------------------------------------------------- -----------
<S>                                                           <C>
Tangible fixed assets                                               1,146
- ------------------------------------------------------------- -----------
Satisfied by:
Cash                                                                1,146
- ------------------------------------------------------------- -----------
</TABLE>






                                      25
<PAGE>   26
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED


28       ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
PEAR TREE HOUSE RESIDENTIAL CARE HOME
ROSS WYLD LODGE NURSING HOME
With effect from 21 March 1997, Ross Pear Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of
Tamaris, agreed to purchase the freehold properties, related fixed assets and
business of Pear Tree House Residential Care Home (55 beds) and Ross Wyld Lodge
Nursing Home (57 beds) for (pound)2,400,000 and (pound)3,500,000 respectively.
The homes were simultaneously sold to and leased back from IHP Limited on 21
year operating leases.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                   
                                                                   BOOK VALUE
                                                                          AND
                                                                   FAIR VALUE
                                                                   POUND '000

- ---------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>                                                               <C>
Purchase consideration                                                  5,900
Sale proceeds                                                          (5,900)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------   -----------                        
                                                                            0
Costs of acquisition                                                       67
- ---------------------------------------------------------------   -----------                        

Net assets acquired - Short leasehold interest                             67
- ---------------------------------------------------------------   -----------                        
Satisfied by:
Cash                                                                       67
- ---------------------------------------------------------------   -----------                        
</TABLE>

TRIASMA HOMES


With effect from 27 March 1997, three wholly owned Tamaris subsidiaries,
Edgewater Lodge Limited, Rosevale Lodge Limited and Westview Lodge Limited
acquired the freehold interests in the properties from which they trade, from
Triasma Homes Limited, a property company in which Tamaris held 49.99% of the
ordinary share capital.


The freehold properties were simultaneously sold to and leased back from Nursing
Home Properties Plc for (pound)6,581,000 on 25 year operating leases. The sale
price for Rosevale Lodge and Westview Lodge includes deferred consideration of
(pound)264,000 and (pound)130,000 respectively, dependent on those homes
achieving occupancy rates in excess of 90% for three consecutive months.


The assets acquired were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 BOOK VALUE
                                                                        AND
                                                                 FAIR VALUE
                                                                 POUND '000

- --------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                             <C>
Purchase consideration                                                7,227
Sale proceeds (including deferred consideration)                     (6,581)
- --------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
                                                                        646
Costs of acquisition                                                    217
- --------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
Net assets acquired - Short leasehold interest                          863
- --------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
Satisfied by:
Cash                                                                    863
- --------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
</TABLE>






                                      26
<PAGE>   27
TAMARIS PLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Continued

29       CASH FLOW FROM ACQUISITIONS
The business undertakings acquired during the year made the following
contribution to and utilisation of Group cash flow.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Pound '000
- ---------------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>                                                         <C>
Net cash inflow from operating activities                           494
Returns on investments and servicing of finance                     (42)
Capital expenditure and financial investment                       (214)
- ---------------------------------------------------------   -----------
                                                                    238
- ---------------------------------------------------------   -----------
</TABLE>

Operating activities excludes central overhead.

As all businesses were acquired by newly formed companies there were no cash or
bank balances or borrowings taken over. The total cash consideration of
(pound)5,642,000 was the only outflow in respect of the purchase of these
businesses.

30  PENSION CONTRIBUTIONS
Contributions to employees' own pension schemes are accrued and payable during
the term of employment.

31  CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
The Company and Group had contracted capital commitments at the year end of
(pound)394,000 (1996: (pound)nil).

32  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Tamaris and/or its subsidiaries have given charges, guarantees or cross
guarantees to lessors and bankers to assist the trading of other Group
companies. Liabilities and commitments covered by these guarantees are all
reported within these financial statements.

There is a contingent liability to deferred taxation as set out in note 20.

33  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
There were no transactions with Directors or related companies during the year
other than as disclosed as Directors Emoluments in note 6.

34  POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
On 17 May 1997 the Company entered into an agreement with Principal Healthcare
Finance Limited to take a 50% interest in a newly formed joint venture company.
In the event of the offer on behalf of Principal Healthcare plc to acquire the
whole of the issued share capital of Quality Care Homes plc becoming
unconditional, the joint venture company will be granted operating leases of
care homes and other associated businesses currently owned and operated by
Quality Care Homes plc.


On 30 April 1997 the Company entered into a conditional agreement to acquire the
business and assets of Bearehill Nursing & Residential Home, comprising 60 beds,
in Brechin for a consideration of (pound)1,625,000 to be satisfied by way of a
vendor placing of 65,000,000 ordinary shares at 2.5p per share.







                                      27


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission